ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

284
KITCHEN 1 _ 2016 TECHNICAL MANUAL

Transcript of ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

Page 1: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

KITCHEN1 _ 2016

TECHNICAL MANUAL

Page 2: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016
Page 3: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

301/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

1) For a correct evaluation of finishes and colours it is necessary to use physical samples. The wood, solid wood, stone, marble and granite samples are purely indicative: these materi-als may present some natural and unavoidable changes in tone and grain compared to the original samples.

2) Different materials and finishes when compared, even if produced with the same colour (e.g. white) may present some unavoidable tone differences.3) All finished parts may change tone and colour with time, due to light effect and to the natural aging process and to any factor which may be present into the environment: therefore

possible replacements may have some differences if compared to the original finishes.

These issues can not be considered cause for a complaint

130Silk White

CARCASSES

608Grey-graphite oak(open-pore)

MELAMINE-COATED

Coated with high quality resin

501Supreme white

FINISHES

502Pebble grey

DECOMAT

Bi-laminate – Edge in polypropylene, applied with Laser technique

FRONT PANELSPANELS

CARCASSES

C o l o u r s - W o o d s p e c i e s

CUSTOMISED COLOURS ARE NOT FEASIBLE

CUSTOMISED COLOURS ARE NOT FEASIBLE

Page 4: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

4 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

003 White Boffi (411) *

140Cream Boffi **

145Sand Boffi **

144Dove grey Boffi **

149Grey Boffi **

148Dark grey Boffi **

LAMINATE

High-resistant HPL laminate

FRONT PANELSPANELSTOPSBACK PANELS

151 White (410) *

Price increase for CUSTOM-ISED COLOURS ***

+0%ABET / PRINT colours

+??%AS PER SAMPLE colours

NEW

* The doors and panels in White 151 (410) or Boffi white 003 (411) have the edge in same colour, applied with Laser technique.

** The doors and panels, in colours different from White 151 (410) or Boffi white 003 (411), have edge (type AH) in aluminium or wood (choose the species from Wood or Wood Selection range).

*** With no extra charge it is possible to ask for one of the 100 colours of the ABET COLOURS list, included in Boffi FINISHES & COLOURS samples box (max sizes: 2970 x 1260 mm). Customised colours require the feasibility approval by Boffi and they will be subject to an extra charge. The lead time for goods in ABET COLOURS or customised colours will be defined by single case. Please see more details at page 21.19.

1) For a correct evaluation of finishes and colours it is necessary to use physical samples. The wood, solid wood, stone, marble and granite samples are purely indicative: these materi-als may present some natural and unavoidable changes in tone and grain compared to the original samples.

2) Different materials and finishes when compared, even if produced with the same colour (e.g. white) may present some unavoidable tone differences.3) All finished parts may change tone and colour with time, due to light effect and to the natural aging process and to any factor which may be present into the environment: therefore

possible replacements may have some differences if compared to the original finishes.

These issues can not be considered cause for a complaint

C o l o u r s - W o o d s p e c i e s

Page 5: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

501/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

177Alaska white *

178Malè white

179Luxor beige

180Ottawa beaver

181Londra grey

182Ingo black

LASERMAT

Nanotechnological matt “soft touch” surface - Edge in polypropylene, applied with Laser technique

FRONT PANELSPANELSTOPSBACK PANELS

183Kos white **

184Efeso grey

185Bromo grey

NEW

NEW NEW

* The colour Alaska white Lasermat 177, in some light conditions, tends to reveal the red pigment inside the colour formulation, causing chromatic changes.This characteristic can not be considered cause for a compliant.

** The colour Kos white Lasermat 183 is recommended for matches with white Corian® 173 / white Silcover 003 / Arctic white Ecolak 510.

The external decorative surface is obtained starting from thermosetting last generation resins that, thanks to the use of nanotechnol-ogy (NTM), make the surface extraordinary from a mechanical, aesthetic and functional point of view.

The internal structural layer is obtained through the thermo-lamination of kraft papers, soaked in thermosetting resin.

CUSTOMISED COLOURS ARE NOT FEASIBLE

1) For a correct evaluation of finishes and colours it is necessary to use physical samples. The wood, solid wood, stone, marble and granite samples are purely indicative: these materi-als may present some natural and unavoidable changes in tone and grain compared to the original samples.

2) Different materials and finishes when compared, even if produced with the same colour (e.g. white) may present some unavoidable tone differences.3) All finished parts may change tone and colour with time, due to light effect and to the natural aging process and to any factor which may be present into the environment: therefore

possible replacements may have some differences if compared to the original finishes.

These issues can not be considered cause for a complaint

C o l o u r s - W o o d s p e c i e s

Page 6: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

6 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

003White *

133Bright white(Lamicolor® 754)

129Magnolia

131 Sand

134Graphite grey

119Grey

118Black

025Ècru

024Pebble grey

023Mud

SILCOVER

Matt lacquered, fine textured

FRONT PANELSPANELSBACK PANELS

Price increase for CUSTOM-ISED COLOURS **

+10%RAL or NCS colours

+18%AS PER SAMPLE colours

* The colour white Silcover 003 is recommended for matches with white Corian® 173 / Kos white Lasermat 183 / Arctic white Ecolak 510 / white Polyester 003.

** The extra charge has to be applied to the price of cabinets, SILCOVER category. Please consider a 4 weeks time increase for supply of goods. Fluorescent or metalized colours are not feasible. Please see more details at page 21.19.

1) For a correct evaluation of finishes and colours it is necessary to use physical samples. The wood, solid wood, stone, marble and granite samples are purely indicative: these materi-als may present some natural and unavoidable changes in tone and grain compared to the original samples.

2) Different materials and finishes when compared, even if produced with the same colour (e.g. white) may present some unavoidable tone differences.3) All finished parts may change tone and colour with time, due to light effect and to the natural aging process and to any factor which may be present into the environment: therefore

possible replacements may have some differences if compared to the original finishes.

These issues can not be considered cause for a complaint

C o l o u r s - W o o d s p e c i e s

Page 7: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

701/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

510Arctic white *

511Bright white

129Magnolia

512Oat colour

025Ècru

024Pebble grey

023Mud

513Cloud colour

515Basalt grey

027Black

ECOLAK

Water-based matt “Soft touch” lacquer

FRONT PANELSPANELSBACK PANELS

517Charcoal

Price increase for CUSTOM-ISED COLOURS **

+10%RAL or NCS colours

+18%AS PER SAMPLE colours

* The colour Arctic white Ecolak 510 is recommended for matches with white Corian® 173 / Kos white Lasermat 183 / white Silcover 003 / white Polyester 003.

** The extra charge has to be applied to the price of cabinets, ECOLAK category. Please consider a 4 weeks time increase for supply of goods. Fluorescent or metalized colours are not feasible. Please see more details at page 21.19.

NEW

1) For a correct evaluation of finishes and colours it is necessary to use physical samples. The wood, solid wood, stone, marble and granite samples are purely indicative: these materi-als may present some natural and unavoidable changes in tone and grain compared to the original samples.

2) Different materials and finishes when compared, even if produced with the same colour (e.g. white) may present some unavoidable tone differences.3) All finished parts may change tone and colour with time, due to light effect and to the natural aging process and to any factor which may be present into the environment: therefore

possible replacements may have some differences if compared to the original finishes.

These issues can not be considered cause for a complaint

C o l o u r s - W o o d s p e c i e s

Page 8: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

8 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

049Oak **

033Ash-grey oak *

076Grey-graphite oak **

100Black Eco-wood **

WOOD

Veneer wood / Veneer reconstructed Eco-wood

FRONT PANELSPANELSTOPSBACK PANELSHOOD PANELS

048Core walnut *

052Thermo-treated acacia wood (brushed) **

WOOD SELECTION

Veneer wood

FRONT PANELSPANELSTOPSBACK PANELSHOOD PANELS

331Larch wood, Aspen white *

332Larch wood, Orion black *

* Finished with water-based paint.

** Finished with acrylic-based paint.

*** Customised species require the feasibility approval by Boffi. They will be subject to an extra charge and lead time increase, which will be defined by single case. Please see more details at page 21.19.

Boffi uses only wood from not primary forests, to guarantee an adequate restoration of the renewable raw materials.

Attention!Doors and panels have vertical grain, XILA ST excluded.XILA ST doors and panels are available only in Oak 049 and black Eco-wood 100, with horizontal grain.

* Finished with water-based paint.

** Finished with acrylic-based paint. The thermo-treatment is a gradual heating process, performed in specific plants, which ages wood veneers with heating stresses meant to steady wood characteristics and colour.

*** Customised species require the feasibility approval by Boffi. They will be subject to an extra charge and lead time increase, which will be defined by single case. Please see more details at page 21.19.

Boffi uses only wood from not primary forests, to guarantee an adequate restoration of the renewable raw materials.

Attention!Doors and panels have vertical grain.

Price increase for CUSTOM-ISED SPECIES ***

+??%Species AS PER SAMPLE

Price increase for CUSTOM-ISED SPECIES ***

+??%Species AS PER SAMPLE

NEW NEW

NEW

1) For a correct evaluation of finishes and colours it is necessary to use physical samples. The wood, solid wood, stone, marble and granite samples are purely indicative: these materi-als may present some natural and unavoidable changes in tone and grain compared to the original samples.

2) Different materials and finishes when compared, even if produced with the same colour (e.g. white) may present some unavoidable tone differences.3) All finished parts may change tone and colour with time, due to light effect and to the natural aging process and to any factor which may be present into the environment: therefore

possible replacements may have some differences if compared to the original finishes.

These issues can not be considered cause for a complaint

C o l o u r s - W o o d s p e c i e s

Page 9: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

901/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

003White *

129Magnolia

005Grey Ral 7038

106Sahara

027Black

024Pebble grey

001Andalusian red

004Grey

063Sand

007Dark green

FRONT PANELSPANELS

POLYESTER

Polyester hi gloss lacquer

* The colour white Polyester 003 is recommended for matches with white Corian® 173 / Kos white Lasermat 183 / white Silcover 003 / Arctic white Ecolak 510.

** The extra charge has to be applied to the price of cabinets, POLYESTER category. Please consider a 4 weeks time increase for supply of goods. Fluorescent or metalized colours are not feasible. Please see more details at page 21.19.

Price increase for CUSTOM-ISED COLOURS **

+18%RAL colours

+25%AS PER SAMPLE colours

1) For a correct evaluation of finishes and colours it is necessary to use physical samples. The wood, solid wood, stone, marble and granite samples are purely indicative: these materi-als may present some natural and unavoidable changes in tone and grain compared to the original samples.

2) Different materials and finishes when compared, even if produced with the same colour (e.g. white) may present some unavoidable tone differences.3) All finished parts may change tone and colour with time, due to light effect and to the natural aging process and to any factor which may be present into the environment: therefore

possible replacements may have some differences if compared to the original finishes.

These issues can not be considered cause for a complaint

C o l o u r s - W o o d s p e c i e s

Page 10: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

10 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

192Titanium

191Lead

934Aluminium

METALS

Metal-effect lacquer

FRONT PANELSPANELS

WOOD 3D

Veneer wood, slats effect, alternating thickness 20 /23 mm.

FRONT PANELSPANELS

CUSTOMISED COLOURS ARE NOT FEASIBLE

3D

100Black Eco-wood **

048Core walnut *

052Thermo-treated acacia wood (brushed) **

* Finished with water-based paint.

** Finished with acrylic-based paint. The thermo-treatment is a gradual heating process, performed in specific plants, which ages wood veneers with heating stresses meant to steady wood characteristics and colour.

*** Customised species require the feasibility approval by Boffi. They will be subject to an extra charge and lead time increase, which will be defined by single case. Please see more details at page 21.19.

Boffi uses only wood from not primary forests, to guarantee an adequate restoration of the renewable raw materials.

Attention!Doors and panels have vertical grain.

Price increase for CUSTOM-ISED SPECIES ***

+??%Species AS PER SAMPLE

NEW NEW NEW

Attention!Metals is a special finishing which reproduces the typical effect of metallic surfaces, rendered through a very precise and technical se-quence of production cycles. The characteristic metallic effect of the surface is given by the alternation of manual and mechanical process-es, by the quality of the chromium particles-enriched acrylic paints and by the complex drying procedure.The various shades of colour (halos caused by the spread of the paint chromium particles) and the succession of multi-directional brushingof the surface make each piece a unique and exclusive one. The above mentioned characteristics shall not be considered cause of com-plaint.

1) For a correct evaluation of finishes and colours it is necessary to use physical samples. The wood, solid wood, stone, marble and granite samples are purely indicative: these materi-als may present some natural and unavoidable changes in tone and grain compared to the original samples.

2) Different materials and finishes when compared, even if produced with the same colour (e.g. white) may present some unavoidable tone differences.3) All finished parts may change tone and colour with time, due to light effect and to the natural aging process and to any factor which may be present into the environment: therefore

possible replacements may have some differences if compared to the original finishes.

These issues can not be considered cause for a complaint

C o l o u r s - W o o d s p e c i e s

Page 11: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

1101/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

055Canaletto walnut “sawn-effect“ *

055Canaletto walnut “sawn-effect“ *

057“Old“ grey pinewood **

058Canaletto LIGHT walnut “sawn-effect“ *

058Canaletto LIGHT walnut “sawn-effect“ *

SOLID WOOD

Solid wood layers, with support made of strip wood

FRONT PANELSPANELSTOPS

SOLID WOOD 3D

Slats, alternating thickness 20 / 23 mm - Solid wood layers, with support made of strip wood

FRONT PANELSPANELS

3D

* Front panels and panels: finished with vegetable oils. / Worktops: finished with water-based paints.

** Finished with special painting cycles, that don’t change the “old” aspect of the wood.

*** Upon request, without an extra charge, the worktops can be proposed in Oak solid wood 049 / grey-graphite oak 076 (tone matching between solid wood parts and veneered parts in the same species is not guaranteed).

Boffi uses only wood from not primary forests, to guarantee an adequate restoration of the renewable raw materials.

Attention!Doors and panels have vertical grain.The solid Canaletto walnut with “sawn effect“ (the two versions: 055 or 058 LIGHT) may have parts with lighter grain alternating the dark one.The “old“ grey pinewood 057 consists of pinewood solid boards recycled from renovation of old houses, barns and huts. The characteris-tic grey tone of this material is obtained by specific painting cycles, which give the typical “old” aspect to this wood. Possible cracks and deformations have to be considered characteristic part of the product. Since these pieces are very unique, they have the typical appeal of “imperfect things“ and they clearly display sign of times and bad weather; therefore they show deformations and wrinkles strength. Worktops obtained with old wooden boards offer a clear example of the wood vitality and instability.For this reasons each piece in solid wood has to be considered “unique“ and different from all the other ones.The above mentioned characteristics shall not be considered cause of complaint.

* Finished with natural vegetable oil-based waxes.

Boffi uses only wood from not primary forests, to guarantee an adequate restoration of the renewable raw materials.

Attention!Doors and panels have vertical grain.The solid Canaletto walnut with “sawn effect“ (the two versions: 055 or 058 LIGHT) may have parts with lighter grain alternating the dark one.For this reasons each piece in solid wood has to be considered “unique“ and different from all the other ones.The above mentioned characteristics shall not be considered cause of complaint.

Price increase for worktops in CUSTOMISED SPECIES ***

+0%ONLY:Oak 049Grey-graphite oak 076

NEW

NEW

NEW

SPECIAL OR CUSTOM-ISED SPECIES ARE NOT FEASIBLE

1) For a correct evaluation of finishes and colours it is necessary to use physical samples. The wood, solid wood, stone, marble and granite samples are purely indicative: these materi-als may present some natural and unavoidable changes in tone and grain compared to the original samples.

2) Different materials and finishes when compared, even if produced with the same colour (e.g. white) may present some unavoidable tone differences.3) All finished parts may change tone and colour with time, due to light effect and to the natural aging process and to any factor which may be present into the environment: therefore

possible replacements may have some differences if compared to the original finishes.

These issues can not be considered cause for a complaint

C o l o u r s - W o o d s p e c i e s

Page 12: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

12 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

STAVES IN SOLID WOOD

Solid wood layers with staves effect on support in strip-wood

TOPS

092Steel *

ALUMINIUM

Anodised aluminium sheet

FRONT PANELSPANELS

091Dark **

049Oak *

076Grey-graphite oak *

052Thermo-treated acacia wood (brushed) *

332Larch wood, Orion black *

NEW

NEWPrice increase for CUSTOM-ISED SPECIES **

+0%ONLY:LIGHT Canaletto walnut “sawn effect” 058Canaletto walnut “sawn effect” 055

* Finished with water-based paints.

** Upon request, without an extra charge, the worktops can be proposed in solid LIGHT Canaletto walnut “sawn effect” 058/ Canaletto walnut “sawn effect” 055.

Boffi uses only wood from not primary forests, to guarantee an adequate restoration of the renewable raw materials.

Attention !Tone matching between solid wood parts and veneered parts in the same species is not guaranteed.This finish has small grooves between wood staves in order to avoid possible unaesthetic effects (cracks and possible retractions of the same staves due to temperature and humidity changes), possibly caused by characteristic natural wood change. This issue shall not be considered cause of complaint.

* Brushed finish.

** Micro-sandblasted finish.

1) For a correct evaluation of finishes and colours it is necessary to use physical samples. The wood, solid wood, stone, marble and granite samples are purely indicative: these materi-als may present some natural and unavoidable changes in tone and grain compared to the original samples.

2) Different materials and finishes when compared, even if produced with the same colour (e.g. white) may present some unavoidable tone differences.3) All finished parts may change tone and colour with time, due to light effect and to the natural aging process and to any factor which may be present into the environment: therefore

possible replacements may have some differences if compared to the original finishes.

These issues can not be considered cause for a complaint

C o l o u r s - W o o d s p e c i e s

Page 13: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

1301/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Extra-light frosted Painted dove grey

Extra-light frosted Painted coffee

Extra-light frosted Painted white

GLASS

Tempered glass

FRONT PANELSTOPSBACK PANELSFRAMES WITH GLASSHOOD PANELS

SatinSoft White

Whitepainted

Frosted

GLASS

Tempered glass

BACK PANELSFRAME WITH GLASSHOOD PANELS

Blackpainted

* Customised glasses require the feasibility approval by Boffi. They will be subject to an extra charge and lead time increase, which will be defined by single case.

Attention!Please consider that glasses with same colours but different thickness (e.g.: door 4 mm / top 12 mm) have always different tones. Colour of possible replacements or completions, may not match exactly the original one.

Price increase for CUSTOM-ISED GLASSES *

+??%Glass AS PER SAMPLE (worktops feasible only in standard colours)

Price increase for CUSTOM-ISED GLASSES *

+??%Glass AS PER SAMPLE

* Customised glasses require the feasibility approval by Boffi. They will be subject to an extra charge and lead time increase, which will be defined by single case.

1) For a correct evaluation of finishes and colours it is necessary to use physical samples. The wood, solid wood, stone, marble and granite samples are purely indicative: these materi-als may present some natural and unavoidable changes in tone and grain compared to the original samples.

2) Different materials and finishes when compared, even if produced with the same colour (e.g. white) may present some unavoidable tone differences.3) All finished parts may change tone and colour with time, due to light effect and to the natural aging process and to any factor which may be present into the environment: therefore

possible replacements may have some differences if compared to the original finishes.

These issues can not be considered cause for a complaint

C o l o u r s - W o o d s p e c i e s

Page 14: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

14 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Pre-satinstainless steel

STAINLESS STEEL

Box section structure steel sheet

FRONT PANELSBACK PANELSHOOD PANELS

Polished stainless steel

STAINLESS STEEL

Box section structure steel sheet

DURINOX®

Box section stainless steel, micro-sandblasted finish

TOPS

TOPSBACK PANELS

Matt satinstainless steel

C.R.S. Scotch Britestainless steel

Durinox®

NEW

CUSTOMISED FINISHES ARE NOT FEASIBLE

CUSTOMISED FINISHES ARE NOT FEASIBLE

CUSTOMISED FINISHES ARE NOT FEASIBLE

In comparison with conventional stainless steel surfaces this material is on average more than twice as hard, which makes it much more resistant to scratches and less impervious to fingerprints. The micro-sandblasted treatment makes the surface especially homogenous, matt and velvety.This innovative material is derived from aerospace technology and is an absolute novelty for kitchen worktops.

1) For a correct evaluation of finishes and colours it is necessary to use physical samples. The wood, solid wood, stone, marble and granite samples are purely indicative: these materi-als may present some natural and unavoidable changes in tone and grain compared to the original samples.

2) Different materials and finishes when compared, even if produced with the same colour (e.g. white) may present some unavoidable tone differences.3) All finished parts may change tone and colour with time, due to light effect and to the natural aging process and to any factor which may be present into the environment: therefore

possible replacements may have some differences if compared to the original finishes.

These issues can not be considered cause for a complaint

C o l o u r s - W o o d s p e c i e s

Page 15: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

1501/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

173White

CORIAN®

Natural minerals with acrylic polymers and pigments

FRONT PANELSPANELSTOPSBACK PANELSHOOD PANELS

080Black

PAPERSTONE®

100% eco-friendly matt material, made of recycled paper, resins not derived from petroleum and natural colours

OPEN-FACED UNITS

NEW

CUSTOMISED COLOURS ARE NOT FEASIBLE

CUSTOMISED COLOURS ARE NOT FEASIBLE

Certifications: FSC - NSF® - Rainforest Alliance - U.S. Green Building Council.

1) For a correct evaluation of finishes and colours it is necessary to use physical samples. The wood, solid wood, stone, marble and granite samples are purely indicative: these materi-als may present some natural and unavoidable changes in tone and grain compared to the original samples.

2) Different materials and finishes when compared, even if produced with the same colour (e.g. white) may present some unavoidable tone differences.3) All finished parts may change tone and colour with time, due to light effect and to the natural aging process and to any factor which may be present into the environment: therefore

possible replacements may have some differences if compared to the original finishes.

These issues can not be considered cause for a complaint

C o l o u r s - W o o d s p e c i e s

Page 16: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

16 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

240Marble White Carrara

248Bihara Stone

250Serena Stone

199GraniteBlack absoluteZimbabwe

259Quartzite Calacatta

200Cardoso Stone

258Quartzite Brown Chocolate

257Quartzite Silver

245Matraia Stone

254Granite Black Cosmic

TOPSBACK PANELS

STONE - MARBLE - GRANITE

Matt finish

Stone A Stone A Stone A

Stone B Stone B Stone B

Stone C Stone C

Stone EStone E

951Lava stone, grey

Stone DNEW

The price category is indicated inside the relative image.

* Customised stone, marble or granite require the feasibility approval by Boffi. They will be subject to an extra charge and lead time increase, which will be defined by single case.

It’s possible to send feasibil-ity requests for CUSTOM-ISED STONES, MARBLES OR GRANITES*

1) For a correct evaluation of finishes and colours it is necessary to use physical samples. The wood, solid wood, stone, marble and granite samples are purely indicative: these materi-als may present some natural and unavoidable changes in tone and grain compared to the original samples.

2) Different materials and finishes when compared, even if produced with the same colour (e.g. white) may present some unavoidable tone differences.3) All finished parts may change tone and colour with time, due to light effect and to the natural aging process and to any factor which may be present into the environment: therefore

possible replacements may have some differences if compared to the original finishes.

These issues can not be considered cause for a complaint

C o l o u r s - W o o d s p e c i e s

Page 17: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

1701/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

The price category is indicated inside the relative image.

* Customised colours (to be chosen from the Silestone® by Cosentino colour chart) require the feasibility approval by Boffi. They will be subject to an extra charge and lead time increase, which will be defined by single case.

432Expo grey

433Concrete grey

435Tebas black

437Lagoon white

439Merope grey-brown

431Zeus white

440Doradus black

436Yukon white

434Unsui brown

438Kensho grey

COMPOSITE SILESTONE®

Matt finish

Stone C Stone C Stone C

Stone D

Stone D

Stone D Stone D

Stone D

Stone D

Stone D

TOPSBACK PANELS

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

It’s possible to send feasibil-ity requests for CUSTOM-ISED COLOURS *

1) For a correct evaluation of finishes and colours it is necessary to use physical samples. The wood, solid wood, stone, marble and granite samples are purely indicative: these materi-als may present some natural and unavoidable changes in tone and grain compared to the original samples.

2) Different materials and finishes when compared, even if produced with the same colour (e.g. white) may present some unavoidable tone differences.3) All finished parts may change tone and colour with time, due to light effect and to the natural aging process and to any factor which may be present into the environment: therefore

possible replacements may have some differences if compared to the original finishes.

These issues can not be considered cause for a complaint

C o l o u r s - W o o d s p e c i e s

Page 18: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

18 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

452Kadum brown

453Sirius black

455Edora beige

456Irok beige

458Korus grey

451Strato grey

459Galema brown

454Zenith White

457Ventus grey

COMPOSITE DEKTON®

Matt finish

Stone D Stone DStone D

Stone E

Stone EStone E

Stone E

Stone E

Stone E

TOPSBACK PANELS

It’s possible to send feasibil-ity requests for CUSTOM-ISED COLOURS *

The price category is indicated inside the relative image.

* Customised colours (to be chosen from the Dekton® by Cosentino colour chart) require the feasibility approval by Boffi. They will be subject to an extra charge and lead time increase, which will be defined by single case.

NEW

NEW NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

1) For a correct evaluation of finishes and colours it is necessary to use physical samples. The wood, solid wood, stone, marble and granite samples are purely indicative: these materi-als may present some natural and unavoidable changes in tone and grain compared to the original samples.

2) Different materials and finishes when compared, even if produced with the same colour (e.g. white) may present some unavoidable tone differences.3) All finished parts may change tone and colour with time, due to light effect and to the natural aging process and to any factor which may be present into the environment: therefore

possible replacements may have some differences if compared to the original finishes.

These issues can not be considered cause for a complaint

C o l o u r s - W o o d s p e c i e s

Page 19: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

1901/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Stainless steel finish

PLINTHS / HANDRAILS / SPACERS

Painted matt white *

EXTRUDED ALUMINIUM PROFILE PLINTHSHANDRAILSSPACERS

Painted matt black

Painted bright white(Lamicolor® 754) **

CUSTOMISED COLOURS ARE NOT FEASIBLE

* The colour matt White is recommended for matches with white Corian® 173 / Kos white Lasermat 183 / white Silcover 003 / Arctic white Ecolak 510 / white Polyester 003.

** The colour bright White (Lamicolor® 754) is recommended for matches with Malè white Lasermat 178 / bright white Silcover 133 (Lami-color® 754) / bright white Ecolak 511.

Attention!XILA ST plinths, handle-rails and spacers are feasible only in stainless steel or matt white painted finishes.

1) For a correct evaluation of finishes and colours it is necessary to use physical samples. The wood, solid wood, stone, marble and granite samples are purely indicative: these materi-als may present some natural and unavoidable changes in tone and grain compared to the original samples.

2) Different materials and finishes when compared, even if produced with the same colour (e.g. white) may present some unavoidable tone differences.3) All finished parts may change tone and colour with time, due to light effect and to the natural aging process and to any factor which may be present into the environment: therefore

possible replacements may have some differences if compared to the original finishes.

These issues can not be considered cause for a complaint

C o l o u r s - W o o d s p e c i e s

Page 20: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

20 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

P r i c e r a n g eFURNITURE

FURNITUREPRICE RANGE TYPE OF MATERIAL COLOURS / SPECIES PRICE

DECOMAT

AH LAMINATE

Bi-laminate with laser welded edges

HPL laminate, AH edge in aluminium or wood (with white laminate the dyed edge is welded with Laser technique)

Supreme white / Pebble grey

LAMINATE colour range / ABET COLOURS range

LASERMAT Nanotechnological matt “soft touch” surface, with dyed edge, welded with Laser technique

LASERMAT colour range

SILCOVER Matt lacquered, fine texture SILCOVER colour range

GLASS Tempered glass Extra-light frosted painted White / Dove grey / Coffee

ECOLAK Water-based, “soft touch” matt lacquered ECOLAK colour range

WOOD Veneer wood Oak / Ash-grey oak / Grey-graphite oak / Larch wood, As-pen white / Larch wood, Orion black / Black Eco-wood

POLYESTER

WOOD SELECTION

METALS

Polyester hi gloss lacquer

Veneer wood

Metal-effect lacquer

POLYESTER colour range

Core walnut / Thermo-treated acacia wood (brushed)

Aluminium / Titanium / Lead

Frame WK6 + GLASS Aluminium frame with tempered glass All glasses of GLASS range (frosted excluded)

WOOD 3D

WOOD LT

CORIAN®

STAINLESS STEEL

ALUMINIUM

Frame FACTORY + GLASS

Veneer wood, planks effect

Veneer wood with lateral frames, LT handle

Corian®

Box section stainless steel

Anodised aluminium

Aluminium frame with tempered glass

Core walnut / Thermo-treated acacia wood (brushed) / Black Eco-wood

Oak / Ash-grey oak / Grey-graphite oak

White

Pre-satin

Steel / Dark

All glasses of GLASS range

WOOD SELECTION LT Veneer wood with lateral frames, LT handle Core walnut / Thermo-treated acacia wood (brushed) (Price = WOOD LT + 6%)

SOLID WOOD

SOLID WOOD 3D

Solid wood (even surface)

Solid wood (planks, alternating thickness 20 / 23 mm)

Canaletto LIGHT walnut “sawn-effect“ / Canaletto walnut “sawn-effect“ / “Old“ grey pinewood

Canaletto LIGHT walnut “sawn-effect“ / Canaletto walnut “sawn-effect“

_

+

Some cabinets, for technical reasons, may have restrictions and/or price relationships different from what indicated on this chart.

Page 21: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

2101/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

P r i c e r a n g eWORKTOPS

WORKTOPSPRICE RANGE TYPE OF MATERIAL COLOURS / SPECIES PRICE

LAMINATE with wood edge HPL laminate with wood edge LAMINATE colour range / ABET COLOURS range (edge in all colours of WOOD range)

LAMINATE, aluminium profile HPL laminate with aluminium profile LAMINATE colour range / ABET COLOURS range

LASERMAT Nanotechnological matt “Soft Touch” surface with laser welded edges

LASERMAT colour range

LASERMAT, stainless steel profile Nanotechnological “Soft Touch” surface with alu-minium profile, stainless steel finish

LASERMAT colour range

WOOD Veneer wood All species WOOD range

GLASS Tempered glass Extra-light frosted painted White / Dove grey / Coffee

WOOD SELECTION Veneer wood All species WOOD SELECTION range

CORIAN ® Corian® White

Polished ST. STEEL

Matt satin ST. STEEL

Stainless steel boxed structure

Stainless steel boxed structure

Polished

Matt-satin

C.R.S. SCOTCH BRITE ST. STEEL Stainless steel boxed structure Scotch Brite, matt satin

SOLID WOOD

STAVES IN SOLID WOOD SELECTION

Solid wood, multi-layered support.

Solid wood with grooves, multi-layered support.

Canaletto LIGHT walnut “sawn-effect“ / Canaletto walnut “sawn-effect“ / “Old“ grey pinewood

Oak / Grey-graphite oak / Larch wood, Orion black / Ther-mo-treated acacia wood (brushed)

STONE A Marble, stone, granite, composites. White Carrara marble/ Bihara stone / Serena stone

STONE B Marble, stone, granite, composites. Matraia stone / Absolute black Zimbabwe granite / Cardoso stone

STONE C Marble, stone, granite, composites. Quartzite Silver / Granite Black Cosmic / Silestone® Expo grey / Silestone® Concrete grey / Silestone® Tebas black

DURINOX® Stainless steel Micro-sandblasted finish

STONE D Marble, stone, granite, composites. Lava stone grey / Silestone® Zeus white / Silestone® La-goon white / Silestone® Yukon white / Silestone® Ken-sho grey / Silestone® Unsui brown / Silestone® Merope grey-brown / Silestone® Doradus black / Dekton® Kadum brown / Dekton® Sirius black

STONE E Marble, stone, granite, composites. Quartzite Calacatta / Quartzite Brown Chocolate / Dek-ton® Zenith white / Dekton® Irok beige/ Dekton® Edora beige/ Dekton® Strato grey/ Dekton® Ventus grey/ Dek-ton® Korus grey/ Dekton® Galema brown

_

+

Some worktops, for technical reasons, may have restrictions and/or price relationships different from what indicated on this chart.

Page 22: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

22 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

CARCASS (A)

• It’s made of 19 mm thick wood particle board panels, waterproof (class V100 - In compli-ance with EN317 standards), with low formaldehyde emission (class E1 - In compliance with EN717+EN 120 / CARB P2 standards), treated with high performance melamine resin. Front and back edges in ABS, same colour.

• Back panel made of 3,5 mm thick MDF Medium Density fibres board, treated with high performance melamine resin, in same finish as carcass. The back panels of Hide tall units are 8 mm. thick.

• Each carcass is fitted with a soft close system (Blumotion): the device is integrated In the hinge on hinged doors and in the glide on drawers. In some specific cases the Blumotion device is installed on the carcass (instead of hinge/glide).

• On the bottom of under-sink base units an aluminium cover is provided (B) in order to protect the bottom from possible water leaks. Customised under-sink base units are not provided with aluminium-covered bottom (this can be provided upon request, with extra charge).

• Side panels are connected in the back through longitudinal beams in black anodised aluminium.

• All drillings holes for shelving are filled with galvanised metal bushes.• It is possible to ask for finished side panels in all finishes, except for Decomat - Glass -

Aluminium - Solid wood, for these three please add finished end panels. By requesting the finished side panel the frontal edge of it is finished too (Laminate - Lasermat excluded).

• Feet are made of zinc-plated steel and nylon with height adjustment. Foot support is made of plastic resin and installed with pressure on the bottom of the carcass. The feet of base and tall units are shipped in one or more packages, accordingly to each composition.

• Hardware, when used, is made of anti-oxidation treated nickel-plated metal.• The nominal carcass width has a ± 1 mm allowance.

COLOURS / SPECIES: 130 Silk white / 608 Open pore grey-graphite oak.

SHELVES (C)

• They are made of 19 mm thick wood particle board panels, waterproof (class V100 - In compliance with EN317 standards), with low formaldehyde emission (class E1 - In compliance with EN717+EN 120 / CARB P2 standards), treated with high performance melamine resin. Front and back edges in ABS, same colour.

• On request, with an extra charge (see chapter “Customised solutions - Price Increases - Maintenance” ), it is possible to use extruded aluminium shelves, 16 mm thick (D), produced with special joining connection; not possible for corner units or for units with customised depth which will use always traditional melamine shelves (finished as carcass).

• Base units and tall units with linear corner are available with revolving chromium-plated metal wire shelves or pull-out storage mechanisms FLY MOON, SMART CORNER and CONVOY.

• Shelves brackets in stainless steel, equipped with a special blocking device.

• ATTENTION ! - To avoid any breakage, please move the shelves using ONLY the screwdriver. DO NOT use the cordless drill or other tools.

HINGES

• Hinges are nickel moulded, thickness 1,2mm with special spring breaking device, adjust-ment in height, depth and width. Opening angle 95° (E) or 155° (F). The hinge board is a die cast alloy safely attached to the side panel. Special hinges are supplied for steel or aluminium frames doors (glass doors with WK6 or Factory frames).

• Every hinge has a Blumotion soft close system (excluded those cases where a special installation is required).

G e n e r a l t e c h n i c a l i n f o r m a t i o nCARCASSES / HARDWARE

A B

C

E

D

F

Page 23: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

2301/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

J

PLINTH

• Made of aluminium extruded profiles. • Exclusive telescopic device performing height adjustment (Height 80 mm: -0 / +20 mm ,

Height 120/150/210 mm: -5/+20 mm) and, on the side, feet distance adjustment.• Completed with a gasket between plinth and floor (Boffi esthetical and functional patent

applied).• Cut-out on aluminium profile for refrigerator ventilation (G1) (please add the cut-out for

plinth cod. ZZIDB01, see page 24.4).

HEIGHTS: 50 - 80 - 120 - 150 - 210 mm.

FINISHES: Stainless steel (G) / Matt white painted / Matt black painted / Bright white painted (Lamicolor® 754).

“AVENTOS“ SYSTEM FOR FLAP DOORS (J)

• Door may be stopped in any position; soft close device; 3d door adjustment; balance adjustment according to weight.

• The device has a special cover in grey plastic.• Available, with extra charge, version with motor, activated by pressure; motor is

installed adjacent to the standard device (J1).

LOWER BAND, FOR OPENING THE WALL UNIT DOOR (H)

• In painted extruded aluminium, placed between the wall unit side panels.

FINISHES: matt white painted on melamine silk white carcasses / matt black painted on melamine grey-graphite oak carcasses.

PLATE-RACKS FOR WALL UNITS (K)

• Structure in polished stainless steel, removable drip tray. Plastic (transparent, nontoxic and dishwasher safe) elements for dishes, cutlery and glasses.

HARDWARE FOR WALL UNITS OR SUSPENDED BASE UNITS (L)

• In reinforced polyamide resin.• Internal adjustment devices are galvanised chromium plated steel and die cast aluminium.• Please drill the wall as indicated (L1).

G e n e r a l t e c h n i c a l i n f o r m a t i o nCARCASSES / HARDWARE

G G1

30 30

55 55

L L1

H K

J1

Page 24: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

24 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

LEGRABOX DRAWERS/ HEAVY-DUTY DRAWERS (standard) (M)

• Side and back panels in matt black painted steel. • Soft closing device.• Bottom panel made of 16 mm. thick wood particle board, melamine-coated. Bottom is

provided with non-toxic anti-slip mat.• Sides of the short drawer (with front panel high up to H 190 mm): H 91 mm (type M) (*).• Sides of the mid-height heavy-duty drawer (with front panel high up to H 370 mm): H

177 mm (type C).• Sides of the tall heavy-duty drawer (with front panel higher than H 370 mm): H 241 mm

(type F) (**) .• All internal drawers (N) are provided with melamine-coated front panel, same finish as

carcass (***).• Customised width is available with extra charge: in those cases (only for Legrabox) drawer

will always be provided with melamine-coated back panel, instead of the metal one. • Glides are in galvanized steel and run on stabilized carriages.• Total extraction. Capacity 40 or 70 kg as reported in drawers capacity chart.• Compatible internal accessories: DOMESTICI - EASY - PREMIÉRE - STORAGE SYSTEM

- AMBIALINE.• Compatible dustbins: TECNOKIT T2 - PREMIÉRE.

DRAWERS/ HEAVY-DUTY DRAWERS, ALUMINIUM Design Boffi (internal only, optional with extra charge) (P)

• Side and back panels made of aluminium extruded profiles with exclusive joining system. • Soft closing device.• Bottom panel made of 16 mm. thick wood particle board, treated with high performance

melamine. Bottom is provided with atoxic anti-slip mat.• Sides of the short drawer: H 113 mm (*).• Sides of the tall heavy-duty drawer: H 246 mm (**).• A special internal side spacer must be used for specific configurations with hinged door.• Compatible units: W. 300 - 450 - 600 - 900 - 1200 mm• Glides are in galvanized steel and run on stabilized carriages.• Total extraction. Capacity 30 kg.• Compatible internal accessories: EASY - STORAGE SYSTEM (Q).

CAPACITY CHART

G e n e r a l t e c h n i c a l i n f o r m a t i o nCARCASSES / HARDWARE

450 / 500 L > 750 mm

70 kg

600

70 kg

450 / 500 L 750 mm

40 kg40 kg

270350 / 400

270350 / 400

40 kg

450500 / 600

70 kg40 kg

400

PULL OUT70 kg

450500 / 600

PULL OUT

Single pull-out door CANNOT be proposed with TIP-ON push-opening mechanism.

N

****

**

*

**

M

P Q

Page 25: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

2501/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

23

R= 2 mm

1

3

2

type AHAprile > type SH

DECOMAT - Bi-laminate

1. Wood particle board panel, waterproof (class V100), with low formaldehyde emission (class E1 / CARB P2).

2. Treated with high performance melamine resin.3. Polypropylene edge applied with laser technique (edge seam hard to be perceived).

Because of technical reasons, all panels with width shorter than 100 mm will be provided with 1 edge in ABS (3 edges in polypropylene).

Colours: Supreme white / Pebble grey.

LAMINATE AH - Laminate HPL with external edge (see point 3)

1. Wood particle board panel, waterproof (class V100), with low formaldehyde emission (class E1 / CARB P2).

2. Laminate HPL thickness 0,9 mm.3. Edge 1,2 mm thick available in 3 options: a > on Boffi white laminate 003 or white 151 door, the edge Is in white polypropylene ap-

plied with Laser technique. This edge is feasible ONLY in these colours. b > solid aluminium. c > Wood. Colours: Laminate > LAMINATE Boffi range or ABET COLOURS range. Edge of doors and panels in Boffi white 003 or white 151 > white. Edge of doors and panels in other colours > aluminium / wood (WOOD / WOOD SELEC-

TION range).

SILCOVER - Matt lacquered, fine textured

1. MDF medium density fibres board.2. First coat of isolating paint Primer.3. Bi-components solvent fine textured paint Silcover.

Colours: SILCOVER range.

3

23

22

1

3

22

22

1

type AHAprile > type SH

type AHAprile > type SH

G e n e r a l t e c h n i c a l i n f o r m a t i o nDOORS / FRONT PANELS

LASERMAT - Nanotechnological matt “Soft Touch” surface

1. Wood particle board panel, waterproof (class V100), with low formaldehyde emission (class E1 / CARB P2).

2. Covered with nanotechnological decorative paper (NTM).3. Polypropylene edge applied with laser technique (edge seam hard to be perceived).

Because of technical reasons, all panels with width shorter than 100 mm will be provided with 1 edge in ABS (3 edges in polypropylene).

Colours: LASERMAT range.

3

23

221

type AHAprile > type SH NEW

Feasible for: PROGRAMMA STANDARD - APRILE - XILA - XILA ST.

Feasible for: PROGRAMMA STANDARD - APRILE - XILA - XILA ST.

Feasible for: PROGRAMMA STANDARD - APRILE - XILA - XILA ST - HIDE - ON-OFF ST.

Feasible for: PROGRAMMA STANDARD - APRILE - XILA - XILA ST - HIDE - ON-OFF ST.

PROGRAMMA STANDARD - APRILE - XILA - XILA ST

1) The thicknesses indicated in the following technical sections are nominal and may slightly differ from the true measurement: this fact is due to the inevitable tolerances of the materials and technical construction of the door/front panels.

Page 26: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

26 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

G e n e r a l t e c h n i c a l i n f o r m a t i o nDOORS / FRONT PANELS

3

23

22

1

R= 1R= 1

3

23

22

1

R= 1R= 1

WOOD - Veneer wood

1. Wood particle board panel, waterproof (class V100), with low formaldehyde emission (class E1 / CARB P2) or in MDF medium density fibres board.

2. Wood veneer 0,6 mm thick, painted in 2 steps with acrylic or water based matt paints (bot-tom layer + finish layer). Vertical grain (XILA ST excluded which has an horizontal grain)

3. Wood edge 1 mm thick.

Species: WOOD range (on XILA ST available only Oak 049 / black Eco-wood 100).

WOOD SELECTION - Veneer wood

1. Wood particle board panel, waterproof (class V100), with low formaldehyde emission (class E1 / CARB P2) or in MDF medium density fibres board.

2. Wood veneer 0,6 mm thick, brushed, painted in 2 steps with acrylic or water based matt paints (bottom layer + finish layer). Vertical grain.

3. Wood edge 1 mm thick.

Species: Thermo-treated acacia wood (brushed) / Core walnut.

POLYESTER - Polyester hi gloss lacquer

1. MDF medium density fibres board.2. Three Polyester resin layers (each 320 gr/m2) sanded, smoothed and polished.

Colours: POLYESTER range.

type AHAprile > type SH

type AHAprile > type SH

type AHAprile > type SH

23

R= 2 mm

12

12

23

3

R= 2 mm

type AHAprile > type SH

ECOLAK - Matt “Soft Touch” lacquer

1. MDF medium density fibres board.2. First coat of isolating paint Primer.3. Water-based matt bi-components paint, double layers: the two coats are cross-applied.

Colours: ECOLAK range.

NEW

Feasible for: PROGRAMMA STANDARD - APRILE - XILA - HIDE - ON-OFF ST.

Feasible for: PROGRAMMA STANDARD - APRILE - XILA - HIDE.

Feasible for: PROGRAMMA STANDARD - APRILE - XILA - HIDE - ON-OFF ST.

Feasible for: PROGRAMMA STANDARD - APRILE - XILA - XILA ST - HIDE - ON-OFF ST.

PROGRAMMA STANDARD - APRILE - XILA - XILA ST

1) The thicknesses indicated in the following technical sections are nominal and may slightly differ from the true measurement: this fact is due to the inevitable tolerances of the materials and technical construction of the door/front panels.

Page 27: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

2701/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

STAINLESS STEEL - Box section stainless steel

1. Filling panel made of light inert material.2. Box section pre-satin stainless steel, thickness 0,8 mm (vertical satin direction). Thickness

allowance: +0 / -1 mm.

Colours: pre-satin stainless steel (vertical satin).

type AHAprile > type SH

type AHAprile > type SH

23

1

22

CORIAN®

1. Inner and outer face, edges made of white Corian®, thickness 4 mm.2. MDF medium density fibres panel with honeycomb structure.

Colours: White.

23

1

1

2

G e n e r a l t e c h n i c a l i n f o r m a t i o nDOORS / FRONT PANELS

type AHAprile > type SH

METALS - Metal-effect lacquer

1. MDF medium density fibres board.2. Mixture of acrylic paints with metal particles. Applied with 4/5 distinct mechanical and

manual processes.

Colours: METALS range.

HANDLE: compatible ONLY with external handles.

12

23

R= 2 mm

NEW

23

19 4

3

4

1

2

GLASS

1. Wood particle board panel, waterproof (class V100), with low formaldehyde emission (class E1 / CARB P2).

2. Treated with high performance melamine resin.3. ABS edge thickness 1 mm colour white, black or stainless steel (always matching handrail

colour used in the composition).4. EXTRA-LIGHT frosted glass, varnished, tempered, thickness 4 mm. Bevelled on inner and

outer edges.

ATTENTION ! Please consider that glasses with same colours but different thickness (ex: door 4 mm / top 12 mm) have always different tones. Colour of possible replacements or completions, may not match exactly the original one.

Colours: Glass > Extra-light frosted varnished White / Dove grey / Coffee. Support > Silk white / Grey-graphite oak. Edge support > White / Black / Stainless steel.

type BV

Feasible for: PROGRAMMA STANDARD - APRILE - XILA - HIDE - ON-OFF ST.

Feasible for: PROGRAMMA STANDARD - APRILE - XILA - ON-OFF ST.

Feasible for: PROGRAMMA STANDARD - APRILE - XILA.

Feasible for: PROGRAMMA STANDARD wall units - XILA base units.

PROGRAMMA STANDARD - APRILE - XILA

1) The thicknesses indicated in the following technical sections are nominal and may slightly differ from the true measurement: this fact is due to the inevitable tolerances of the materials and technical construction of the door/front panels.

Page 28: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

28 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

G e n e r a l t e c h n i c a l i n f o r m a t i o nDOORS / FRONT PANELS

type AHAprile > type SH

22

19 3

3

412

ALUMINIUM

1. Wood particle board panel, waterproof (class V100), with low formaldehyde emission (class E1 / CARB P2).

2. Treated with high performance melamine resin, in same finish as carcass.3. 1 mm thick edge in ABS white, black or steel finish.4. 3 mm. thick anodised aluminium sheet, STEEL (brushed finish) or DARK (micro-sandblasted

finish).

Colours: Aluminium > Steel / Dark. Support > Silk White / Grey-graphite oak. Support edge > White / Black / Stainless steel.

SOLID WOOD 3D (alternating thickness 20 / 23 mm) - Solid wood vertical slats

1. Slat of solid brushed wood, treated with 2 steps of colourless natural oil. Vertical grain. Horizontal “sawn effect”.

ATTENTION ! - Boffi 3D door has been designed to create a specific three dimensions effect: therefore

thicknesses and widths of solid wood vary on purpose in a specific untidy way. Upper doors (wall units) and lower doors (base units) may present slats mis-alignments.

- Solid wood, with time, may present, very naturally, small cracks not pertaining to the product’s quality.

These characteristics may not be used as a cause for a complaint.

Species: “Canaletto” walnut “sawn-effect” / Canaletto LIGHT walnut “sawn-effect“.

HANDLE: compatible ONLY with X3D handle, with a price increase (see page 21.15). Any frames for wine cellars should be provided with a verti-cal external handle.

WOOD 3D - Wood veneer slats effect

1. Wood particle board panel, waterproof (class V100), with low formaldehyde emission (class E1 / CARB P2) or in MDF medium density fibres board.

2. Wood veneer 0,6 mm thick, brushed, painted in 2 steps with acrylic or water based matt paints (bottom layer + finish layer). Vertical grain.

3. Wood edge thickness 1 mm.

ATTENTION ! - Boffi 3D door has been designed to create a specific three dimensions effect: therefore

thicknesses and widths vary on purpose in a specific untidy way. Upper doors (wall units) and lower doors (base units) may present staves mis-alignments.

- Possible small cracks on upper and lower edge may not be used as a cause for a com-plaint, because they are an integral part of the product itself and are due to the use of end-grain (cut perpendicularly) wood which gives a natural aspect to the door.

These characteristics may not be used as a cause for a complaint.

Species: Thermo-treated acacia wood (brushed) / Core walnut / Black Ecowood.

HANDLE: compatible ONLY with 3D and X3D handles, with a price increase (see page 21.15).

type BMAprile > type SM

type BMAprile > type SM

20

23

2

22

3

1

NEW

type AHAprile > type SH

SOLID WOOD (thickness 23 mm) - Solid wood layers

1. Brushed solid wood layer, treated with 2 steps of natural oil or oil-based paints and vegetal waxes. Vertical grain. Horizontal “sawn-effect” (only on species clearly indicated).

ATTENTION ! - Possible small cracks on upper and lower edge may not be used as a cause for a com-

plaint, because they are an integral part of the product itself and are due to the use of end-grain (cut perpendicularly) wood which gives a natural aspect to the door.

The above mentioned characteristics shall not be considered cause of complaint.

HANDLE: compatible ONLY with external handles or with X3L handle, with a price increase (see page 21.15). Any frames for wine cellars should be provided with a vertical external handle.

Species: Canaletto walnut “sawn-effect“ / Canaletto LIGHT walnut “sawn-effect“ / “Old“ grey pinewood.

23

1

1

1

23

1

1

1

1

1

Feasible for: PROGRAMMA STANDARD - APRILE - XILA.

Feasible for: PROGRAMMA STANDARD - APRILE - XILA.

Feasible for: PROGRAMMA STANDARD - APRILE - XILA.

Feasible for: PROGRAMMA STANDARD wall unitsAPRILE base and wall units - XILA base units.

PROGRAMMA STANDARD - APRILE - XILA

NEW

1) The thicknesses indicated in the following technical sections are nominal and may slightly differ from the true measurement: this fact is due to the inevitable tolerances of the materials and technical construction of the door/front panels.

Other species“Old“ grey pinewood

Page 29: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

2901/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

WOOD LT / WOOD SELECTION LT - Veneer wood with lateral frames, LT handle

1. Support of the top strip in solid Toulipier wood.2. Wood veneer 0,6 mm thick, brushed, painted in 2 steps with acrylic or water based paints

(bottom layer + finish layer). Vertical grain on the central panel and vertical strips; horizontal grain on top strip.

3. Central panel and vertical strips made of wood particle board panel, waterproof (class V100), with low formaldehyde emission (class E1 / CARB P2) or in MDF medium density fibres board.

Species Wood: Oak / Ash-grey oak / Grey-graphite oak. Species Wood Selection: Thermo-treated acacia wood (brushed) / Core walnut (price

Wood LT+6%).

type APAprile > type SP

G e n e r a l t e c h n i c a l i n f o r m a t i o nDOORS / FRONT PANELS

Feasible for: PROGRAMMA STANDARD - APRILE.

Feasible for: PROGRAMMA STANDARD wall and tall units.

Feasible for: PROGRAMMA STANDARD wall and tall units.

PROGRAMMA STANDARD - APRILE

FRAME WK6 + GLASS - (Wall units and tall units Programma STANDARD)

1. Frame in naturally anodised aluminium profile.2. Tempered glass 4 mm thick.3. Inner layer in laminate.

Available glasses: GLASS range, excluded the frosted one.

FRAME FACTORY + GLASS - (Wall units and tall units Programma STANDARD)

1. Frame in naturally anodised aluminium profile.2. Tempered glass 4 mm thick.

Available glasses: GLASS range.

2

1 40

23

3

type BF

1

70

21

2

type BK

1) The thicknesses indicated in the following technical sections are nominal and may slightly differ from the true measurement: this fact is due to the inevitable tolerances of the materials and technical construction of the door/front panels.

Page 30: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

30 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

G e n e r a l t e c h n i c a l i n f o r m a t i o nDOORS / FRONT PANELS

SILCOVER - ECOLAKPOLYESTER - METALS

K14

K14_SILCOVER - Matt lacquered fine textured

1. MDF medium density fibres board.2. First coat of isolating paint Primer.3. Bi-components solvent fine textured paint Silcover.

Colours: SILCOVER range.

K14_ECOLAK - Matt lacquered “Soft Touch”

1. MDF medium density fibres board.2. First coat of isolating paint Primer.3. Water-based matt bi-components paint, double layers: the two coats are cross-applied.

Colours: ECOLAK range.

K14_POLYESTER - Hi gloss lacquer polyester

1. MDF medium density fibres panel.2. Three Polyester resin layers (each 320 gr/m2) sanded, smoothed and polished.

Colours: POLYESTER range.

K14_METALS - Metal-effect lacquer

1. MDF medium density fibres board.2. Mixture of acrylic paints with metal particles. Applied with 4/5 distinct mechanical and

manual processes.

Colours: METALS range.

K14_CORIAN®

1. Inner and outer face made of white Corian® panel thickness 4 mm.2. Angled edge 30° made of solid Corian® thickness 19 mm.3. Honeycomb panel with solid pinewood frame.

Colours: White.

type BN

23

13

30°2

23

1

2

3

30°

K14_WOOD / WOOD SELECTION - Veneer wood

1. Wood veneer thickness 0,6 mm (first choice on both faces) painted in 2 steps with acrylic or water based matt paints (bottom layer + finish layer). Vertical grain.

2. Wood edge thickness 0,6 mm.3. MDF medium density fibres board.

Species WOOD: WOOD range. Species WOOD SELECTION: Thermo-treated acacia wood (brushed) / Core walnut.

type BN

type BN

WOODWOOD SELECTION

CORIAN®

23

3

1

230°

< NEW

1) The thicknesses indicated in the following technical sections are nominal and may slightly differ from the true measurement: this fact is due to the inevitable tolerances of the materials and technical construction of the door/front panels.

Page 31: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

3101/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

G e n e r a l t e c h n i c a l i n f o r m a t i o nDOORS / FRONT PANELS

SOLID WOOD

K14

K14_SOLID WOOD (thickness 23 mm) - Solid wood layers

1. Brushed solid wood layer (th. about 8 mm), treated with 2 steps of natural oil or oil-based paints and vegetal waxes. Vertical grain. Horizontal “sawn-effect” (only on species clearly indicated).

ATTENTION ! - Possible small cracks on upper and lower edge may not be used as a cause for a com-

plaint, because they are an integral part of the product itself and are due to the use of end-grain (cut perpendicularly) wood which gives a natural aspect to the door.

The above mentioned characteristics shall not be considered cause of complaint.

Species: Canaletto walnut “sawn-effect“ / Canaletto LIGHT walnut “sawn-effect“ / “Old“ grey pinewood.

type BN

23

1

1

1

30°

K14_STAINLESS STEEL

1. Inner pre-satin stainless steel sheet 8/10 mm thick mm (vertical satin).2. Outer pre-satin stainless steel sheet 8/10 mm thick mm (vertical satin).3. Panel made of inert resin.

Colours: pre-satin stainless steel (vertical satin).

23

1

230°

32

type BN

STAINLESS STEEL

NEW

1) The thicknesses indicated in the following technical sections are nominal and may slightly differ from the true measurement: this fact is due to the inevitable tolerances of the materials and technical construction of the door/front panels.

Page 32: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

32 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

K20_WOOD / WOOD SELECTION - Veneer wood

1. Wood particle board panel, waterproof (class V100), with low formaldehyde emission (class E1 / CARB P2) or in MDF medium density fibres board.

2. Wood veneer 0,6 mm thick (1st choice on both surfaces), painted in 2 steps with acrylic or water-based matt transparent varnishes (bottom layer + finish layer). Vertical grain.

3. Aluminium profile, stainless steel finish.

Species: WOOD range / WOOD SELECTION range. Grip finish: stainless steel.

K20_STAINLESS STEEL

1. Panel made of compounded aluminium.2. Box section pre-satin stainless steel, thickness 0,8 mm (vertical satin direction).3. Profile in satin stainless steel.

Colour: pre-satin stainless steel (vertical satin) Grip in satin stainless steel.

type BW

type BW

WOODWOOD SELECTION

STAINLESS STEEL

535

23

1

22

3

23

535

12

3

G e n e r a l t e c h n i c a l i n f o r m a t i o nDOORS / FRONT PANELS

K20

K20_SOLID WOOD (thickness 23 mm) - Solid wood layers

1. Brushed solid wood layer (th. about 8 mm), treated with 2 steps of natural oil or oil-based paints and vegetal waxes. Vertical grain. Horizontal “sawn-effect” (only on species clearly indicated).

2. Aluminium profile, stainless steel finish.

ATTENTION ! - Possible small cracks on upper and lower edge may not be used as a cause for a com-

plaint, because they are an integral part of the product itself and are due to the use of end-grain (cut perpendicularly) wood which gives a natural aspect to the door.

The above mentioned characteristics shall not be considered cause of complaint.

Species: Canaletto walnut “sawn-effect“ / Canaletto LIGHT walnut “sawn-effect“ / “Old“ grey pinewood.

Grip finish: stainless steel.

type BW

SOLID WOOD

23

1

11

535

2< NEW

1) The thicknesses indicated in the following technical sections are nominal and may slightly differ from the true measurement: this fact is due to the inevitable tolerances of the materials and technical construction of the door/front panels.

Page 33: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

3301/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

G e n e r a l t e c h n i c a l i n f o r m a t i o nDOORS / FRONT PANELS

K20

K20_CORIAN® - Monolithic aspect

1. Panel made of 4 mm thick white Corian®.2. Honeycomb panel with solid pinewood frame.

Colour: White.

type BW

SILCOVER - ECOLAKMETALS

CORIAN®

23

1

2

14

35

K20_SILCOVER - Textured matt lacquer, monolithic aspect

1. MDF medium density fibres board.2. First coat of isolating paint Primer.3. Bi-components solvent fine textured varnish Silcover.

Colours: SILCOVER range.

K20_ECOLAK - Matt “Soft Touch” lacquer, monolithic aspect

1. MDF medium density fibres board.2. First coat of isolating paint Primer.3. Water-based matt bi-components paint, double layers: the two coats are cross-applied.

Colours: ECOLAK range.

K20_METALS - Metal-effect lacquer, monolithic aspect

1. MDF medium density fibres board.2. Mixture of acrylic paints with metal particles. Applied with 4/5 distinct mechanical and

manual processes.

Colours: METALS range.

type BW

< NEW

1) The thicknesses indicated in the following technical sections are nominal and may slightly differ from the true measurement: this fact is due to the inevitable tolerances of the materials and technical construction of the door/front panels.

23

635

12

3

Page 34: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

34 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

G e n e r a l t e c h n i c a l i n f o r m a t i o nSTANDARD HANDLESNo extra charge.

220 / 370 / 520 / 820 / 1120

160 / 224 / 381 / 531 / 831= =

8

25

TRAVE WK6 “a” horizontal centred

Extruded aluminium natural anodised.

Available finishes: Decomat / Lami-nate AH / Lasermat / Silcover / Glass / Ecolak / Wood / Wood Selection / Metals / Polyester / Stainless steel / Corian® / Aluminium / Solid wood.

Satin stainless steel.

Available finishes: Decomat / Lami-nate AH / Lasermat / Silcover / Glass / Ecolak / Wood / Wood Selection / Metals / Polyester / Stainless steel / Corian® / Aluminium / Solid wood.

40

220

“b” horizontal left or right

MATERIAL ANDCOMPATIBILITY

STANDARDPOSITIONING

SERIES AND DIMENSIONS

128 / 381 / 531 / 831Ø 11

35

horizontal left or right

horizontal left or right

vertical left or right

GRAND CHEF

STEEL

40

224

239

15

1515

30

Extruded aluminium, stainless steel finish.

Available finishes: Decomat / Lami-nate AH / Lasermat / Silcover / Glass / Ecolak / Wood / Wood Selection / Metals / Polyester / Stainless steel / Corian® / Aluminium / Solid wood.

128

/ 224

/ 38

1 / 5

31 /

831

1535

Extruded aluminium natural anodised.

Available finishes: Decomat / Lami-nate AH / Lasermat / Silcover / Glass / Ecolak / Wood / Wood Selection / Metals / Polyester / Stainless steel / Co-rian® / Aluminium / Solid wood / Frame Factory+glass.

FACTORY

1) Please always specify on the order handles’ position: without info Boffi will consider standard position.2) When using wide external handles on hinged door, please always check possible opening interferences.3) With drawers, heavy-duty drawers, pull out and dishwashers, handles position is always centred on the door panel.

23

21

220

30

WK6 (POCKET) horizontal centred

Painted, moulded zinc alloy, with thermoplastic gasket.*

Colour: aluminium.

Available finishes: Decomat / Laminate AH (only with wood edge or laser welded edge) / Lasermat / Silcover / Ecolak / Wood / Wood Selection / Metals / Polyester / Corian® / Solid wood.

Minimal width for front panels / doors:- Front panels / drawers: 350 mm.- Doors: 300 mm.

Attention: to avoid opening interferences, it is not possible to use opposed wk6 pocket handles on tall unit with double doors.

* With Corian® doors, the handle is not moulded “zama” but obtained with a special cut out on the solid Corian® of the door perimeter.

Page 35: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

3501/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

G e n e r a l t e c h n i c a l i n f o r m a t i o nSTANDARD HANDLESNo extra charge.

MATERIAL ANDCOMPATIBILITY

“a” horizontal centred

“b” horizontal left or right

STANDARDPOSITIONING

SERIES AND DIMENSIONS

Milled Brass painted with aluminium finish.

Used on all doors with aluminium frame+glass.

Available finishes: Decomat / Lami-nate AH / Lasermat / Silcover / Glass / Ecolak / Wood / Wood Selection / Metals / Polyester / Stainless steel / Corian® / Alu-minium / Solid wood / Frame WK6+glass / Frame Factory+glass.

40

10

FRAMES

224

236

= = 30

39

40

220 / 370 / 520 / 820 / 1120

128/224/381/531/831

35 3525

811

16

8 17

40

HANDLE

T LINE

Moulded aluminium, painted or chrome finished.

Colours: chrome / white / black.

Available finishes: Decomat / Lami-nate AH / Lasermat / Silcover / Glass / Ecolak / Wood / Wood Selection / Metals / Polyester / Stainless steel / Corian® / Aluminium / Solid wood.

Extruded aluminium, stainless steel satin finish.

Available finishes: Decomat / Lami-nate AH / Lasermat / Silcover / Glass / Ecolak / Wood / Wood Selection / Metals / Polyester / Stainless steel / Corian® / Aluminium / Solid wood.

horizontal centred

40

220

40

Extruded aluminium painted or anodised stainless steel finish.

Colours: matt white / matt black / stain-less steel.

Available finishes: Decomat / Lami-nate AH / Lasermat / Silcover / Glass / Ecolak / Wood / Wood Selection / Metals / Polyester / Stainless steel / Corian® / Aluminium / Solid wood.

APRILE 2 horizontal centred

40

left or right

1) Please always specify on the order handles’ position: without info Boffi will consider standard position.2) When using wide external handles on hinged door, please always check possible opening interferences.3) With drawers, heavy-duty drawers, pull out and dishwashers, handles position is always centred on the door panel.

Page 36: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

36 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

220 / 370 / 520 / 820 / 1120 17

32

160 / 224 / 381 / 531 / 831= =

=

40

=

horizontal or verticalcentred

ZONE

200

25

20

20

All stainless steel.Touch latch opening with spring.

Available finishes: Decomat / Laser-mat / Silcover / Ecolak / Wood / Wood Selection / Metals / Polyester / Corian® / Solid wood.

X12 - X36 horizontal o verticalleft - right - centred

Obtained with a special cut out on door thickness. Handle’s inner part is painted to match door finish (for polyester> hi gloss / for wood> painted to match door species).

Available finishes: / Silcover / Ecolak / Wood / Wood Selection / Polyester / Corian®.

Solid varnished larch, horizontal grain. Two steps varnish with matt transparent paints (bottom layer + finish layer).

Feasible species: Larch wood, As-pen white / Larch wood, Orion black.

Obtained with a special cut out on door thickness.

Handle’s inner part is obtained with the following techniques:SILCOVER - ECOLAK > painted door finish.POLYESTER > painted hi gloss to match door colour. CORIAN® > solid Corian®, white.WOOD - WOOD SELECTION > Back panel in wood to match door finish; other handle inner surfaces painted to match door wood species.

Available finishes: / Silcover / Ecolak / Wood / Wood Selection / Polyester / Corian®.

60

30

25

23

30

25

23

30

25

23

LT

APRILE 2 - WOOD

60 60

horizontal centred

horizontal centred

STANDARDPOSITIONING

SERIES AND DIMENSIONS

SILCOVERECOLAKPOLYESTER CORIAN®

WOODWOOD SELECTION

40

G e n e r a l t e c h n i c a l i n f o r m a t i o nHANDLES WITH EXTRA CHARGEPlease add the price increase cod. JZMK01 to each door or front panel, see page 21.15.

MATERIAL ANDCOMPATIBILITY

1) Please always specify on the order handles’ position: without info Boffi will consider standard position.2) When using wide external handles on hinged door, please always check possible opening interferences.3) With drawers, heavy-duty drawers, pull out and dishwashers, handles position is always centred on the door panel.

Page 37: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

3701/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Extruded anodised aluminium.

Colours: painted matt white – painted matt black – Satin stainless steel.

Handle 360 mm wide can not be used on doors shorter than 450 mm.

Available finishes: Silcover / Ecolak / Wood / Wood Selection / Metals / Polyester / Corian® / Solid wood.

ATTENTION !: handle with cut out is highly recommended for these follow-ing scenarios:

1 doors for dish washers, fridges and electric appliances in general

2 doors with opposed handles ( lower and upper )

3 doors with 2 opposed vertical handles adjacent

STANDARDPOSITIONING

SERIES AND DIMENSIONS

2327

50

173

100 / 360

100 / 360

27 23

50

APRILE

APRILE with cut-out

horizontalcentred

verticallower or upper(only 100 mm)

verticalnot centred on theside

20

2327

50

173

100 / 360

83 / 100

100 / 360

27 23

50

9

Handle ONLY horizontal.Made with special cut-out on door thick-ness, positioned on wider slat (146 mm).

Made with special cut-out on wider slat (146 mm). Not available with tall unit single door.

X3D

3D Available finishes: Wood 3D only.

Available finishes: Wood 3D and Solid Wood 3D only.

Available finishes: Solid wood only.

23 / 20

30

25

23 / 20

25

X 146146X146

XX

Distance X changes always according to direction and width required. No symme-try granted between right and left handles.

Distance X changes always according to direction and width required. No symme-try granted between right and left handles.

Lefthinged door

Drawers – Pull out Dishwasher door

Righthinged door

Lefthinged door

Drawers – Pull out Dishwasher door

Righthinged door

30

25

23

146 75 14675146= =

horizontal left horizontal centred horizontal right

X3L Handle ONLY horizontal.Not feasible on doors in grey old pine-wood 057.

G e n e r a l t e c h n i c a l i n f o r m a t i o nHANDLES WITH EXTRA CHARGEPlease add the price increase cod. JZMK01 to each door or front panel, see page 21.15.

MATERIAL ANDCOMPATIBILITY

1) Please always specify on the order handles’ position: without info Boffi will consider standard position.2) When using wide external handles on hinged door, please always check possible opening interferences.3) With drawers, heavy-duty drawers, pull out and dishwashers, handles position is always centred on the door panel.

Page 38: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

38 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Position A – Horizontal centred

- On hinged doors, pull outs, drawers, heavy-duty drawers and flap doors

- Width 364 mm only for finish: Silcover, Ecolak, White Polyester, Corian®.

Position B – Horizontal left or right

- On hinged doors, pull outs, drawers and heavy-duty drawers maximum width 600 mm.

Position C – Vertical

- Only for tall unit single door.- Custom height positioning (according to

the project).

Position D - Vertical upper or lower

- only for hinged doors.- Only for finish: Silcover, Ecolak, White Polyester, Corian®.

180 / 364 ==

2525

DUEMILAOTTO Made with a special cut out on door thickness.

Available on finishes:

SILCOVER / ECOLAK: - Width 180 mm, positions A - B - C - D - Width 364 mm, positions A - C (on tall

units single door only position C)

POLYESTER: Available ONLY in colour white

cod.003. It is made with a special solid piece of Corian® inserted into the door thickness and then cut out. Therefore the “cut out” part is always white Corian® and different from all the rest of the door (polyester).

- Width 180 mm, positions A - B - C - D - Width 364 mm positions A - C (for tall

unit single door, only position C)

WOOD / WOOD SELECTION: Available ONLY in Ash-grey oak,

Grey-graphite oak, Black Eco-wood, Thermo-treated acacia wood (brushed), Core walnut.

- Width 180 mm, positions A - B - C - Width 364 mm positions C (on tall unit

single door)

CORIAN®: - Width 180 mm, positions A - B - C - D - Width 364 mm positions A - C (on tall

unit single door, only position C)

180 / 364

180

180

180

/ 364

STANDARDPOSITIONING

SERIES AND DIMENSIONS

G e n e r a l t e c h n i c a l i n f o r m a t i o nHANDLES WITH EXTRA CHARGEPlease add the price increase cod. JZMK01 to each door or front panel, see page 21.15.

MATERIAL ANDCOMPATIBILITY

1) Please always specify on the order handles’ position: without info Boffi will consider standard position.2) When using wide external handles on hinged door, please always check possible opening interferences.3) With drawers, heavy-duty drawers, pull out and dishwashers, handles position is always centred on the door panel.

Page 39: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

3901/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

= =

40

40

238

GRIP

238 / 395 / 545 / 845 / 1145

224 / 381 / 531 / 831 / 1131

50

77

25

Extruded aluminium, stainless steel finish.

Available finishes: Decomat / Laser-mat / Silcover / Ecolak / Wood / Wood Selection / Metals / Polyester / Corian® / Solid wood.

ATTENTION !!!“a“ positioning is compatible ONLY with pull-out frontal panels.

*= 35 mm on HIDE doors.

vertical left or right

Vertical, upper or lower,right or left

STANDARDPOSITIONING

SERIES AND DIMENSIONS

MATERIAL ANDCOMPATIBILITY

“a” horizontal centred

“b” horizontal left or right

NEW

NEW

1) Please always specify on the order handles’ position: without info Boffi will consider standard position.2) When using wide external handles on hinged door, please always check possible opening interferences.3) With drawers, heavy-duty drawers, pull out and dishwashers, handles position is always centred on the door panel.

G e n e r a l t e c h n i c a l i n f o r m a t i o nHANDLES WITH EXTRA CHARGEPlease add the price increase cod. JZMK01 to each door or front panel, see page 21.15.

209523052465

210923192479

212623362496

=

50 40*

ø 25

=

130515151585

755685

21262336

50 40*

131915291599

769699

133615461616

786716

ø 25

Page 40: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

40 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

G e n e r a l t e c h n i c a l i n f o r m a t i o n CHART FOR HANDLES COMPATIBILITY

Decom

at

AH

Lam

inate

Lase

rmat

Silc

ove

r

Gla

ss

Ecola

k

Wood

Wood

Sele

ctio

n

Meta

ls

Poly

est

er

Sta

inle

ss S

teel

Corian®

Alu

min

ium

Wood

3D

Fra

me W

K6 +

gla

ss

Fra

me F

acto

ry +

g

lass

Solid

Wood

Solid

Wood

3D

Trave WK6 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

Grand chef O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

Steel O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

Factory O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

WK6 (Pocket) O O1

O O O O O O O O O

Handle O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

T Line O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

Frames O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

Aprile 2 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

Aprile 2 Wood O2

Zone O O O O O O O O O O

X12 - X36 O O O O O O

LT O O O O O O

Aprile O O O O O O O O

3D O

X3D O O

X3L O

Duemilaotto O O O3

O O4

Grip O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

1 = only on AH laminate with wood edge or laser welded edge.2 = only Aspen white and Orion black larch wood.3 = only ash-grey oak, grey-graphite oak and black Ecowood.4 = only on polyester white 003 (internal part of handle in Corian®).

Page 41: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

4101/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

A

B

C

E

A - LAMINATE with wood edge / Thickness: 40 - 60 mmStructure made of wood particle board panel with low formaldehyde emission (class E1), waterproof (class V100). Wood edges; top and bottom surfaces plated in highly-resistant HPL laminate (back-overlaying laminate on bottom surface).

• Colours: Boffi LAMINATE range or ABET COLOURS range.• Edges: species Boffi WOOD range (not feasible in WOOD SELECTION finish).

• Max. length: 4150 mm (003 Boffi white / 140 Boffi cream / 145 Boffi sand / 144 Boffi dove-grey / 149 Boffi grey / 148 Boffi dark grey) - 2970 mm (151 white [410] / Abet Colours range).

• Max. depth: 1370 mm (003 Boffi white / 140 Boffi cream / 145 Boffi sand / 148 Boffi dark grey) - 1260 mm (151 white [410] / 144 Boffi dove-grey / 149 Boffi grey / Abet Colours range).

B - LAMINATE with aluminium profile / Thickness: 40 - 60 mmStructure made of wood particle board panel with low formaldehyde emission (class E1), waterproof (class V100). Edges made of natu-

rally anodised aluminium profile; plated on 2 surfaces in high-resistant HPL laminate (back-overlaying laminate on bottom surface).

• Colours: Boffi LAMINATE range or ABET COLOURS range.• Edge: naturally anodised aluminium profile.

• Max. length: 4150 mm (003 Boffi white / 140 Boffi cream / 145 Boffi sand / 144 Boffi dove-grey / 149 Boffi grey / 148 Boffi dark grey) - 2970 mm (151 white [410] / Abet Colours range).

• Max. depth: 1370 mm (003 Boffi white / 140 Boffi cream / 145 Boffi sand / 148 Boffi dark grey) - 1260 mm (151 white [410] / 144 Boffi dove-grey / 149 Boffi grey / Abet Colours range).

C - LASERMAT with edge welded with laser technique / Thickness: 12 - 20 - 40 mmStructure made of wood particle board panel with low formaldehyde emission (class E1), waterproof (class V100), plated with Lasermat nanotechnological paper. Dyed edge in polypropylene, welded with laser technique (edge seam hard to be perceived).

• Colours: LASERMAT range.• • Max. length: 3200 mm.• Max. depth: 1260 mm.

D - LASERMAT with aluminium profile, stainless steel finish / Thickness: 40 - 60 mmStructure made of wood particle board panel with low formaldehyde emission (class E1), waterproof (class V100). Edges made of anodised aluminium profile, stainless steel finish; plated on 2 surfaces in high-resistant HPL laminate (back-overlaying laminate on bottom surface.

• Colours: Boffi LASERMAT range.• Edge: anodised aluminium profile, stainless steel finish.

• Max. length: 4150 mm.• Max. depth: 1260 mm.

E - WOOD VENEER / Thickness: 20 - 40 - 60 mmStructure made of wood particle board panel with low formaldehyde emission (class E1), waterproof (class V100). Two wood veneer layers on top surface (double wood veneer plating on bottom surface). Painted with transparent, polyurethane or acrylic paints. Wood edges.

• Species: WOOD Boffi range or WOOD SELECTION Boffi.

• Max. length: 2800 mm (black Eco-wood: 3300 mm).• Max. depth: 1260 mm (for deeper tops please check the feasibility).

G e n e r a l t e c h n i c a l i n f o r m a t i o nWORKTOPS

D

STANDARD WORKTOPS - Compatible with PROGRAMMA STANDARD, XILA, XILA ST (Xila ST: max. thickness 60 mm).See codes and prices in WORKTOPS chapter.

1) Worktops with customised depth (not indicated on the price list) are available within the MAXIMUM DEPTH limits specified. Please forward your out-of-standard depth request to Boffi’s commercial department.

Page 42: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

42 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

G e n e r a l t e c h n i c a l i n f o r m a t i o nWORKTOPS

H

G

F - SOLID WOOD / Thickness: 40 - 60 - 110 - 190 mmStructure made of panels in poplar multi-layer wood. Surfaces and edges covered by solid wood layers, 5 mm thick, assembled used a 45° “folding“ technique. Finished with matt transparent water-based paints.WARNING ! - The worktop in SOLID WOOD differs from the one made of SOLID WOOD STAVES because its surface is completely even, without any groove between the wood layers/staves (F1).

• Species: LIGHT Canaletto walnut, “sawn-effect “ / Canaletto walnut “sawn-effect “ / “Old“ grey pinewood.

• Max. length: 3000 mm.• Max. depth: 1260 mm (for deeper tops please check the feasibility).

G - SOLID WOOD STAVES / Thickness: 40 - 60 - 110 - 190 mmStructure made of panels in poplar multi-layer wood. Surfaces and edges covered by solid wood layers, 5 mm thick with staves effect, assembled used a 45° “folding“ technique. Finished with matt transparent water-based paints.WARNING ! - The worktop in SOLID WOOD STAVES differs from the one made of SOLID WOOD because its surface has grooves between the wood layers/staves (G1).

• Species: Oak / grey-graphite oak / Orion black larch wood / thermo-treated acacia wood.

• Max. length: 3000 mm.• Max. depth: 1260 mm (for deeper tops please check the feasibility).

H - GLASS / Thickness: 12 mmExtra-light tempered glass, painted and frosted. Edges bevelled and satin.

• Colours: White / Dove-grey / Coffee.

• Max. length: 3650 mm.• Max. depth: 1260 mm (for deeper tops please check the feasibility).

F

F1

F1

STANDARD WORKTOPS - Compatible with PROGRAMMA STANDARD, XILA, XILA ST (Xila ST: max. thickness 60 mm).See codes and prices in WORKTOPS chapter.

1) Worktops with customised depth (not indicated on the price list) are available within the MAXIMUM DEPTH limits specified. Please forward your out-of-standard depth request to Boffi’s commercial department.

Page 43: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

4301/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

G e n e r a l t e c h n i c a l i n f o r m a t i o nWORKTOPS

I

L - POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL, rounded edges / Thickness: 12 mmStructure in compounded aluminium. Outer structure in AISI 304, th. 1 mm, box section stainless steel; 45° lower and upper rounded edges.Worktops are joined by default as shown in the picture (L1). For different joining typologies please check feasibility in advance.

• Max. length: 4000 mm.• Max. depth: 1260 mm (for deeper tops please check the feasibility).

MATT SATIN STAINLESS STEEL, rounded edges / Thickness: 12 mmStructure in compounded aluminium. Outer structure in AISI 304, th. 1 mm, box section stainless steel; 45° lower and upper rounded edges.Worktops are joined by default as shown in the picture (L1). For different joining typologies please check feasibility in advance.

• Max. length: 4000 mm.• Max. depth: 1260 mm (for deeper tops please check the feasibility).

C.R.S. SCOTCH BRITE STAINLESS STEEL, rounded edges / Thickness: 12 mmStructure in compounded aluminium. Outer structure in AISI 304, th. 1 mm, box section stainless steel; 45° lower and upper rounded edges.Worktops are joined by default as shown in the picture (L1). For different joining typologies please check feasibility in advance.

• Max. length: 5000 mm.• Max. depth: 1260 mm (for deeper tops please check the feasibility).

L

I - POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL, square-edged / Thickness: 20 - 40 - 60 - 110 - 190 mmStructure made of wood particle board panel with low formaldehyde emission (class E1), waterproof (class V100). The structure of 20 mm thick tops only is in compounded aluminium. The 60-110-190 mm thick worktops are provided with lower wooden frame on the perimeter. Outer structure in AISI 304, th. 1 mm, box section stainless steel.Worktops are joined by default as shown in the picture (I1). For different joining typologies please check feasibility in advance.

• Max. length: 4000 mm.• Max. depth: 1260 mm (for deeper tops please check the feasibility).

MATT SATIN STAINLESS STEEL, square-edged / Thickness: 20 - 40 - 60 - 110 - 190 mmStructure made of wood particle board panel with low formaldehyde emission (class E1), waterproof (class V100). The structure of 20 mm thick tops only is in compounded aluminium. The 60-110-190 mm thick worktops are provided with lower wooden frame on the perimeter. Outer structure in AISI 304, th. 1 mm, box section stainless steel.Worktops are joined by default as shown in the picture (I1). For different joining typologies please check feasibility in advance.

• Max. length: 4000 mm.• Max. depth: 1260 mm (for deeper tops please check the feasibility).

C.R.S. SCOTCH BRITE STAINLESS STEEL, square-edged / Thickness: 20 - 40 - 60 - 110 - 190 mmStructure made of compounded aluminium. The 110-190 mm thick worktops are provided with white melamine-coated lower panel in wood particle board, with low formaldehyde emission (class E1), waterproof (class V100). Outer structure in AISI 304, th. 1 mm, box section stainless steel.Worktops are joined by default as shown in the picture (I1). For different joining typologies please check feasibility in advance.

• Max. length: 5000 mm.• Max. depth: 1260 mm (for deeper tops please check the feasibility).

R

I1

L1

M - CORIAN® / Thickness: 12 - 20 - 40 - 60 - 110 - 190 mmWorktops th. 12 mm: solid Corian®.Other thicknesses: structure in compounded aluminium. Upper surface and edges are covered with Corian®. The 40 - 60 - 110 - 190 mm thick worktops are provided with white melamine-coated lower panel in wood particle board, with low formaldehyde emission (class E1), waterproof (class V100).

• Colour: White.

• Max. length: 3650 mm.• Max. depth: 1260 mm (for deeper tops please check the feasibility).

M

STANDARD WORKTOPS - Compatible with PROGRAMMA STANDARD, XILA, XILA ST (Xila ST: max. thickness 60 mm).See codes and prices in WORKTOPS chapter.

1) Worktops with customised depth (not indicated on the price list) are available within the MAXIMUM DEPTH limits specified. Please forward your out-of-standard depth request to Boffi’s commercial department.

Page 44: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

44 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

G e n e r a l t e c h n i c a l i n f o r m a t i o nWORKTOPS

N - DURINOX® / Thickness: 12 - 20 - 40 mmStructure made of wood particle board panel with low formaldehyde emission (class E1), waterproof (class V100). Boxed with 1 mm thick Durinox® (micro-sandblasted steel sheet).

• Max. length: 3800 mm.• Max. depth: 1260 mm.

Q - Composite SILESTONE® - MATT finish / Thickness: 12 - 20 - 40 - 60 - 110 - 190 mmMatt finish, oil-repellent and waterproof treated, with bacteriostatic protection.Composite stone composed of 94% natural quartz and 6% polymer and colouring pigments. Extraordinarily hard and resistant. Thickness 12-20 mm: solid composite. For other thicknesses: edge and face in 20 mm thick composite stone matched with 45° folding technique. Structure in thermosetting polymer polyurethane foam (light, stable over time, waterproof and resistant to thermal shock). For thicknesses 110-190 mm a lower wooden frame on the perimeter is being provided.

• Colours: Expo grey / Concrete grey / Tebas black / Zeus white / Yukon white / Lagoon white / Unsui brown / Kensho grey / Merope grey-brown / Doradus black.

• Max. length: 3230 mm.• Max. depth: 1570 mm.

P - MARBLE / STONE / GRANITE - MATT finish / Thickness: 20 - 40 - 60 - 110 - 190 mmMatt finish, oil-repellent and waterproof treated, not resistant to weak acids (fruit, tomatoes, citrus etc.) that can alter and corrode the surface. Thickness 20 mm: solid marble, stone or granite. For other thicknesses, edge and face in 20 mm thick solid marble, stone or granite matched with 45° folding technique. Structure in thermosetting polymer polyurethane foam (light, stable over time, waterproof and resistant to thermal shock). For thicknesses 110-190 mm a lower wooden frame on the perimeter is being provided.The worktops edges are lightly rounded: they are joined by default as shown in the picture (P1). For different joining typologies please check feasibility In advance.Option available, without extra charge, top with washbasin effect (P2) made with squared and combined slabs (only for 40-60-80 mm thick worktops).Option available, with extra charge (see “Customised Solutions- Price Increases- Maintenance” chapter), polished finish and, for absolute black Zimbabwe granite only, flamed brushed finish.

• Typologies: Carrara white marble / Bihara stone / Serena stone / Matraia stone / Cardoso stone / absolute black Zimbabwe granite / Black Cosmic granite / quartzite Silver / quartzite Calacatta / quartzite Brown Chocolate/ grey lava stone.

• Max. length 2500 mm: Cardoso stone.• Max. length 2800 mm (th. 20 mm max 2200 mm): Bihara stone.• Max. length 2870 mm: quartzite Brown Chocolate.• Max. length 2900 mm: quartzite Calacatta.• Max. length 3000 mm: grey lava stone.• Max. length 3050 mm (th. 20 mm max 2500 mm): Serena stone.• Max. length 3050 mm (th. 20 mm max 2800 mm): Matraia stone.• Max. length 3050 mm: Carrara white marble / absolute black Zimbabwe granite / Black Cosmic granite / quartzite Silver.• Max. depht 980 mm (Cardoso stone).• Max. depht 1260 mm (all stones, marbles and granites - in all thicknesses, Cardoso stone excluded).

N

Q

P

P

P2

STANDARD WORKTOPS - Compatible with PROGRAMMA STANDARD, XILA, XILA ST (Xila ST: max. thickness 60 mm).See codes and prices in WORKTOPS chapter.

NEW

P1

1) Worktops with customised depth (not indicated on the price list) are available within the MAXIMUM DEPTH limits specified. Please forward your out-of-standard depth request to Boffi’s commercial department.

Page 45: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

4501/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

G e n e r a l t e c h n i c a l i n f o r m a t i o nWORKTOPS

R - Composite DEKTON® - MATT finish / Thickness: 12 - 20 - 40 - 60 - 110 - 190 mmMaterial composed of sophisticated blend of raw materials used to produce the very latest in glass and porcelain as well as the highest quality quartz work surfaces. Dekton employs exclusive Sinterized Particle Technology, a high tech process which represents an accelerated version of the metamorphic change that natural stone undergoes when subjected to high temperatures and pres-sure. Electronic microscopy allows us to fully appreciate the material zero porosity and chemical resistance, a consequence of the sinterization and ultra-compaction process exclusive to this material.Thickness 12-20 mm: solid composite. For other thicknesses: edge and face in 20 mm thick composite stone matched with 45° folding technique. Structure in thermosetting polymer polyurethane foam (light, stable over time, waterproof and resistant to thermal shock). For thicknesses 110-190 mm a lower wooden frame on the perimeter is being provided.

• Colours: Edora beige / Kadum brown / Sirius black / Zenith white / Irok beige / Strato grey.

• Max. length: 3200 mm.• Max. depth: 1440 mm.

S - SOLID “OLD“ PINEWOOD, for PENINSULA COMPOSITIONS / Thickness: 80 mmIt’s composed of solid pinewood boards, recycled from renovation of old houses, barns and huts. Edges perpendicular to the grain direction are white painted.Possible cracks and deformations have to be considered characteristic part of the product. Since these tops are very unique, they have the typical appeal of “imperfect things” and they clearly display sign of times and bad weather; therefore they show deformations and wrinkles strength. Tops obtained with old wooden boards offer a clear example of the wood vitality and instability.For this reasons each piece in solid wood has to be considered “unique“ and different from all the other ones.The above mentioned characteristic shall not be considered cause of complaint.

• Max. length: 3000 mm.• Max. depth: 1800 mm.

R

SPECIFIC WORKTOPS - PENINSULA TOP IN OLD PINEWOODSee codes and prices in PENINSULA COMPOSITIONS chapter

DEDICATED WORKTOPS - APRILE, K14, K20.See codes and prices in APRILE, K14, K20 chapters.

The APRILE, K14, K20 kitchens mount worktops with specific thicknesses and details.Please see features and finishes in relative chapters.

S

APRILE

K20

K14

STANDARD WORKTOPS - Compatible with PROGRAMMA STANDARD, XILA, XILA ST (Xila ST: max. thickness 60 mm).See codes and prices in WORKTOPS chapter.

NEW

1) Worktops with customised depth (not indicated on the price list) are available within the MAXIMUM DEPTH limits specified. Please forward your out-of-standard depth request to Boffi’s commercial department.

Page 46: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

46 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

600

600

900

900

1200

1200

2050

/202

0

2210

/218

0

1580

/161

0

2490

/242

0

Ø 1

20/1

50Ø

120

/150

Ø 1

50Ø

150

080

120

150

210

1880

/191

020

00

CA

B

400

1000

2300

2400

==

==

==

150

==

==

==

==

==

==

==

700

150

150

150

Ele

ctr

ic s

ocke

t

Wate

r d

ischarg

e u

nit

Warm

wa

ter

feed

er

Cold

wate

r fe

ed

er

Gas

feed

er

DIA

GR

AM

OF

WA

TE

R O

UT

LE

TA

= m

inim

um

heig

ht o

f w

ate

r o

utle

t: 4

00

mm

.B

= m

inim

um

heig

ht o

f w

arm

/co

ld w

ate

r fe

ed

er:

45

0 m

m.

C=

recom

mend

ed

dis

tan

ce

be

twe

en

wa

rm a

nd

co

ld w

ate

r fe

ed

ers

: 1

50

/20

0 m

m.

AT

TE

NT

ION

: dra

win

gs

an

d s

ize

s in

the

dia

gra

m a

re n

ot b

ind

ing

an

d m

ay

vary

ac

co

rdin

g

to th

e ty

pe o

f sin

k and

sip

hons

use

d. A

s to

pro

vid

e fo

r the m

axi

mum

sp

ace in

the u

nd

er-

sink

unit,

we s

ug

gest

yo

u p

lac

e p

ipe

s a

nd

sip

ho

ns

as

far

ba

ck

an

d a

s h

igh

as

po

ssib

le. D

urin

g

the in

stalla

tion,

ple

ase

ch

ec

k th

e s

ize

an

d th

e lo

ca

tion

of th

e d

ust

bin

.

Ove

nG

as

feed

er

Dis

hw

ash

er

Socke

t on b

ack

panel

Und

er-

sink

unit

In-

an

d o

utle

t fo

r w

ate

rO

ven w

. 900 m

mG

as

feed

er

Ele

ctr

ic p

late

Built

-in h

ood

LE

D li

ght b

ar

Wall

unit

spots

607 /

WD

35 h

ood

FLA

T /

GLA

SS

/LIE

VE

ho

od

CE

ILIN

G/T

ILE

/.K

AP

PA/G

HO

ST

ho

od

H. under-hood

H. plinths

H. kitchen

Ga

s b

urn

er

ign

itio

nG

as

fee

de

r

Min

. 7

50

fo

r re

-circ

ula

ting

ve

rsio

nM

in. 8

50

fo

r e

xte

rna

lly v

en

ted

ve

rsio

n

N o t e s t o d e s i g n e rTECHNICAL INSTALLATION CHART

Page 47: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

4701/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

N o t e s t o d e s i g n e rELECTRICAL APPLIANCES

GENERAL INDICATIONS

Knobs for electrical appliances design Boffi.

Electrical appliances design Boffi

This price list offers a wide range of exclusive cooktops, sinks and hoods design Boffi.All gas cooktops design Boffi are set for methane gas use. The use of different gases must be always specified on the order.

C.R.S. - Finishes: stainless steel / polished stainless steel / matt black.Control knob for hob and/or pop-up plug.

Control knob for HOB: in STAINLESS STEEL only (1). The stainless steel knob C.R.S. is installed on all hobs design Boffi in C.R.S. Scotch Brite or matt satin stainless steel (except for items when not expressly indicated).

Control knob for POP-UP PLUG: in STAINLESS STEEL (1) / POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL (2) / MATT BLACK (3). Sinks can be fitted with the relative automatic strainer waste kit with C.R.S. knob, please specify the finish (see page 19.27).

QUADRO - Finish: satin chrome.Control knob for hob.

It’s installed on all hobs in polished stainless steel (except for items when not expressly indicated).

Boffi recommended electrical appliances

Boffi S.p.A. offers a suitable “Recommended Electrical appliances, taps and sinks” price list including any recommended brand, available on the restricted area of www.boffi.com website, which is constantly updated. Any appliance recommended by Boffi complies with the EC standards for 220÷230V - 50Hz voltage.The prices of Boffi recommended electrical appliances include the cost of installing appliances in carcasses (of finished front panels when under-top appliances/hoods are used); except for cases in which the assembly is not recommended for technical, safety or handling reasons.

Electrical appliances by Client

Please add a price increase cod. ZNAA20 (see page 21.12) for each cabinet arranged for client’s electrical appliances. All electrical appliances NOT purchased through Boffi , even If included in the “Recommended Electrical Appliances, taps and sinks” price list, are subjected to an additional price.Each order containing Client’s electrical appliances needs to include the codes list (brand specification too) and the TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS WITH CUT-OUT DRAWING.The orders without the technical specifications required are not processed till receiving these info.

C.R.S.

C.R.S.

C.R.S.

QUADRO

1

2

3

Page 48: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

48 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES AT THE END OF COMPOSITION

It’s not possible to use under-top electrical appliances (dishwashers, refrigerators, freezers, wine cellars etc.) at the end of composition, because the end side panels cannot be properly fixed.

ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES CLOSE TO WALL

It’s not suggested to use electrical appliances close to wall (without filler): possible wall imper fections can interfere with the electrical appliance avoiding the correct opening mechanism. Claims for these reasons are not accepted.

Please consider always to add a filler between wall and electrical appliance. The filler has to be measured according to the electrical appliance type and technical info (given by the producer).

CUSTOMISED ANGLES

Please measure carefully when the angles are customised following these notes: 1. measure the “Y” diagonal, which connects 2 points distant 1000 mm from the corner 2. if the “Y” diagonal measure is different from 1414 mm ( Y = 1414 mm the X angle is 90°) please Indicate the exact quote on the order.

OK

X

1000

1000

Y<1414

X<90°

1000

1000

Y>1414

X>90°

1000

1000

Y=1414

X=90°

N o t e s t o d e s i g n e rELECTRICAL APPLIANCES / SITE DIMENSION SURVEY

Page 49: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

4901/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

N o t e s t o d e s i g n e rPROTRUDING WORKTOPS

PROGRAMMA STANDARD - XILATHICKNESSES 20 / 40 mm

≤ 350

20* / 40

650 - 830 980 - 1260

≥ 150

**

≤ 330

20* / 40

980

**

≤ 290

20* / 40

1260

**

40

**

9801260

330290

≤ 350

≥ 150

Protruding part ON THE SIDE

• Not available on 12 mm thick worktops.• * = Not available on 20 mm thick worktops in Durinox®, stone, marble or granite.• Lateral protruding part can be proposed on 40 mm thick worktops in all finishes listed

on the price list.• On 20 mm thick worktops the protruding part on the side cannot be matched with the

back one (corner protruding top).• ** = hob or sink hole, if necessary.

Protruding part ON THE BACK

• Not available on 12 mm thick worktops.• * = Not available on 20 mm thick worktops in Durinox®, stone, marble or granite.• Back protruding part can be proposed on 40 mm thick worktops in all finishes listed

on the price list.• On 20 mm thick worktops the protruding part on the back cannot be matched with the

lateral one (corner protruding top).• ** = hob or sink hole, if necessary.• Please fasten the base units to the floor for avoiding overturning risks (hardware to be

supplied by the Customer).

Protruding part ON THE CORNER

• Not available on 12 and 20 mm thick worktops.• Corner protruding part can be proposed on 40 mm thick worktops in all finishes listed

on the price list.• ** = hob or sink hole, if necessary.• Please fasten the base units to the floor for avoiding overturning risks (hardware to be

supplied by the Customer).

Page 50: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

50 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

N o t e s t o d e s i g n e rPROTRUDING WORKTOPS

≤ 400

≥ 60

650 - 830 980 - 1260

≥ 150

**

≤ 1000

≥ 60

650 - 830 980 - 1260

≥ 150

**

Solo per Corian® e InoxFor Corian® and Stainless steel onlySeulement pour Corian® et InoxNur für Corian® und EdelstahlSólo para Corian® y Inox

PROGRAMMA STANDARD - XILATHICKNESSES 60 / 80 / 110 / 190 mm

≤ 330

≥ 60

980

**

≤ 290

1260

**

≥ 60

≥ 60

**

9801260

330290

≤ 400

≥ 150

Protruding part ON THE SIDE

• Lateral protruding part can be proposed on 60 /80 / 110 /190 mm thick worktops in all finishes listed on the price list.

• The protruding part, when included between 400 and 1000 mm, can be proposed on worktops in Corian® or Stainless Steel only. It’s not possible to have lateral protruding parts 400 mm matched with the back one (corner protruding top).

• ** = hob or sink hole, if necessary.

Protruding part ON THE BACK

• Back protruding part can be proposed on 60 /80 / 110 /190 mm thick worktops in all finishes listed on the price list.

• ** = hob or sink hole, if necessary.• Please fasten the base units to the floor for avoiding overturning risks (hardware to be

supplied by the Customer).

Protruding part ON THE CORNER

• Corner protruding part can be proposed on 60 /80 / 110 /190 mm thick worktops in all finishes listed on the price list.

• ** = hob or sink hole, if necessary.• Please fasten the base units to the floor for avoiding overturning risks (hardware to be

supplied by the Customer).

Page 51: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

5101/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

N o t e s t o d e s i g n e rPROTRUDING WORKTOPS

APRILE

** ≤ 350

≥ 150

≤ 330

980

**

≤ 290

10

1260

**

10

**

Protruding part ON THE SIDE

• Lateral protruding part can be proposed ONLY on worktops in MATT SATIN STAIN-LESS STEEL (visible front thickness: 10 mm).

• ** = hob or sink hole, if necessary.• The protruding part on the side cannot be matched with the back one (corner protrud-

ing top).

Protruding part ON THE BACK

• Back protruding part can be proposed ONLY on worktops in MATT SATIN STAINLESS STEEL (visible front thickness: 10 mm).

• ** = hob or sink hole, if necessary.• The protruding part on the back cannot be matched with the lateral one (corner pro-

truding top).

Protruding part ON THE CORNER

• Not available.

Page 52: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

52 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

N o t e s t o d e s i g n e rPROTRUDING WORKTOPS

Protruding part ON THE SIDE 400 mm

• Lateral protruding part can be proposed on worktops in all finishes listed on the price list.

• ** = hob or sink hole, if necessary.

Protruding part ON THE SIDE 400 / 1000 mm

• Lateral protruding part can be proposed ONLY on worktops in Stainless Steel / Co-rian® / Solid wood staves

• ** = hob or sink hole, if necessary.

Protruding part ON THE BACK

• Back protruding part can be proposed on worktops in all finishes listed on the price list.

• ** = hob or sink hole, if necessary.• Please fasten the base units to the floor for avoiding overturning risks.

Protruding part ON THE CORNER

• Corner protruding part can be proposed on worktops in all finishes listed on the price list.

• ** = hob or sink hole, if necessary.• Please fasten the base units to the floor for avoiding overturning risks.

K14

≤ 400

795 - 1175≥ 150

**

≤ 1000

795 - 1175≥ 150

**

≤ 400

1175

**

1175

**

≤ 400

≤ 400

≥ 150

Page 53: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

5301/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

N o t e s t o d e s i g n e rPROTRUDING WORKTOPS

Protruding part ON THE SIDE

• Thickness 12 mm: feasible ONLY on worktops in polished stainless steel, matt satin stainless steel, CRS Scotch Brite stainless steel and Silestone®.

• Thickness 20 / 40 / 60 mm: please see directions for Programma Standard / Xila protruding worktops.

• ** = hob or sink hole, if necessary.

Protruding part ON THE BACK

• Thickness 12 mm: feasible ONLY on worktops in polished stainless steel, matt satin stainless steel, CRS Scotch Brite stainless steel and Silestone®.

• Thickness 20 / 40 / 60 mm: please see directions for Programma Standard / Xila protruding worktops.

• ** = hob or sink hole, if necessary.• Please fasten the base units to the floor for avoiding overturning risks (hardware to be

supplied by the Customer).

Protruding part ON THE CORNER

• Thickness 12 mm: feasible ONLY on worktops in polished stainless steel, matt satin stainless steel, CRS Scotch Brite stainless steel and Silestone®.

• Thickness 20 / 40 / 60 mm: please see directions for Programma Standard / Xila protruding worktops.

• Please check the dimensional limits referring to information for lateral and back pro-truding top.

• ** = hob or sink hole, if necessary.• Please fasten the base units to the floor for avoiding overturning risks (hardware to be

supplied by the Customer).

≤ 285

650 - 830 980 - 1260

12

≥ 150

**

≤ 276

980

**

≤ 175

830

**

≤ 282

1260

**

12

12

12

**

8309801260

175276282

≤ 285

≥ 150

12

XILA STTHICKNESS: 12 mm ( For 20 / 40 / 60 mm thicknesses: please see directions for Programma Standard / Xila protruding worktops).

Page 54: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

54 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

N o t e s t o d e s i g n e rPROTRUDING WORKTOPS

100

980

878

**

100

1260

**

1158

100A

A

**

B

B

**

330

100

285

A-A

B-B

***

Protruding part ON THE BACK, for worktops in Corian®

• Feasible on worktops 12 mm thick in Corian® and in all other finishes of the price list.• Visible handle-rail long the entire perimeter.• Lateral or corner protruding parts are not available.• ** = hob or sink hole, if necessary.• *** = Rear base unit (Programma STANDARD) with push opening.

XILA STTHICKNESS: 12 mm ( For 20 / 40 / 60 mm thicknesses: please see directions for Programma Standard / Xila protruding worktops).

Page 55: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

5501/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

S a f e t y n o t e s

ANTI-OVERTURN

In order to avoid overturning risks, all tall units must be necessarily fixed to the wall with appropri-ate hardware by Client (please select those according to the wall type and characteristics. Draw-ing here used is just to be considered as an example).

Page 56: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

56 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

O r d e r p r e p a r a t i o n

fornooven

frigoriferorefrigerator

lavastovigliedishwasher

2460

980

600 120060023 23

786 870

786 870

600 600 600 60023 23 600 600 600 60023 23

2446

628

786

80

2336 2420

10 50

20 30 40

190191

200

210

160

170

60 70 80 90

100 150

110 120 130 140

180 181

220

ORDER EXAMPLE- Programma Standard

LINES10 End panel (per square metre) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 976 x 870 x 23 mm SBAYNT01 0,8520 Under-sink base unit with pull-out door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600 x 625 x 790 mm BCBBT60N 1,0030 Dishwasher door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596 x 23 x 786 mm DDBC022 1,0040 Under-hob base unit with 2 drawers+1 heavy-duty drawer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1200 x 625 x 790 mm BCBBI12N 1,0050 End panel (per square metre) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 976 x 870 x 23 mm SBAYNT01 0,8560 base unit with hinged door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600 x 345 x 790 mm BCAAA60N S 1,0070 base unit with hinged door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600 x 345 x 790 mm BCAAA60N D 1,0080 base unit with hinged door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600 x 345 x 790 mm BCAAA60N S 1,0090 base unit with hinged door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600 x 345 x 790 mm BCAAA60N D 1,00100 End panel (per square metre) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628 x 2420 x 23 mm SBAYNT01 1,52110 tall unit with hinged door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .600 x 625 x 2340 mm CYBAC60N S 1,00120 tall unit with hinged door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .600 x 625 x 2340 mm CYBAC60N D 1,00130 tall unit for oven with 2 heavy-duty drawers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .600 x 625 x 2340 mm CYBAU60N S 1,00140 tall unit for refrigerator with 2 doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .600 x 625 x 2340 mm CYBDR60N D 1,00150 End panel (per square metre) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628 x 2420 x 23 mm SBAYNT01 1,52160 stainless steel plinth H 80 mm (per linear metre) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2400 x 80 mm ABAO007 2,40170 stainless steel plinth H 80 mm (per linear metre) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2400 x 80 mm ABAO007 2,40180 stainless steel plinth H 80 mm (per linear metre) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2400 x 80 mm ABAO007 2,40 181 Cut-out on plinth for refrigerator ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ZZIDB01 1,00190 worktop in Corian® (per linear metre) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2460 x 980 x 20 mm TRACRA05 2,46 191 Cut-out for built-in - semi-flush-mounted sink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ZNAB01 2,00200 Quadro - Semi-flush-mounted sink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530 x 480 x 200 mm LHTCAA01 1,00210 R - Semi-flush-mounted hob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 920 x 520 x 66 mm VFRBQS02 1,00220 Stainless steel mixer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REAA1 1,00

HEADER• Carcass: melamine-coated, grey-graphite oak. Melamine-coated shelves.• Side panel: H 790 mm.• Plinth: H 80 mm.• Finish: Ecolak arctic white 510• Door type: AH (square-edged)• Handle: STEEL• Handle position: standard.• Worktops: white Corian® th. 20 mm.• Electrical appliances (dishwasher, oven, refrigerator): MIELE > (please provide list from “Boffi Recommended electric appliances, taps and sinks price list”).

ATTENTION !!!

In case of electric appliances provided by Client, please always provide codes list and TECHNICAL SPECIFICA-TIONS WITH CUT-OUT DRAWINGS. Please apply price increase cod. ZNAA20 (see page 21.12).

Page 57: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

5701/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

P r i c e c h e c kPRICE COMPARING, SAME KITCHEN WITH DIFFERENT FINISHES

2276,7

2005,9

1883,9

1563,6

1440,6

1369,3

1091,5

1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500

2380,5

2468,6

2589,0

2814,2

2968,2

+ 5,2 %

+ 8,5 %

+ 6,5 %

+ 13,5 %

+ 25,4 %

+ 4,6 %

+ 3,7 %

+ 4,9 %

+ 25,4 %

+ 32,0 %

+ 43,2 %

+ 72,6 %

+ 83,8 %

+ 108,6 %

+ 118,1 %

+ 126,2 %

+ 137,2 %

+ 157,8 %

+ 171,9 %

+ 8,7 %

+ 5,5 %

+ 20,5 %

2954,8

2684,0

2562,0

2241,7

2118,7

2047,4

1769,7

1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000

3058,6

3146,8

3267,1

3492,3

3646,3

+ 3,5 %

+ 5,8 %

+ 4,8 %

+ 10,1 %

+ 15,7 %

+ 3,5 %

+ 2,9 %

+ 3,8 %

+ 15,7 %

+ 19,7 %

+ 26,7 %

+ 44,8 %

+ 51,7 %

+ 67,0 %

+ 72,8 %

+ 77,8 %

+ 84,6 %

+ 97,3 %

+ 106,0 %

+ 6,9 %

+ 4,4 %

+ 14,3 %

678,1

678,1

678,1

678,1

678,1

678,1

678,1

678,1

1883,9

2005,9

2276,7

2380,5

2468,6

678,1

678,1

678,1

2589,0

2814,2

2968,2

678,1

1091,5

1440,6

1563,6

1369,3

The kitchen considered is the one of the “order example” , listed on the previous page.In order to be able to make a comparison we considered for all the finishes:• Handle: STEEL, except for Solid Wood 3D finish where the X3D integrated handles are used (the only compatible), with relative price increase.• Worktop: Corian® th. 20 mm, square-edged.• Tap, semi-flush-mounted hob and sink are included in the price. Other appliances are not included. Prices are expressed in price codes.

FINISHES

FINISHES

CABINETS ONLY (TOP NOT INCLUDED)

COMPLETE KITCHEN WITH TOP

Silcover

Silcover

Ecolak

Ecolak

Wood

Wood

Wood LT

Wood LT

Stainless steel

Stainless steel

Corian®

Corian®

Wood 3D

Wood 3D

Solid wood

Solid wood

Solid wood 3D

Solid wood 3D

CABINETS - Price code

COMPLETE KITCHEN – Price codeTop Cabinets

Finishes % Increase

Finishes % increase

Decomat % increase

Decomat % increase

Laminate AH / Decomat

Laminate AH / Decomat

Polyester / Metals / Wood Selection

Polyester / Metals / Wood Selection

Lasermat

Lasermat

Page 58: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

58 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

M a i n t e n a n c e - U s e

SPECIFIC PRODUCTS - HINTS

Boffi suggests the use of the Boffi Clean Set (cod. AVBL022) and of the specific cleaning products indicated on the price list (see page 21.20).As a general advice, if Clean Set Boffi is not available, please do not use products that might scratch, such as abrasive powders and chemicals, solvents or strong acids. Please do not forget that, although Boffi works hard to ensure protection from water, the worst enemies of your kitchen are steam and humidity. We recommend to wipe always very well kitchen after cleaning.Possible oil stains, food particles, weak acids (vinegar and lemon) must be cleaned away immediately.

Recommended cleaning agents

Clean with dry cloth and multipurpose cream (Boffi Clean Set) or the Casa 9, Multipurpose cleaner by Nuncas. For in-depth cleaning add a degreaser de-tergent to water, as Casa 9 Strong Floor Degreaser by Nuncas. If these specific products are not available, please use a moist cloth for daily cleaning and a neutral detergent for in-depth cleaning.Dry well with soft or microfibre cloth.

Clean with dry cloth and multipurpose cream (Boffi Clean Set) or the Casa 9, Multipurpose cleaner by Nuncas. For in-depth cleaning add a degreaser de-tergent to water, as Casa 9 Strong Floor Degreaser by Nuncas. If these specific products are not available, please use a moist cloth for daily cleaning and a neutral detergent for in-depth cleaning.Dry well with soft or microfibre cloth.

Clean with dry cloth and multipurpose cream (Boffi Clean Set) or the Casa 9, Multipurpose cleaner by Nuncas, or the specific detergent included in the clean-ing kit for Lasermat (cod. AVBL025).For in-depth cleaning add a degreaser detergent to water, as Casa 9 Strong Floor Degreaser by Nuncas. If these specific products are not available, please use a moist cloth for daily cleaning and a neutral detergent for in-depth cleaning.Dry well with soft or microfibre cloth.

Clean with dry cloth and multipurpose cream (Boffi Clean Set) or the Casa 9, Multipurpose cleaner by Nuncas. For in-depth cleaning add a neutral detergent to water, as Winto Parquet by Nuncas. Dry well with soft or microfibre cloth. If these specific products are not available, please use a dry cloth for daily cleaning and a generic window cleaning agent, insisting in case of pos-sible stains.

Harmful cleaning agents

Abrasive products and products contain-ing chlorine.

Abrasive products or products containing chlorine or turpentine.

Abrasive detergents, alkaline or products containing chlorine or turpentine.Dust spray and furniture wax as these could change the matt finish.

Abrasive detergents and creams.Dust spray and furniture wax as these could change the matt finish.

Precautions and advice

Attention: Do not clean edges using products containing thinners or acetone.

HPL type laminate used for Boffi worktops is a high pressure laminate and conse-quently does not scratch and is resistant to the following: water/ steam, stains, high impact and abrasion.

Lasermat is highly scratch, steam, water, stain, impact and abrasion resistant. Do not wipe with strongly abrasive products.

When cleaning a new bathroom you may find colour residue on the cloth. This is normal and due to particles of paint that in the drying process rise to the surface. Please remove these particles cleaning the surface with a sponge and a neutral detergent as Winto Parquet by Nuncas.

MELAMINE-COATED SURFACES

SURFACES IN LAMINATE

SURFACES IN LASERMAT

SURFACES IN SILCOVER AND ECOLAK

Page 59: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

5901/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Recommended cleaning agents

Clean with dry cloth and multipurpose cream (Boffi Clean Set) or the Casa 9, Multipurpose cleaner by Nuncas. For in-depth cleaning add a neutral detergent to water, as Winto Parquet by Nuncas. Dry well with soft or microfibre cloth. If these specific products are not available, please use a dry cloth for daily cleaning and a generic window cleaning agent, insisting in case of possible stains.

Clean with dry cloth and multipurpose cream (Boffi Clean Set) or the Casa 9, Multipurpose cleaner by Nuncas. For in-depth cleaning add a neutral detergent to water, as Winto Parquet by Nuncas. Dry well with soft or microfibre cloth. If these specific products are not available, please use a dry cloth for daily cleaning and a generic window cleaning agent, insisting in case of possible stains.

Clean with dry cloth and multipurpose cream (Boffi Clean Set) or the Casa 9, Multipurpose cleaner by Nuncas.For in-depth cleaning add a neutral detergent to water, as Winto Parquet by Nuncas. Dry well with soft cloth. If these specific products are not available, please use a moist cloth for daily clean-ing and a neutral detergent for in-depth cleaning.

Clean with moist cloth. For in-depth cleaning use vegetable soap. Dry well with soft cloth.

Clean with dry cloth and multipurpose cream (Boffi Clean Set) or the Casa 9, Multipurpose cleaner by Nuncas.For in-depth cleaning add a neutral detergent to water, as Winto Parquet by Nuncas. Dry well with soft cloth. If these specific products are not available, please use a moist cloth for daily clean-ing and a neutral detergent for in-depth cleaning.

Harmful cleaning agents

Abrasive detergents and creams.Dust spray and furniture wax as these could stain and leave haloes on surface.

Abrasive detergents and creams.Dust spray and furniture wax as these could stain and leave haloes on surface.

Products containing acetone, chlorine o diluents, powders or abrasive products.Strong alkaline detergents.

Products containing acetone, chlorine o diluents, powders or abrasive products.Strong alkaline detergents.

Products containing acetone, chlorine o diluents, powders or abrasive products.Strong alkaline detergents.

Precautions and advice

If the polyester should dull it is possible to buff the surface with car polish applied using a soft, non-abrasive cloth.

Use extreme caution not to scratch the surface. Do not use abrasive products.

Paints used for wooden surfaces are hydro repellent and anti-yellowing. Avoid scratching and exposure to high temperatures. Remember that wood is a natural productand as such is sensitive to heat and humidity.Do not apply furniture waxes.

Remove immediately any stains for avoid-ing their permeation. It’s recommended to use periodically the specific clean-ing / maintenance kit (cod. AVBL023 / AVBL024).

Remove immediately any stains for avoid-ing their permeation.

SURFACES IN POLYESTER

SURFACES LACQUERED IN METALS

SURFACES IN WOOD AND WOOD SELECTION (VENEER)

SURFACES IN SOLID WOOD (TOPS EXCLUDED)

WORKTOPS IN SOLID WOOD

M a i n t e n a n c e - U s e

SPECIFIC PRODUCTS - HINTS

Page 60: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

60 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

M a i n t e n a n c e - U s e

Recommended cleaning agents

For removing dust and fingerprints clean with dry cloth and multipurpose cream (Boffi Clean Set) or the Stainless Steel Polish Cleaner by Nuncas. For in-depth cleaning use Wannet Blu by Nuncas.If this specific product Is not available, please use a moist cloth and dry with soft or microfibre cloth or use a multipurpose cleaner and rinse well. For persistent stains use warm vinegar. Always clean in a motion parallel to the polish markings.

Clean da i ly w i th a sponge and water+detergent C1.07 DAY (cod. AVBL027) or Winto Marmo by Nuncas. For persistent stains use only the deter-gent (without water). In case of polished finish it’s possible to use Bel Marmo by Nuncas, to protect and maintain the surface brightness.On the surfaces use periodically the kit of oleo-proofing and waterproof treat-ment (cod. AVBL028), following the instructions.

For removing dust and fingerprints clean with dry cloth and multipurpose cream (Boffi Clean Set) or the Casa 9, Multi-purpose cleaner by Nuncas. To remove grease use Casa 9 Strong Degreaser Premium by Nuncas with a moist sponge and rinse well.For removing limestone and soap depos-its please use Wannet Blu by Nuncas. If these specific products are not available, please use a moist cloth for daily cleaning and a neutral detergent or descaler for in-depth cleaning.

For removing dust and fingerprints clean with dry cloth and multipurpose cream (Boffi Clean Set) or the Casa 9, Multi-purpose cleaner by Nuncas. To remove grease use Casa 9 Strong Degreaser Premium by Nuncas with a moist sponge and rinse well.For removing limestone and soap depos-its please use Wannet Blu by Nuncas. If these specific products are not available, please use a moist cloth for daily cleaning and a neutral detergent or descaler for in-depth cleaning.

For removing dust and fingerprints clean the aluminium and glass parts with dry cloth and Glasnet by Nuncas. If this specific product Is not available, please use a common window cleaning agent, rinsing and drying very well.

Harmful cleaning agents

Scrubs, abrasive sponges.Products containing ammonia or hydro-chloric acid as these could stain the surface.

Metal scrubs, sponges or abrasive products or bleach. In general avoid all acidic cleaners.

Acid or strong alkaline products. Deter-gents containing bleach.

Acid or strong alkaline products. Deter-gents containing bleach.

Scrubs, abrasive detergents and creams.Detergents containing acids.

Precautions and advice

Handle with care and do not use sharp objects to remove the protective poly-thene film.Please remove shortly stains of food weak acids (lemon, tomatoes etc. ).Please use Steel Protective Cream by Nuncas to remove limestone, ferrous stains and small scratches.

In case of fingerprints on matt polished surface please clean with lukewarm water and dry well. Do not use oil-based products or liquid wax or cleaners for other surface typologies.Pls. note: Marble and stone are porous materials, therefore stains penetrate quickly and must be removed immedi-ately; they are particularly sensitive to oil, lemon, vinegar, tea and coffee.

Please gently remove stains of materials that harden while drying (i.e. rubber, grease, nail varnish, paints, etc.), with a plastic scraper, after using some luke-warm water.

Please gently remove stains of materials that harden while drying (i.e. rubber, grease, nail varnish, paints, etc.), with a plastic scraper, after using some luke-warm water.

Use cotton rags or synthetic cloth in-tended for cleaning glass in order to avoid leaving fluff on the frosted and pressed glass surfaces.

SURFACES IN STAINLESS STEEL

SURFACES IN MARBLE, GRANITE OR STONE(sandblasted finish matter)

SURFACES IN SILESTONE®

SURFACES IN DEKTON®

SURFACES IN GLASS AND ALUMINIUM

SPECIFIC PRODUCTS - HINTS

Page 61: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

6101/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

M a i n t e n a n c e - U s e

Recommended cleaning agents

For in-depth cleaning use the Durinox® Liquid cleaner included in the cleaning kit for Durinox® (cod. AVBL026).For daily cleaning please use soft sponge or microfibre cloth with common-use detergent. For limestone stains please use vinegar or citrus-based cleaner.

Clean with dry cloth and a cleaning window agent as Glasnet by Nuncas. For in-depth cleaning use Brax Cleaner Cream by Nuncas, rinse and dry well. For limestone stains please use Wannet Blu by Nuncas. If these specific products are not available, please use a moist cloth and dry well. For persistent stains consult the maintenance advice supplied with the product.

Clean with moist cloth and warm water and multipurpose cream (Boffi Clean Set) or the Casa 9, Multipurpose cleaner by Nuncas. If this specific product is not available please use delicate detergent and not abrasive or bleach diluted with water (1 part bleach, 10 parts water).

Clean with moist cloth and warm water and multipurpose cream (Boffi Clean Set) or the Casa 9, Multipurpose cleaner by Nuncas. If these specific products are not available, please use water and a neutral detergent.

For removing dust and fingerprints clean with dry cloth and the Stainless Steel Polish Cleaner by Nuncas. If this specific product Is not available, please usea moist cloth and dry with soft cloth or chamois leather, or use a multipurpose cleaner and rinse well. For persistent stains use warm vinegar.Always clean in a motion parallel to the polish markings.To remove limestone and dirt from aera-tor filters, please remove the aerator and keep it soaking in white vinegar for some hours.Then please wash with water and soap and finally rinse well

Harmful cleaning agents

Scrubs and abrasive sponges.Detergents containing bleach or hydro-chloric acid.

Strong alkaline detergents such as con-centrated degreasers.Scrubs and abrasive sponges.

Abrasive detergents or containing bleach.

Scrubs, detergents and abrasive creams. In general avoid all acidic detergents.

Scrubs, abrasive sponges.Products containing ammonia or hydro-chloric acid as these could stain the surface.

Precautions and advice

Use extreme caution not to scratch the surface; do not use sharp objects to re-move the protective polythene film.Please remove shortly stains of food weak acids (lemon, tomatoes etc.).

In case of coloured stains such as wine, coffee or vegetables like aubergines and carrots, please clean the surface with bleach diluted with water (1 part bleach to 2 parts water) - leaving it for some seconds - then rinse well.

Use extreme caution not to scratch the surface. Do not use abrasive products. Do not place hot objects on the surfaces.

Use cotton rags or synthetic cloth to avoid leaving fluff on surfaces. For removing limestone and soap deposits please use Wannet Blu by Nuncas.

Use extreme caution not to scratch the surface; do not use sharp objects to re-move the protective polythene film.Please remove shortly stains of food weak acids (lemon, tomatoes etc.).Please use Steel Protective Cream by Nuncas to remove limestone, ferrous stains and small scratches.

SURFACES IN DURINOX®

SURFACES IN CORIAN®

SURFACES IN PAPERSTONE®

TAPS, ACCESSORIES AND PARTS IN CHROMIUM-PLATED FINISH

TAPS, ACCESSORIES AND FIN-ISHED PARTS IN STAINLESS STEEL

SPECIFIC PRODUCTS - HINTS

Page 62: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

62 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

M a i n t e n a n c e - U s e

Recommended cleaning agents

Clean with hot water and Nuncas Casa 9 Forte. Rinse and wipe well.

For removing dust and fingerprints clean with dry cloth and the Stainless Steel Polish Cleaner by Nuncas. If this specific product Is not available, please use a moist cloth and dry with soft cloth or chamois leather, or use a multipurpose cleaner and rinse well. Always clean in a motion parallel to the polish markings.

Clean with wrung out damp sponge and leave to dry, being careful to maintain the chopping-board in a vertical position. Colourful aliments (carrots, raw meat, some vegetables, etc.) may stain the chopping board surface, altering the natural shade of the wood.

Harmful cleaning agents

Any kind of cleanser and washing in dishwasher.

Scrubs, abrasive detergents and creams.Detergents containing acids.

Any kind of cleanser and washing in dishwasher.Scrubs, sponges or abrasive creams.

Precautions and advice

Possible incrustations may be removed wrapping the grid in a humid felt cloth; let it be for 15 min to soften the dirt; then you can proceed with cleaning process. In case of hard incrustations do not use sharp objects because they might dam-age the enamel surface and facilitate the rusty process: in these cases please use a Scotch Brite sponge. You can protect your grids lubricating them with a thin oil layer.

Avoid scratching as all handles are treated with anti-oxidation paints.

Do not leave it under water and avoid wet-ting it too much during cleaning. Do not expose it to direct sunlight and keep it away from any source of heat.Do not wash in dishwasher.Use the chopping board on both sides.To bring back the original features of the chopping board is recommended a simple sanding process of the two surfaces with fine sandpaper (grit: 160). Then treat the surfaces with vegetable oil (2 times in 48 hours).

ENAMELED CAST IRON GRIDS

HANDLES IN ALUMINIUM AND PAINTED ZAMA

CHOPPING-BOARDS IN SOLID WOOD

SPECIFIC PRODUCTS - HINTS

Page 63: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

6301/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Modular units with COMPULSORY HANDLE, to be chosen among the handles with or without price increase.

Carcass

It’s made of 19 mm thick wood particle board panels , waterproof (class V100), with low formaldehyde emission (class E1/CARB P2), treated with high performance melamine resin. Front and back edges in ABS, same colour.

SIDE PANEL HEIGHT: 660 - 720 - 790 mm.SIDE PANEL DEPTH: 320 - 600 mm.DEPTH INCLUDING FRONT PANEL: 345 - 625 mm.MODULE WIDTH: 150 - 300 - 450 - 600 - 900 - 1200 mm.

FINISH: melamine.

COLOURS: open-pore grey-graphite oak - Silk white.

Drawers

LEGRABOX system with sides and rear panel in metal, painted with epoxy dusts. Bottom in black melamine and front panel (of internal drawers) in melamine, same finish as carcass. Bottom is provided with non-toxic anti-slip mat.

FINISH: metal + melamine.

COLOURS: matt black.

Doors and front panels

Thickness: 23 mm, compulsory handle.All pull-out front panels of base units (drawers, heavy-duty drawers and single doors) can be fitted with the SERVO-DRIVE electrical opening device (CUSTOMISED SOLU-TIONS - PRICE INCREASES - MAINTENANCE chapter).

FINISHES: Decomat - AH laminate - Lasermat - Silcover - Ecolak - Wood - Wood Selection - Polyester - Metals - Corian® - Stainless steel - Wood 3D - LT Wood - Solid wood - Solid wood 3D.

COLOURS: all range colours/species.

Handle

Each front panel should have an handle, to be chosen from the range, with or without a price increase. Compatibility between handle type and finish are indicated on the general technical information part (Handles section).

ATTENTION !!! – Base unit doors with NO HANDLE can be supplied, upon request and free of charge, with the push opening system TIP-ON. SINGLE PULL-OUTDOORS require the SERVO-DRIVE system, to be ordered separately.

Worktops

Please use standard worktops, see WORKTOPS chapter.

THICKNESS: 12 - 20 - 40 - 60 - 110 - 190 mm.DEPTH: 350 - 630 - 650 - 705 - 830 - 900 - 980 - 1030 - 1260 mm.

FINISHES: Laminate - Lasermat - Glass - Wood (veneer) - Solid wood - Solid wood staves - Stainless Steel - Durinox® - Corian® - Marble - Stone - Granite - Composite.

COLOURS: all range colours/species - GLASS: feasible only frosted Extralight white / dove grey / coffee.

P r o g r a m m a S T A N D A R DBASE UNITS

Plinth

To be ordered separately (Plinth chapter).Made of extruded aluminium profile, in stainless steel or painted finishes, with a patented mechanism for height and depth regulation.

HEIGHT: 80 - 120 - 150 - 210 mm.

COLOURS: Stainless steel - Matt white painted - Matt black painted -Bright white painted (Lamicolor® 754).

TECHNICAL FEATURES

Page 64: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

64 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

P r o g r a m m a S T A N D A R D BASE UNITS

TECHNICAL DETAILS

656

22

540

40

140

110

45056

110

20 52420

140

625600

514

540573

620

2020

660

870 65

621

0

210

210

210

22

660

625600

540573

620

2020

660

870

210

656

520

500

500

372

140

140

22

22

372

282

22

2

625600

514

540573

540

100

20

660

870

656

210

210

210

210

22

660

625600

540573

540

100

20

660

870

210

656

520

500

500

372

140

140

22

22

372

282

22

2

625600

540

20

660

870 65

621

0

210

210

210

22

660

625600

640

20

660

870

210

656

372

282

22

2

2370 2

11241078

2370 2

11241078

2370 2

11241078

2370 2

11241078

2370 2

11241078

2370 2

11241078

BASE UNITS - STORAGE USE

BASE UNITS - UNDER-HOB USE

BASE UNITS - UNDER-SINK USE

Page 65: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

6501/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

P r o g r a m m a S T A N D A R D BASE UNITS

TECHNICAL DETAILS

716

22

540

40

140

110

45056

110

20 52420

140

625600

514

540573

680

2020

720

840-

870

716

120-1

50

120-1

50

120-1

50

120-1

50

22

720

625600

540573

680

2020

720

840-

870

120-1

50

716

520

500

500

432

140

140

22

22

432

282

22

2

625600

514

540573

600

100

20

720

840-

870

716

120-1

50

120-1

50

120-1

50

120-1

50

22

720

625600

540573

680

100

20

720

840-

870

120-1

50

716

520

500

500

432

140

140

22

22

432

282

22

2625600

700

20

720

840-

870

716

120-1

50

120-1

50

120-1

50

120-1

50

22

720

625600

700

20

720

840-

870

120-1

50

716

432

282

22

2

2370 2

11241078

2370 2

11241078

2370 2

11241078

2370 2

11241078

2370 2

11241078

2370 2

11241078

BASE UNITS - STORAGE USE

BASE UNITS - UNDER-HOB USE

BASE UNITS - UNDER-SINK USE

Page 66: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

66 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

P r o g r a m m a S T A N D A R D BASE UNITS

TECHNICAL DETAILS

625 625600

514

540573

670

100

20

790

80

870 67

010

020

790

80

87078

680

22

790

786

2370 2

11241078

2370 2

11241078

2370 2

11241078

2370 2

11241078

2370 2

11241078

2370 2

1124107820

790

80

870

600520

500

540573

500

502

140

140

80

22

22

502

282

80

22

2

625625

600

786

802

2

790

786

600

502

282

80

22

2

786

80

22

540

40

140

110

770

20

790

80

870

45056

110

20 52420 770

140

625 625600

514

540573

750

2020

790

80

870 75

020

20

790

80

87078

680

22

790

786

600520

500

540573

500

502

140

140

80

22

22

502

282

80

22

2

BASE UNITS - STORAGE USE

BASE UNITS - UNDER-HOB USE

BASE UNITS - UNDER-SINK USE

Page 67: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

6701/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Modular wall units, available with HINGED DOOR (A), FLAP DOOR (B) OR COPLA-NAR SLIDING DOOR.The doors are opened through the specific lower aluminium band (recessed in the bottom part of the cabinet and hidden behind the door).The top-mounted units (C) , available as open-faced or open-faced with sliding door cabinets, complete the system.

Carcass

It’s made of 19 mm thick wood particle board panels , waterproof (class V100), with low formaldehyde emission (class E1/CARB P2), treated with high performance melamine resin. Front and back edges in ABS, same colour. Lower door rear band in aluminium, painted with epoxy dusts: black on grey-graphite oak carcass / white on white carcass.

SIDE PANEL OF HINGED WALL UNIT: H. 440 - 600 - 720 - 880 - 1160 mm.SIDE PANEL OF FLAP WALL UNIT: H. 600 mm.SIDE PANEL DEPTH: 320 mm.DEPTH INCLUDING FRONT PANEL: 345 mm.MODULE WITH HINGED DOOR: W. 150 - 300 - 400 - 450 - 500 - 600 - 750 - 900 mm.MODULE WITH FLAP DOOR: W. 600 - 900 - 1200 - 1800 - 2400 mm.

FINISH: melamine.

COLOURS: open-pore grey-graphite oak - Silk white.

Mechanism (flap door)

AVENTOS device, available in version with or without motor. Cover plate in black plastic.

FINISH: metal + plastic.

COLOURS: matt black.

Doors and front panels

Thickness: 23 mm, compulsory handle.

FINISHES: Decomat - AH laminate - Lasermat - Silcover - Glass - Ecolak - Wood - Wood Selection - Polyester - Metals - Corian® - Stainless steel - Wood 3D - LT Wood - Aluminium - Solid wood - Solid wood 3D - WK6 frame with glass - Factory frame with glass.

COLOURS: all range colours/species - GLASS: feasible only frosted Extralight white / dove grey / coffee (WK6 or FACTORY FRAME with glass - all range glasses are feasible).

Grip

The doors are opened through the specific lower aluminium band (recessed in the bottom part of the cabinet and hidden behind the door).It’s possible, upon request, to have the handle on wall unit.

FINISH: painted aluminium.

COLOURS: matt black - matt white.

P r o g r a m m a S T A N D A R DWALL UNITS

TECHNICAL FEATURES

A

B

C

Page 68: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

68 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

P r o g r a m m a S T A N D A R D WALL UNITS

TECHNICAL DETAILS

345320

290

560

2020

600

596

22

716

22

876

22

1156

22

345320

290

560

2020

600

596

22

345320

163

163

20

22

290

400

20

440

436

345320

20

22

290

400

20

440

436

345320

290

680

2020

720

345320

290

840

2020

880

345320

290

300

1120

2020

1160

163

163

163

600

596

22

716

22

876

22

1156

22

720

880

345320

1160

32012

80 /

1320

345320

1280

/ 13

20

345320

345320

345320

163

163

75°(A)100°(B)

WALL UNITS - WITH HINGED DOOR

WALL UNITS - WITH FLAP DOOR

WALL UNITS - TOP-MOUNTED UNITS

WALL UNITS - WITH COPLANAR SLIDING DOOR

Door opening chosen by client: an opening hinge limiter is supplied to have 75° (A) and 100° (B) angles.

Page 69: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

6901/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Modular tall units with COMPULSORY HANDLE, to be chosen among the handles with or without price increase.

Carcass

It’s made of 19 mm thick wood particle board panels , waterproof (class V100), with low formaldehyde emission (class E1/CARB P2), treated with high performance melamine resin. Front and back edges in ABS, same colour.

SIDE PANEL HEIGHT: 1900 - 2000 - 2060 - 2130 - 2340 mm.SIDE PANEL DEPTH: 320 - 600 mm.DEPTH INCLUDING FRONT PANEL: 345 - 625 mm.MODULE WIDTH: 300 - 450 - 600 - 764 - 900 - 916 - 1200 mm.

FINISH: melamine.

COLOURS: open-pore grey-graphite oak - Silk white.

Drawers

LEGRABOX system with sides and rear panel in metal, painted with epoxy dusts. Bottom in black melamine and front panel (of internal drawers) in melamine, same finish as carcass. Bottom is provided with non-toxic anti-slip mat.

FINISH: metal + melamine.

COLOURS: matt black.

Doors and front panels

Thickness: 23 mm, compulsory handle.

FINISHES: Decomat - AH laminate - Lasermat - Silcover - Ecolak - Wood - Wood Selection - Polyester - Metals - Corian® - Stainless steel - Wood 3D - LT Wood - Solid wood - Solid wood 3D.

COLOURS: all range colours/species.

Handle

Each front panel should have an handle, to be chosen from the range, with or without a price increase. Compatibility between handle type and finish are indicated on the general technical information part (Handles section).

Plinth

To be ordered separately (Plinth chapter).Made of extruded aluminium profile, in stainless steel or painted finishes, with a patented mechanism for height and depth regulation.

HEIGHT: 80 - 120 - 150 - 210 mm.

COLOURS: Stainless steel - Matt white painted - Matt black painted -Bright white painted (Lamicolor® 754).

P r o g r a m m a S T A N D A R DTALL UNITS

TECHNICAL FEATURES

Page 70: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

70 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

P r o g r a m m a S T A N D A R D TALL UNITS

TECHNICAL DETAILS

514

540573

802

625600

514

540573

2000

1996

210

22

2370 2

11241078

514

540573

120-1

502

1896

2

625600

1900

2370 2

11241078

514

540573

120-1

502

2056

2

2126

2

625600

2060

2370 2

11241078

2370 2

11241078

625600

2130

514

540573

802

2336

2

2370 2

11241078

625600

2340

802

345320

2000

1996

210

22

2370 2

112

120-1

502

1896

2

345320

1900

2370 2

112

120-1

502

2056

2

2126

2

345320

2060

2370 2

112

2370 2

112

345320

2130

802

2336

2

2370 2

112

345320

2340

290

163

TALL UNITS - STORAGE

Page 71: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

7101/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

P r o g r a m m a S T A N D A R D TALL UNITS

TECHNICAL DETAILS

514

540573

786

802

22

790

625600

514

540573

2000

656

1336

210

22

22

660

2370 2

11241078

514

540573

716

120-1

502

2

720

1176

22

2

625600

1900

2370 2

11241078

514

540573

716

120-1

502

2

720

1336

22

2

1336

2

625600

2060

2370 2

11241078

2370 2

11241078

625600

2130

514

540573

786

802

22

790

1546

2

2370 2

11241078

625600

2340

786

802

22

790

345320

2000

656

1336

210

22

22

660

2370 2

112

716

120-1

502

2

720

1176

22

2

345320

1900

2370 2

112

716

120-1

502

2

720

1336

22

2

1336

2

345320

2060

2370 2

112

716

120-1

502

2

720

1616

22

2

716

120-1

502

2

720

1616

22

2

2370 2

112

345320

2130

786

802

22

790

1546

2

2370 2

112

345320

2340

290 290 290

290 290

163

TALL UNITS - STORAGE

Page 72: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

72 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

P r o g r a m m a S T A N D A R D TALL UNITS

TECHNICAL DETAILS

514

540573

786

802

2

790

625600

514

540573

2000

656

210

22

660

2370 2

11241078

514

540573

716

120-1

502

720

2

625600

1900

2370 2

11241078

514

540573

716

120-1

502

720

2

625600

2060

2370 2

11241078

514

540573

716

120-1

502

720

2

625600

2340

2370 2

11241078

2370 2

11241078

625600

2130

514

540573

786

802

2

790

2370 2

11241078

625600

2340

432

282

22

2

432

282

22

2

432

282

22

2

372

282

22

2

502

282

22

2

502

282

22

2

625600

436

2

440

2

625600

2210

1336

22

1176

22

625600

2050

625600

870

870

1546

22

870

2420

625600

1616

22

840/

870

2460

/249

514

540573

1526

802

625600

514

540573

1400

1396

210

22

2370 2

11241078

514

540573

120-1

502

1456

2 2

625600

1460

2370 2

11241078

2370 2

11241078

625600

1530

TALL UNITS - FOR OVEN

ABOVE TALL UNIT CABINETS COMPLEMENTARY TALL UNITS - STORAGE

MADIA TALL UNITS - STORAGE

Page 73: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

7301/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Modular kitchen composed by Boffi standard units with specific worktops, char-acterised by a reduced visible thickness. The handle is compulsory, except for aluminium finish. _ Doors and front panels with compulsory handle extend, on the upper side 48 mm beyond the carcass height. Because of that, in combination with 60/55 mm. thick Aprile worktops, only 10/5 mm. are visible on the front. In the alu-minium finish the door has a reduced height (as handle-rail, without handle). _ The end units can be completed with 23 mm. thick side panels in the desired finish, with 5 mm. thick end panels (in this case please use end base units) or with finished side panels (in this case the 60/55 mm. thick worktop section is completely visible). _ In case of wall compositions it’s possible to have specific Top-mounted units placed on worktop: these open-faced units, available in different finishes, when combined with Aprile wall units can be equipped with sliding doors and/or LED-under wall unit lamps. _ Aprile wall units are characterized by a door extending 23 mm. beyond the lower edge: because of this extra extension, the thickness of the finished panel under-wall unit is covered and may be provided with LED under-mounted lamps and glides for sliding doors (to be used for the optional open-faced Top-mounted units, mounted under the wall unit)._ This chapter includes base units, tall units and wall units specific for Aprile. Aprile base units with 60 mm thick top can be, ac-cording to the designer’s choice, integrated with standard base units 660 mm. high (see chapter Programma STANDARD Base units) and provided with 190 mm. Aprile worktops. All the standard base units with side panel 660 mm. high, used in this kind of configuration, are provided with an 80 mm. plinth (and not a 210 mm one).

Carcass

It’s made of 19 mm thick wood particle board panels , waterproof (class V100), with low formaldehyde emission (class E1/CARB P2), treated with high performance melamine resin. Front and back edges in ABS, same colour.

BASE UNIT SIDE PANEL HEIGHT: 790 mm.TALL UNIT SIDE PANEL HEIGHT: 2130 - 2340 mm.SIDE PANEL DEPTH: 320 - 600 mm.DEPTH INCLUDING FRONT PANEL: 345 - 625 mm.MODULE WIDTH: 150 - 300 - 450 - 600 - 900 - 1200 mm.

FINISH: melamine.

COLOURS: open-pore grey-graphite oak - Silk white.

Drawers

LEGRABOX system with sides and rear panel in metal, painted with epoxy dusts. Bottom in black melamine and front panel (of internal drawers) in melamine, same finish as carcass. Bottom is provided with non-toxic anti-slip mat.

FINISHES: metal + melamine.

COLOURS: matt black.

Doors and front panels

Thickness: 23 mm, compulsory handle in all finishes except for aluminium (in this case the door has a reduced height as handle-rail).All pull-out front panels of base units (drawers, heavy-duty drawers and single doors) can be fitted with the SERVO-DRIVE electrical opening device (CUSTOMISED SOLU-TIONS - PRICE INCREASES - MAINTENANCE chapter).

FINISHES: Decomat - AH laminate - Lasermat - Silcover - Ecolak - Wood - Wood Selection - Polyester - Metals - Corian® - Stainless steel - Wood 3D - LT Wood - Alu-minium - Solid wood - Solid wood 3D.

COLOURS: all range colours/species.

A P R I L ETECHNICAL FEATURES

Handle

Each front panel, except for the one in aluminium, must have an handle (see the complete range), with or without price increase.

SOLID WOOD finish, compatible with EXTERNAL handles only.

ATTENTION !!! – Base unit doors with NO HANDLE can be supplied, upon request and free of charge, with the push opening system TIP-ON. SINGLE PULL-OUT-DOORS require the SERVO-DRIVE system, to be ordered separately.

Worktops

Cut-out worktop, th. 60/55 mm (visible thickness: 10 /5 mm). The cut-out on front parts of the worktop houses the protruding part of base unit front panels. This same cut-out can be realised, with proper processing, on worktop sides, in correspondence to the end panels, so that the visible thickness 10 /5 mm is obtained on all sides. Height-reduced (-40 mm) insets can be used, adding the relative customisation per linear metre (not feasible on worktops in C.R.S. Scotch Brite stainless steel).

THICKNESS: 60 - 55 mm (visible: 10 - 5 mm).DEPTH: 350 - 630 - 705 - 830 - 980 - 1260 mm.

FINISHES, th. 60 mm (visible thickness: 10 mm): matt satin stainless steel - Corian® - stone - marble - granite (complete range except for Bihara stone).

FINISHES, th. 55 mm (visible thickness: 5 mm): matt satin stainless steel - C.R.S. Scotch Brite stainless steel .Made of extruded aluminium profile, in stainless steel or painted finishes, with a patented mechanism for height and depth regulation.

FINISHES, th. 56 mm (visible thickness: 6 mm): Durinox®.

Plinth

To be ordered separately (Plinth chapter).Made of extruded aluminium profile, in stainless steel or painted finishes, with a patented mechanism for height and depth regulation.

HEIGHT: 80 mm.

COLOURS: Stainless steel - Matt white painted - Matt black painted -Bright white painted (Lamicolor® 754).

Page 74: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

74 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

A P R I L ETECHNICAL DETAILS

Base units with compulsory handle (A): all finishes except for aluminium finish.Base units without handle (B): Aluminium finish only (base units with single door only).

A B

625 625600

514

540573

11241078

750

2020

790

80

870 75

020

20

790

80

870

23702

100

23702

10011241078

600520

500

540573

670

100

20

790

80

870

500

836

80

2

502

140

190

80

22

2

838

804

804

804

838

838

625 625600

514

540573

11241078

23702

100

836

80

283

8

670

100

20

790

80

870

4860 / 5

5 2

10 /

5

232 5

36

60 / 5

5 10 /

5

232 5

502

332

80

22

23702

10011241078

600

20

790

80

870

502

332

80

22

23702

10011241078

600520

500

540573

500

502

140

190

80

22

2

502

332

80

22

838

625600

54040

11241078

23702

100

836

80

2

170

110

838

770

20

790

80

870

625

45040

110

2020 770

170

Page 75: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

7501/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

A P R I L ETECHNICAL DETAILS

Wall units.

345

840

880

2020

320 232

16 301

290

3

901

2

903

345

680

720

2020

320 232

16 301

290

3

741

2

743

345

560

600

2020

320 232

16 301

290

3

621

2

623

23

23

23

345

1120

1160

2020

320 232

16 301

290

3

1181

2

1183

23345

400

440

2020

320 232

16 301

290

346

12

463

23

345320

290

560

2020

600

163

75°(A)100°(B)46

12

463

WALL UNITS - WITH HINGED DOOR

WALL UNITS - WITH FLAP DOOR

Door opening chosen by client: an opening hinge limiter is supplied to have 75° (A) and 100° (B) angles.

Page 76: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

76 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

A P R I L ENOTES TO DESIGNER

Base units.

80 80

790

660

190

930

930

60

A B

Tipo / type: SH - SP - SM

Tipo / type: SV

4860 / 5

5 2

10 /

5

232 5

36

60 / 5

5 10 /

5

232 5

10

10

5

5

10 / 5

23

8079

093

060

60 /

55 10 /

5

23

235 18 80

790

925

55

55 5

2310 13

8079

093

060

6010

1

2

3

*

BASE UNITS

Two different door types are possible according to the desired finish:

SQUARE-EDGED type SH - SP - SM:Thickness: 23 mm - FEASIBLE in all finishes (Aluminium excluded), COMPULSORY HANDLE.In the order please always specify the door type:SH = Aprile protruding square-edged doorSP = protruding door, Aprile Wood LTSM = Aprile protruding door 3D wood / 3D solid wood

REDUCED HEIGHT door type SV:Thickness: 23 mm - feasible in aluminium ONLY, WITHOUT HANDLE ( aluminium th. 3 mm + melamine coated support th. 20 mm )

The 790 mm high Aprile base units must be combined with 60 or 55 mm Aprile worktop (visible thickness: 10 or 5 mm)._ The Aprile base units (A) with 60 mm thick worktop can be, according to the designer, integrated with standard base units 660 mm high (B, see chapter 1 – base units) used with 190 mm. Aprile worktops. All standard base units with side panel 660 mm high have a 80 mm plinth and not a 210 mm plinth._ For finished side panels please use codes of standard base units (see chapter Programma Standard Base units).

BASE UNITS: SIDE PANELS

1 - 23 mm thick panel + base unit + 60 / 55 mm thick worktop.

Panel in SAME FINISH AS DOOR, th. 23 mm (please use the panel per square metre - Panels chapter), close to Aprile base unit with 60 mm thick worktop (visible thickness: 10 mm) or 55 mm thick (visible thickness: 5 mm). Please add, on worktop sides that should be matched with panel, the cut-out on top edges (customisation) per linear metre cod. ZTIBP01 / ZTIBP02 / ZTRBP01 / ZTMBP01.

2 - Panel with visible thickness 5 mm + END base unit + 55 mm thick worktop.

Panel in STAINLESS STEEL, SAME FINISH AS TOP, visible thickness: 5 mm (MATT SATIN STAINLESS STEEL / C.R.S. SCOTCH BRITE STAINLESS STEEL), close to END (*) Aprile base unit with 55 mm thick worktop (visible thickness: 5 mm). The panel is composed of a finished visible part (5 mm thick) and of an internal support in melamine (with frontal edge coated in stainless steel), covered by the lateral protruding part (+19 mm) of the end base unit front panel. Please add, on worktop sides that should be matched with panel, the cut-out on top edges (customisation) per linear metre cod. ZTIBP01 / ZTIBP02 / ZTRBP01 / ZTMBP01.

3 - 23 mm thick panel (visible thickness 10 mm + 13 mm rabbet) + base unit + 60 mm thick worktop

Panel in SAME FINISH AS DOOR (STAINLESS STEEL / CORIAN® only), 23 mm thick (vis-ible thickness 10 mm + 13 mm rabbet), close to Aprile base unit with 60 mm thick worktop (visible thickness: 10 mm). Please add, on worktop sides that should be matched with panel, the cut-out on top edges (customisation) per linear metre cod. ZTIBP01 / ZTIBP02 / ZTRBP01 / ZTMBP01.

Page 77: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

7701/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

A P R I L ENOTES TO DESIGNER

Tall units / Wall units/ Top-mounted units.

A A A

B B

C D

B

A

B

C

D

C

E

CF F F

838

*

TALL UNITS

The 2130 mm. or 2340 mm. high Aprile tall units allow to have alignments (*) with doors of specific Aprile base units. They can be integrated with 2130 or 2340 mm high tall units with single door (corner solution too), bridge tall units for 2210 or 2420 high refrigerators, fillers and standard finished side panels (see chapter Programma STANDARD Tall units)._ NOT feasible in Aluminium finish.

In the order please always specify the door type (thickness: 23 mm):SH = Aprile protruding square-edged doorSP = protruding door, Aprile Wood LTSM = Aprile protruding door 3D wood / 3D solid wood

WALL UNITS

The 440 - 600 - 720 - 880 - 1160 mm high Aprile wall units (A) with lower protruding door (+23 mm) must be combined ONLY with under-wall unit panel (B) cod. SQAYAV01/02. Thanks to this combination panel/wall unit the visible lower part of wall units is in finish and, upon request, a LED lamp/bar can be added_ The Aprile wall units, together with Aprile top-mounted units (C) or back panels (D), can be proposed on all other Boffi base units + worktop compositions, after checking carefully all their depths.

In the order please always specify the door type (thickness: 23 mm):SH = Aprile protruding square-edged doorSP = protruding door, Aprile Wood LTSM = Aprile protruding door 3D wood / 3D solid woodSV = Aprile protruding door in aluminium ( aluminium th.3 mm + melamine-coated support th. 20 mm )

TOP-MOUNTED UNITS

The Aprile top-mounted units (C) have to be covered with a panel - on upper part - (D) cod. SQAYAT02. If these units are positioned under Aprile wall units (A), the D covering panel is replaced with an under-wall unit panel (B) cod. SQAYAV01/02, which finishes the wall unit lower part and, at the same time, covers the upper part of the top-mounted unit. The 2 panel typologies (B and D) can be equipped with rail for sliding doors and/or LED lamp/bar cod. GMCZ04. It’s possible to propose these Aprile units under standard wall units (E), without any under-wall unit panel and any sliding door and/or LED lamp/bar. These units can be proposed on all other Boffi base units + worktop compositions, after checking carefully all their depths. ATTENTION ! - Any sliding door (F) cannot be used in correspondence to hobs or sinks.

Page 78: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

78 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Modular base and tall units WITHOUT HANDLE.The front panels are opened through the upper / middle handle-rails (for base units) or vertical spacers (for tall units).The base units named ”TIP-ON” are fitted with a push-opening mechanism and don’t require an intermediate handle-rail.Programma STANDARD or APRILE wall units to be used to complete the composi-tion.

Carcass

It’s made of 19 mm thick wood particle board panels , waterproof (class V100), with low formaldehyde emission (class E1/CARB P2), treated with high performance melamine resin. Front and back edges in ABS, same colour.

BASE UNIT SIDE PANEL HEIGHT: 790 mm.TALL UNIT SIDE PANEL HEIGHT: 2130 - 2340 mm.SIDE PANEL DEPTH: 320 - 600 mm.DEPTH INCLUDING FRONT PANEL: 345 - 625 mm.MODULE WIDTH: 150 - 300 - 450 - 600 - 900 - 1200 mm.

FINISH: melamine.

COLOURS: open-pore grey-graphite oak - Silk white.

Drawers

LEGRABOX system with sides and rear panel in metal, painted with epoxy dusts. Bottom in black melamine and front panel (of internal drawers) in melamine, same finish as carcass. Bottom is provided with non-toxic anti-slip mat.

FINISH: metal + melamine.

COLOURS: matt black.

Doors and front panels

Thickness: 23 mm.All pull-out front panels of base units (drawers, heavy-duty drawers and single doors) can be fitted with the SERVO-DRIVE electrical opening device (CUSTOMISED SOLU-TIONS - PRICE INCREASES - MAINTENANCE chapter).

FINISHES: Decomat - AH laminate - Lasermat - Silcover - Glass - Ecolak - Wood - Wood Selection - Polyester - Metals - Corian® - Stainless steel - Wood 3D - Aluminium - Solid wood - Solid wood 3D.

COLOURS: all range colours/species - GLASS: feasible only frosted Extralight white / dove grey / coffee.

Handle-rails / Vertical spacers

Made of extruded aluminium profile, in stainless steel or painted finishes.Handle-rail (horizontal, for base units) versions: UPPER (to be used always) and MIDDLE (to be used according to design needs).Vertical spacers (for tall units): available in different versions i.e. WITHOUT OVERLAYS, with 1 OVERLAY, with 2 OVERLAYS.

COLOURS: Stainless steel - Matt white painted - Matt black painted -Bright white painted (Lamicolor® 754).

Worktops

Please use standard worktops, see WORKTOPS chapter.

THICKNESS: 12 - 20 - 40 - 60 mm.DEPTH: 350 - 630 - 650 - 705 - 830 - 900 - 980 - 1030 - 1260 mm.

FINISHES: Laminate - Lasermat - Glass - Wood (veneer) - Solid wood - Solid wood staves - Stainless Steel - Durinox® - Corian® - Marble - Stone - Granite - Composite.

COLOURS: all range colours/species - GLASS: feasible only frosted Extralight white

X I L A

/ dove grey / coffee.

Plinth

To be ordered separately (Plinth chapter).Made of extruded aluminium profile, in stainless steel or painted finishes, with a patented mechanism for height and depth regulation.

HEIGHT: 80 - 120 mm.

COLOURS: Stainless steel - Matt white painted - Matt black painted -Bright white painted (Lamicolor® 754).

Xila STONE

It’s possible to have, after checking the feasibility, base units and fillers with front panels in WHITE CARRARA marble, CARDOSO stone, SILVER quartzite, ABSOLUTE BLACK ZIMBABWE granite.

Please consider the following PEREMPTORY RESTRICTIONS:- ONLY base units with PULL-OUT DOOR/DRAWERS/FIXED FRONT PANELS are feasible.- Max. width of the 900 mm single unit (single pull-out door max 600 mm).- fillers/ front panels for oven base units, width / min. height 70 mm.- Diswasher door available only in case of single door, without lower front panel.- To hold the door in stone, please use ONLY dishwasher with a door support ca-pacity of at least 12 kg (on some models of GAGGENAU and MIELE the standard hinges can be changed, contacting the customer service of the relative brand).

TECHNICAL FEATURES

Page 79: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

7901/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

X I L A BASE UNITS.

TECHNICAL DETAILS

20

4832

625600

43 43

514

540573

670

100

20

790

80/1

20

870

/ 910

600520

500

540573

670

100

20

790

80/1

20

870

/ 910

500

756

80/1

20

322

756

440

80/1

2014

032

234

214

0

440

3428

2

2370 2

11241078

2370 2

11241078

625600

43 43

770

20

790

80/1

20

870

/ 910

600

670

100

20

790

80/1

20

870

/ 910

756

80/1

20

322

756

440

80/1

2032

342

282

756

2370 2

11241078

2370 2

11241078

625600

43 43

514

540573

700

7020

790

80/1

20

870

/ 910

600520

500

540573

700

7020

790

80/1

20

870

/ 910

500

756

80/1

20

322

756

440

80/1

2014

032

234

214

0

440

3428

2

756

472

228

2

756

472

228

2

756

472

228

2

20

4832

20

34 70

2370 2

11241078

2370 2

11241078

540

40

110

110

20

110

45056

110

20 524

600

790

80/1

20

870

/ 910

820

/ 860

50

BASE UNITS - STORAGE USE

BASE UNITS - UNDER-HOB USE

BASE UNITS - UNDER-SINK USE

Useful height for under-mounted electrical appliances installation.

Version with TIP-ON.

Version with TIP-ON.

Version with TIP-ON.

Page 80: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

80 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

X I L A TALL UNITS.

TECHNICAL DETAILS

514

540573

756

4

213

662

2370 2

11241078

625600

2130

514

540573

756

4

215

762

2370 2

11241078

625600

2340

756

80/1

20

4

213

662

2370 2

112

345320305

2130

756

4

215

762

2370 2

112

345320

2340

290 290

514

540573

221

262

2370 2

11241078

625600

2130

514

540573

223

362

2370 2

11241078

625600

2340

80/1

20 221

262

2370 2

112

80/1

20

345320

2130

223

362

2370 2

112

345320

2340

514

540573

756

80/1

20 2

2370 2

2130

514

540573

756

2

2370 2

2340

514

540573

1526

80/1

20 22

2370 2

11241078

625600

1530

625600

2210

/ 22

50

1336

22

625600

870

/ 910

1546

22

870

/ 910

2420

/ 24

60

436

2

440

2

80/1

20

80/1

20

305

585

585

80/1

20

80/1

20

80/1

20

80/1

20

472

282

22

2

472

282

22

2

625600585

625600585

625600585

TALL UNITS - STORAGE

TALL UNITS - FOR OVEN COMPLEMENTARY TALL UNITS - STORAGE

ABOVE TALL UNIT CABINETS

MADIA TALL UNITS - STORAGE

Page 81: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

8101/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

X I L A TALL UNITS - Vertical spacers

TECHNICAL DETAILS

3426

23 30 600 30 30 30 30 30 23600 800 600 600

653

16

30

19,2 3068,4

19,2

4616

30

3049,2

19,2

46

32 596 34 34 34 34 32596 796 596 59630

4616

30

30

Vertical spacer - 1 OVERLAY.

Vertical spacer - WITH-OUT OVERLAYS.

Vertical spacer - 2 OVERLAYS.

Page 82: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

82 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Modular base, wall and tall units WITHOUT HANDLE.Boiserie shelves complete the system.Single doors and upper front panels are opened through the upper handle-rails, while the middle, the lower base unit front panels and tall unit front panels are opened with TIP-ON push-opening.The wall units are opened through the specific protruding part (+12 mm).

Carcass

It’s made of 19 mm thick wood particle board panels , waterproof (class V100), with low formaldehyde emission (class E1/CARB P2), treated with high performance melamine resin. Front and back edges in ABS, same colour.

BASE UNIT SIDE PANEL HEIGHT: 720 mm.TALL UNIT SIDE PANEL HEIGHT: 2130 mm.SIDE PANEL DEPTH: 320 - 600 mm.DEPTH INCLUDING FRONT PANEL: 345 - 625 mm.MODULE WIDTH: 300 - 450 - 600 - 900 - 1200 mm.

FINISH: melamine.

COLOURS: open-pore grey-graphite oak - Silk white.

Drawers

LEGRABOX system with sides and rear panel in metal, painted with epoxy dusts. Bottom in black melamine and front panel (of internal drawers) in melamine, same finish as carcass. Bottom is provided with non-toxic anti-slip mat.

FINISH: metal + melamine.

COLOURS: matt black.

Doors and front panels

Thickness: 23 mm.All pull-out front panels of base units (drawers, heavy-duty drawers and single doors) can be fitted with the SERVO-DRIVE electrical opening device (CUSTOMISED SOLU-TIONS - PRICE INCREASES - MAINTENANCE chapter).

FINISHES: Decomat - AH laminate - Lasermat - Silcover - Wood .

COLOURS: all range colours/species - WOOD: feasible only Oak horizontal grain 040 and black Eco-wood horizontal grain 039.

Handle-rail

Made of extruded aluminium profile, in stainless steel or matt white painted finishes.

COLOURS: Stainless steel - Matt white painted.

Worktops

Please use standard worktops, see WORKTOPS chapter.Please order separately the support for worktop (to be installed between worktop and base units).

THICKNESS: 12 - 20 - 40 - 60 mm.DEPTH: 350 - 630 - 650 - 830 - 980 - 1260 mm.

FINISHES: Laminate - Lasermat - Glass - Wood (veneer) - Solid wood - Solid wood staves - Stainless Steel - Durinox® - Corian® - Marble - Stone - Granite - Composite.

COLOURS: all range colours/species - GLASS: feasible only frosted Extralight white / dove grey / coffee.

X I L A S T

Plinth

To be ordered separately.Made of extruded aluminium profile, in stainless steel or painted finishes, with a patented mechanism for height and depth regulation.

HEIGHT: 150 mm.

COLOURS: Stainless steel - Matt white painted.

TECHNICAL FEATURES

Page 83: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

8301/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

X I L A S T BASE UNITS

TECHNICAL DETAILS

732

2

540

40

140

110

45056

110

20 52420

140

625600

514

540573

680

2020

720

870 73

215

0

150

150

150

2

720

14

625600

540573

680

2020

720

870

150

732

520

500

500

432

140

156

22

2

432

298

22

150

150

732

432

140

156

22

2

432

298

22

625600

514

540573

600

100

20

720

870

150

625600

540573

680

100

20

720

870

150

520

500

500

625600

700

20

720

870

150

150

150

625600

700

20

720

870

150

732

432

298

22

2370 2

11241078

2370 2

11241078

2370 2

11241078

2370 2

11241078

2370 2

11241078

2370 2

11241078

732

150

2

720

14

732

150

2

720

14

BASE UNITS - STORAGE USE

BASE UNITS - UNDER-HOB USE

BASE UNITS - UNDER-SINK USE

Page 84: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

84 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

X I L A S T WALL UNITS / SHELVING SYSTEMS

TECHNICAL DETAILS

440

396

206

630

1414

320

200 10020

630

60

396

206

206

206

1070

1414

1414

320

30020

320

30020

320

200 10020

732

2

345320

163

20

2

290

400

20

440

452

345320

290

680

2020

720

163

720

720

150

12 2130

WALL UNITS - WITH HINGED DOOR

SHELVING SYSTEMS - P 320 mm.

Page 85: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

8501/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

X I L A S T TALL UNITS

TECHNICAL DETAILS

514

540573

221

262

625600

2130

150

221

262

345320

2130

514

540573

732

150

213

902

2370 2

1124107815

0

2370 2

11241078

625600

2130

732

150

4

213

902

2370 2

112

2370 2

112

345320

2130

290

514

540573

732

120-1

502

2

625600

2130

2370 2

11241078

432

298

22

2

625600

2280

1410

22

870

625600

2280

1410

22

870

*

TALL UNITS - STORAGE

COMPLEMENTARY TALL UNITS - STORAGE TALL UNITS - FOR OVEN

* = dishwasher door with compulsory handle ONLY when positioned under a complementary tall unit.

Page 86: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

86 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Kitchen block with sliding worktop, disclosing the fixed working surface. The spe-cific base units do not require any handle as the doors are opened through the upper bevelled edge.

BLOCK DIMENSIONS:K4 > L 1596 (with sliding worktop open 2480 mm) - P 700 mm - H 960 mm.K3 > L 2000 (with sliding worktop open 2895 mm) - P 700 mm - H 960 mm.K2 > L 2341 (with sliding worktop open 3530 mm) - P 700 mm - H 960 mm.

Structure with sliding worktop

WOOD finish:structure in box section stainless steel, supported by melamine-coated panels and externally plated by black Eco-wood veneer. Working surface and sliding worktop in CRS Scotch Brite stainless steel.• Structure > black Eco-wood.• Worktop > CRS Scotch Brite stainless steel.• Sliding worktop> CRS Scotch Brite stainless steel.

STAINLESS STEEL finish:structure in box section CRS Scotch Brite stainless steel, supported by melamine-coated panels. Working surface and sliding worktop in CRS Scotch Brite stainless steel.• Structure > CRS Scotch Brite stainless steel.• Worktop > CRS Scotch Brite stainless steel.• Sliding worktop> CRS Scotch Brite stainless steel.

CORIAN® finish:structure made of honeycomb board wood, totally plated with panels in white Corian®. Worktop in CRS Scotch Brite stainless steel. Upper sliding worktop in white Corian®.• Structure > white Corian®.• Worktop > CRS Scotch Brite stainless steel.• Sliding worktop > white Corian®.

Carcass (base units)

It’s made of 19 mm thick wood particle board panels , waterproof (class V100), with low formaldehyde emission (class E1/CARB P2), treated with high performance melamine resin. Front edge in stainless stee, back edge in ABS, same colour. Adjustable feet in zinc-coated metal (min 10 / max 20 mm).

SIDE PANEL HEIGHT: 840 mm.SIDE PANEL DEPTH: 640 mm.DEPTH INCLUDING FRONT PANEL: 662 mm.MODULE WIDTH: 192 - 408 - 460 - 480 - 533 - 596 mm.

FINISH: melamine.

COLOURS: open-pore grey-graphite oak.

Drawers

TANDEMBOX system, sides and rear panel in stainless steel. Melamine-coated bot-tom and finished front panel (both of drawers and internal drawers).

FINISH: stainless steel + melamine.

Doors and front panels

Thickness: 20 mm, with upper bevelled edge used for gripping the door.The doors in Wood finish are composed of black Eco-wood veneer and stainless steel perimeter edges.

FINISHES: Wood with stainless steel edge- Stainless Steel - Corian®.

COLOURS: WOOD black Eco-wood with stainless steel edge / CRS Scotch Brite STAINLESS STEEL / white CORIAN®.

Worktops

K 2 / K 3 / K 4

The concealed fixed worktop can be equipped ONLY with:• SINKS COMPATIBLE WITH K2-K3-K4.• ELECTRICAL COOKTOPS OR ELECTRICAL INDUCTION HOBS.

Sliding worktop, with 3 bevelled edges.

FINISHING OF THE FIXED WORKING SURFACE:CRS Scotch Brite stainless steel.FINISHING OF THE SLIDING WORKTOP: CRS Scotch Brite stainless steel (on structures in wood or stainless steel) - CORIAN® (on structure in Corian®).

Combination of finishes

Blocks are supplied by default in a single finish i.e. all Corian® or all stainless steel. Upon request the following options are available: stainless steel structure + base units in Corian® / Structure in Corian® + stainless steel base units.

Packaging and Shipping

The block is fully assembled and is crated in a wooden case on castor wheels. Blocks are fitted with devices allowing for disassembly if necessary. Upon request the blocks can be delivered disassembled.

TECHNICAL FEATURES

Page 87: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

8701/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

70015962480

680148058 58

40846059658 4 4 4 4 58

84096

0

738

738

833

80

40846059658 4 4 4 4 58

738

833

833

80

max. 40 mm.

K4 - Dimensions of the structure with sliding worktop.

K4 - Internal fitting, example 1

K4 - Internal fitting, example 2

K 2 / K 3 / K 4

K4 - TECHNICAL DETAILS

Volume: 1,6 m³Weight: 300 kg.(packaging/wood case included).

Volume: 1,6 m³Weight: 300 kg.(packaging/wood case included).

Page 88: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

88 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

70020002895

680188458 58

84096

0

max. 40 mm.

19259648059658 4 4 4 4 4 58

19248059659658 4 4 4 4 4 58

738

833

80

738

738

833

80K3 - Dimensions of the structure with sliding worktop.

K3 - Internal fitting, example 1

K3 - Internal fitting, example 2

K 2 / K 3 / K 4

K3 - TECHNICAL DETAILS

Volume: 2,0 m³Weight: 350 kg.(packaging/wood case included).

Volume: 2,0 m³Weight: 350 kg.K2 - TECHNICAL DETAILS

Page 89: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

8901/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

700 max. 40 mm.23413530

680222558 58

84096

0

53359648059658 4 4 4 4 4 58

53359648059658 4 4 4 4 4 58

738

738

833

80

738

738

833

80

K2 - Dimensions of the structure with sliding worktop.

K2 - Internal fitting, example 1

K2 - Internal fitting, example 2

K 2 / K 3 / K 4

K2 - TECHNICAL DETAILS

Volume: 2,3 m³Weight: 400 kg.(packaging/wood case included).

Volume: 2,3 m³Weight: 400 kg.(packaging/wood case included).

Page 90: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

90 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

1

2

34

5

6

7

L. 1

400

mm

.

L. 5

00 m

m.

L. 4

00 m

m.

L. 4

00 m

m.

L. 4

00 m

m.

L. 4

00 m

m.

1/2"

1/2"

1/2"

3/8"

1/2"

3/8"

3/8"3/8"

3/8"3/8"

3/8"

3/8"

Tap kit for k2-k3-k4 blocks: installation details.

K 2 / K 3 / K 4

TECHNICAL DETAILS

ATTENTION !!! – Operations on the plumbing have to be made only by qualified staff.

1 - Cold water inlet.2 - Hot water inlet.3 - Tap of cold water.4 - Tap for hot water.5 - Pull-out hand-shower.6 - Connection element.7 - Internal surface of cabinet.

Page 91: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

9101/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Modular base and wall units WITHOUT HANDLE.The front panels are opened through the 30° bevelled edge at the top of the door (base units) or at the bottom of it (wall units) and through any middle handle-rails.Programma STANDARD, XILA or HIDE tall units to be used to complete the com-position.

Carcass

It’s made of 19 mm thick wood particle board panels , waterproof (class V100), with low formaldehyde emission (class E1/CARB P2), treated with high performance melamine resin. Front and back edges in ABS, same colour.

BASE UNIT SIDE PANEL HEIGHT: 790 mm.SIDE PANEL DEPTH: 380 - 725 mm.DEPTH INCLUDING FRONT PANEL: 405 - 750 mm.MODULE WIDTH: 300 - 450 - 600 - 900 - 1200 mm.

FINISH: melamine.

COLOURS: open-pore grey-graphite oak - Silk white.

Drawers

LEGRABOX system with sides and rear panel in metal, painted with epoxy dusts. Bottom in black melamine and front panel (of internal drawers) in melamine, same finish as carcass. Bottom is provided with non-toxic anti-slip mat.

FINISH: metal + melamine.

COLOURS: matt black.

Doors and front panels

Thickness: 23 mm.30° upper bevelled edge and 45° lateral bevelled edge (on end base units), for the join with the end panels.

FINISHES: Silcover - Ecolak - Wood - Wood Selection - Polyester - Metals - Corian® - Stainless steel - Solid wood.

COLOURS: all range colours/species.

Handle-rails

Made of extruded aluminium profile, in stainless steel or painted finishes.Handle-rail versions: UNDER-MOUNTED (to be used always) and MIDDLE (to be used according to design needs).

COLOURS: Stainless steel - Matt white painted - Matt black painted -Bright white painted (Lamicolor® 754).

Worktops

Please use the specific worktops with 30° front bevelled edge. Upon request the sides can have straight 90° edges or 30° bevelled ones (please see Customised Solutions chapter).

THICKNESS: 50 mm.DEPTH: 415 - 760 - 795 - 1175 mm.

FINISHES: Stainless Steel- Corian® - Solid wood staves - Marble - Stone - Granite - Composite.

COLOURS: all range colours/species.

K 1 4

Plinth

To be ordered separately (Plinth chapter).Made of extruded aluminium profile, in stainless steel or painted finishes, with a patented mechanism for height and depth regulation.

HEIGHT: 80 mm.

COLOURS: Stainless steel - Matt white painted - Matt black painted -Bright white painted (Lamicolor® 754).

TECHNICAL FEATURES

Page 92: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

92 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

K 1 4 BASE UNITS

TECHNICAL DETAILS

2370 2

11253578

140

140

450181

110

20 524

750725

630

7070

70

665573

750

2020

790

80

870 80

580

2

805

620

600

600

410

184

184

80

2

25

2

2541

037

080

2

2370 2

11253578

750725

70 70

66557 3

750

2020

790

80

870

70

2370 2

112

405380

350750

2020

790

80

870 80

580

2

805

370

350

350

410

184

184

80

2

25

2

2541

037

080

2

405380

750

2020

790

80

870

70

2370 2

11253578

750725

630

70

665573

670

100

20

790

80

870 80

580

2

805

620

600

600

410

184

184

80

2

25

2

2541

037

080

280

580

2

2370 2

11253578

750725

70

66557 3

750

2020

790

80

870

70

2370 2

11253578

750725

770

20

790

80

870 80

580

2

80525

410

370

80

2

2370 2

11253578

750725

750

2020

790

80

870

70540

165

110

20

2370 2

112

70

BASE UNITS - STORAGE USE

BASE UNITS - UNDER-HOB USE

BASE UNITS - UNDER-SINK USE

Page 93: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

9301/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

K 1 4 WALL UNITS

TECHNICAL DETAILS

405380

350

560

202010

600

608

2

405380

350

560

202010

600

608

2

405380

350

680

202010

720

728

2

405380

350

840

202010

880

888

2

405380

350

360

1120

202010

1160

1168

2

163

163

163

163

163

75°(A)100°(B)

WALL UNITS - WITH HINGED DOOR

WALL UNITS - WITH FLAP DOOR

Door opening chosen by client: an opening hinge limiter is supplied to have 75° (A) and 100° (B) angles.

Page 94: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

94 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

K 1 4 WORKTOPS

TECHNICAL DETAILS

405380

415

805

3855 55

55 55

38

802

750

760

725

805

802

75025

795

725405

380750

1175

725

805

3880

2

805

3880

2

10 2335

50

4,5

38

80

70

24

30°

R 2,5

70,525

18,8

UNDER-MOUNTED HANDLE-RAIL MIDDLE HANDLE-RAIL

WALL USE

ISLAND USE

Page 95: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

9501/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

K 1 4 ACCESSORIES - DOMESTICI series Use examples. MOVE system: the placing of the single parts constituting the accessory is very flexible, it’s possible to choose their type and position, directly on the internal drawer mat or on the optional wood bottom.

1116

1 23 45

MOVE

572

1 23 45

1116

1 23 45

572

1116

1 23 45

MOVE

572

MOVE

+

+

+

+

573

1200

1116

Page 96: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

96 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

DOMESTICI - Cutlery tray L 600 mm.

• MOVE system.• For drawer L 600 mm.• Multipurpose element (compatible with accessories 1-2-3-4-5) + set of small

boxes (1 with divider, 1 without divider) + 2 clips (to fasten the single parts) + rear compensator element.

• H 55 mm.

572

516

1 23 45

MOVE

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY112

DOMESTICI - Cutlery tray with knives holder L 600 mm.

• MOVE system.• For drawer L 600 mm.• Multipurpose element with knives holder (C) + set of small boxes (1 with divi-

der, 1 without divider) + 2 clips (to fasten the single parts) + rear compensator element.

• H 55 mm.

572

516

MOVE

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY113

• The DOMESTICI accessories are laid inside the drawer. • All accessories are compatible also with internal drawers. • MOVE system: the placing of the single parts constituting the accessory is very flexible, it’s possible to choose their

type and position, directly on the internal drawer mat or on the optional wood bottom.

K 1 4 ACCESSORIES - DOMESTICI series Complete kits, for LEGRABOX drawers. Accessories in black-dyed ash wood. For units P 750 mm.

DOMESTICI - Cutlery tray L 900 mm.

• MOVE system.• For drawer L 900 mm.• Multipurpose element (compatible with accessories 1-2-3-4-5) + 2 sets of small

boxes (2 with divider, 2 without divider) + 4 clips (to fasten the single parts) + rear compensator element.

• H 55 mm.

572

816

1 23 45

MOVE

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY114

DOMESTICI - Cutlery tray with knives holder L 900 mm.

• MOVE system.• For drawer L 900 mm.• Multipurpose element with knives holder (C) + 2 sets of small boxes (2 with

divider, 2 without divider) + 4 clips (to fasten the single parts) + rear compen-sator element.

• H 55 mm.

572

816

MOVE

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY115

Technical chart for inside useful sizes - LEGRABOX drawers and internal drawers.

450 900 1200

816516

600

366

300

57

3

57

3

57

3

57

3

57

3

1116216

= = = = =

Page 97: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

9701/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

DOMESTICI - Cutlery tray L 1200 mm.

• MOVE system.• For drawer L 1200 mm.• Multipurpose element (compatible with accessories 1-2-3-4-5) + cutlery holder

element + 2 sets of small boxes (2 with divider, 2 without divider) + 4 clips (to fasten the single parts) + rear compensator element.

• H 55 mm.

1116

1 23 45

MOVE

572

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY116

DOMESTICI - Cutlery tray with knives holder L 1200 mm.

• MOVE system.• For drawer L 1200 mm.• Multipurpose element with cutlery + knives holder (C) + 2 sets of small boxes

(2 with divider, 2 without divider) + 4 clips (to fasten the single parts) + rear compensator element.

• H 55 mm.

572

1116

MOVE

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY117

K 1 4 ACCESSORIES - DOMESTICI series Complete kits, for LEGRABOX drawers. Accessories in black-dyed ash wood. For units P 750 mm.

Page 98: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

98 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

DOMESTICI - Smooth bottom L 300 mm.

• MOVE system.• For drawer L 300 mm.• H 13 mm.

216

472

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY104

DOMESTICI - Smooth bottom L 450 mm.

• MOVE system.• For drawer L 450 mm.• H 13 mm.

366

472

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY118

K 1 4 ACCESSORIES - DOMESTICI series Complete kits, for LEGRABOX drawers. Accessories in black-dyed ash wood. For units P 750 mm.

DOMESTICI - Smooth bottom L 600 mm.

• MOVE system.• For drawer L 600 mm.• H 13 mm.

516

472

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY119

DOMESTICI - Smooth bottom L 900 mm.

• MOVE system.• For drawer L 900 mm.• H 13 mm.

816

472

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY120

DOMESTICI - Smooth bottom L 1200 mm.

• MOVE system.• For drawer L 1200 mm.• H 13 mm.

1116

472

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY121

Page 99: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

9901/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

DOMESTICI - Multipurpose element (B) with knives holder (1). - C

• MOVE system.• H 43 mm.

150

472

43

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC029

K 1 4 ACCESSORIES - DOMESTICI series Modular elements, for LEGRABOX drawers. Accessories in black-dyed ash wood. For units P 750 mm.

DOMESTICI - Set of small boxes. - A

• MOVE system.• Set composed of 2 cutlery trays / trays (1 with divider, 1 without divider) + 2 clips

(to fasten the single parts).• H 43 mm.

118

43

300

118

43+

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC023

DOMESTICI - Multipurpose element. - B

• MOVE system.• The accessories 1-2-3-4-5 can be laid inside.• H 43 mm.

150

472

43

1 23 45

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC028

DOMESTICI - Rear compensator element L 600 mm.

• MOVE system.• Including bottom.• H 55 mm.

572

516

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC025

DOMESTICI - Rear compensator element L 900 mm.

• MOVE system.• Including bottom.• H 55 mm.

572

816

1 23 45

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC026

DOMESTICI - Rear compensator element L 1200 mm.

• MOVE system.• Including bottom.• H 55 mm.

1116

1 23 45

572

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC027

+

Page 100: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

100 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

DOMESTICI - Element with handles. - H

• MOVE system.• To be laid inside.• Thanks to the handles it can be used as freestanding (outside the drawer itself).• H 50 mm.

200

472

50

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC001

K 1 4 ACCESSORIES - DOMESTICI series Modular elements, for LEGRABOX drawers. Accessories in black-dyed ash wood. For units P 750 mm.

DOMESTICI - Multipurpose element (B) with divider (5). - G

• MOVE system.• H 43 mm.

150

472

43

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC033

DOMESTICI - Cutlery tray element. - K

• MOVE system.• H 43 mm.

300

472

43

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC024

DOMESTICI - Multipurpose element (B) with coffee pods holder (3). - E

• MOVE system.• H 43 mm.

150

472

43

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC031

DOMESTICI - Multipurpose element (B) with spice holder (4). - F

• MOVE system.• H 43 mm.

150

472

43

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC032

DOMESTICI - Multipurpose element (B) with film dispenser (2). - D

• MOVE system.• H 43 mm.

150

472

43

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC030

+

+

+

+

Page 101: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

10101/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

DOMESTICI - Knives holder. - 1

• MOVE system.• To be laid inside the multipurpose element (B).• H 26 mm.

138

472

26

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC014

DOMESTICI - Film dispenser. - 2

• MOVE system.• To be laid inside the multipurpose element (B).• H 38 mm.

138

38

472

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC015

DOMESTICI - Coffee pods holder. - 3

• MOVE system.• To be laid inside the multipurpose element (B).• H 31 mm.

138

31

472

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC016

DOMESTICI - Chopping board for bread with handles. - L

• MOVE system.• To be laid inside.• Thanks to the handles it can be used as freestanding (outside the drawer itself).• Chopping board in smoked oak.• H 50 mm.

200

472

50

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC005

DOMESTICI - Spice holder. - 4

• MOVE system.• To be laid inside the multipurpose element (B).• H 26 mm.

138

26

472

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC017

K 1 4 ACCESSORIES - DOMESTICI series Modular elements, for LEGRABOX drawers. Accessories in black-dyed ash wood. For units P 750 mm.

DOMESTICI - Divider. - 5

• MOVE system.• To be laid inside the multipurpose element (B).• H 38 mm.

138

472

38

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC022

Page 102: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

102 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

DOMESTICI - Storage element L 600 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 600 mm.• 2 fixed dividers.• Compatible with R-U-V accessories.• H 139 mm.

516

572259

R U V

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY098

• The DOMESTICI accessories are laid inside the heavy-duty drawer.

DOMESTICI - Storage element L 900 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 900 mm.• 3 fixed dividers.• Compatible with R-U-V accessories.• H 139 mm.

816

572401

R U V

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY099

DOMESTICI - Storage element L 1200 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 1200 mm.• 3 fixed dividers.• Compatible with R-U-V accessories.• H 139 mm.

1116

572699

R U V

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY100

DOMESTICI - Plate rack L 600 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 600 mm.• Pre-punched bottom.• 4 flexible cross dividers.• Compatible with R-S-T-U-V accessories.• H 139 mm.

516

572

R S T U V

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY101

K 1 4 ACCESSORIES - DOMESTICI series Complete kits, for LEGRABOX heavy-duty drawers. Accessories in black-dyed ash wood. For units P 750 mm.

Page 103: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

10301/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

DOMESTICI - Plate rack L 900 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 900 mm.• Pre-punched bottom.• 5 movable dividers.• Compatible with R-S-T-U-V accessories.• H 139 mm.

816

572

R S T U V

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY102

K 1 4 ACCESSORIES - DOMESTICI series Complete kits, for LEGRABOX heavy-duty drawers. Accessories in black-dyed ash wood. For units P 750 mm.

DOMESTICI - Plate rack L 1200 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 1200 mm.• Pre-punched bottom.• 7 flexible cross dividers.• Compatible with R-S-T-U-V accessories.• H 139 mm.

1116

572

R S T U V

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY103

DOMESTICI - Storage element with lid and holder for oil bottle L 900 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 900 mm.• 3 fixed dividers + lid with handle + divider kit and tray for oil bottle.• Compatible with R-U-V accessories.• H 139 mm.

816

572401

R U V

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY083

DOMESTICI - Storage element with lid and holder for oil bottle L 1200 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 1200 mm.• 3 fixed dividers + lid with handle + divider kit and tray for oil bottle.• Compatible with R-U-V accessories.• H 139 mm.

1116

572699

R U V

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY084

DOMESTICI - Storage element with holder for wine decanter L 600 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 600 mm.• Pre-punched bottom.• H 139 mm.

516

572

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY085

DOMESTICI - Storage element with holder for glasses L 600 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 600 mm.• Pre-punched bottom.• H 139 mm.

516

572

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY086

Page 104: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

104 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

DOMESTICI - Storage element with holder for wine decanter and glasses L 900 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 900 mm.• Pre-punched bottom.• H 139 mm.

816

572

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY087

K 1 4 ACCESSORIES - DOMESTICI series Complete kits, for LEGRABOX heavy-duty drawers. Accessories in black-dyed ash wood. For units P 750 mm.

DOMESTICI - Storage element with holder for wine decanter and glasses L 1200 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 1200 mm.• Pre-punched bottom.• H 139 mm.

1116

572

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY088

DOMESTICI - Storage element with holder for pot lids L 600 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 600 mm.• Pre-punched bottom.• Equipped with set of buffers (anti-slip / noise-reducing).• Noise-reducing felt coating in the space for lids.• H 139 mm.

516

572

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY089

DOMESTICI - Storage element with holder for pot lids L 900 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 900 mm.• Pre-punched bottom.• Equipped with set of buffers (anti-slip / noise-reducing).• Noise-reducing felt coating in the space for lids.• H 139 mm.

816

572

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY090

DOMESTICI - Storage element with holder for pot lids L 1200 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 1200 mm.• Pre-punched bottom.• Equipped with set of buffers (anti-slip / noise-reducing).• Noise-reducing felt coating in the space for lids.• H 139 mm.

1116

572

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY091

Page 105: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

10501/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

DOMESTICI - Set of chopping boards. - R

• To be laid inside.• Set composed of 1 base, 1 chopping board for bread 400 x 300 mm, 1 chop-

ping board 400 x 300 mm, 2 chopping boards 150 x 300 mm.• Totally made of black PaperStone®.• H 305 mm.

120

472

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC018

K 1 4 ACCESSORIES - DOMESTICI series Additional elements, for LEGRABOX heavy-duty drawers. Accessories in black-dyed ash wood. For units P 750 mm.

DOMESTICI - Wine decanter holder. - S

• It can be placed inside accessories with pre-punched bottom .• H 120 mm.

472

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC019

DOMESTICI - Glasses holder. - T

• It can be placed inside accessories with pre-punched bottom .• H 120 mm.

472

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC020

DOMESTICI - Bottles holder with handles. - U

• To be laid inside.• Thanks to the handles it can be used as freestanding (outside the drawer itself).• H 160 mm.

232

471

160

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC006

DOMESTICI - Plate rack with handles. - V

• To be laid inside.• Thanks to the handles it can be used as freestanding (outside the drawer itself).• H 96 mm.

250

372

96

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC007

Page 106: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

106 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

K 1 4 ACCESSORIES - PREMIÈRE series Complete kits, for LEGRABOX drawers. Accessories in ash wood / white-dyed MDF. For units P 750 mm.

PREMIÈRE - Cutlery tray L 450 mm.

• For drawer L 450 mm.

572

366

45

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADJ058

• The PREMIÈRE accessories are laid inside the drawer.• All accessories are compatible also with internal drawers.

PREMIÈRE - Cutlery tray with knives holder L 600 mm.

• For drawer L 600 mm.• Compatible with C-D-E accessories.

516

45

572CDE

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADJ059

PREMIÈRE - Cutlery tray with accessories L 900 mm.

• For drawer L 900 mm.• Knives holder, spices holder and pair of chopping boards in beechwood.

816

45

572

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADJ060

PREMIÈRE - Cutlery tray with accessories L 1200 mm.

• For drawer L 1200 mm.• Knives holder, spices holder, stainless steel film dispenser and pair of chopping

boards in beechwood.• Compatible with C-D-E accessories.

1116

45

572CDE

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADJ061

Page 107: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

10701/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

K 1 4 ACCESSORIES - PREMIÈRE series Modular elements, for LEGRABOX drawers. Accessories in ash wood / white-dyed MDF. For units P 750 mm.

PREMIÈRE - Base for cutlery tray L 600 mm.

• For drawer L 600 mm.• Compatible with C-D-E accessories.

516

45

572

2xC D E

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADK025

PREMIÈRE - Base for cutlery tray L 900 mm.

• For drawer L 900 mm.• Compatible with A-B-C-D-E accessories.

816

45

A B

572

2xC D E

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADK026

PREMIÈRE - Base for cutlery tray L 1200 mm.

• For drawer L 1200 mm.• Compatible with A-B-C-D-E accessories.

1116

45

A B 2xC D E C D EC D E

572

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADK027

PREMIÈRE - Divider. - A

• Compatible with base for cutlery tray L 450 / 600 / 900 / 1200.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADK005

PREMIÈRE - Chopping board pair in beechwood. - B

• Compatible with base for cutlery tray L 450 / 600 / 900 / 1200.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADK006

PREMIÈRE - Knives holder. - C

• Compatible with base for cutlery tray L 600 / 900 / 1200.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADK007

Page 108: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

108 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

K 1 4 ACCESSORIES - PREMIÈRE series Modular elements, for LEGRABOX drawers. Accessories in ash wood / white-dyed MDF. For units P 750 mm.

PREMIÈRE - Stainless steel spice holder. - D

• 5 glass jars.• Compatible with base for cutlery tray L 600 / 900 / 1200.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADK008

PREMIÈRE - Stainless steel film dispenser. - E

• Compatible with base for cutlery tray L 600 / 900 / 1200.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADK009

Page 109: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

10901/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

PREMIÈRE - Plate rack L 600 mm.

572

516

204

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADJ043

K 1 4 ACCESSORIES - PREMIÈRE series Complete kits, for LEGRABOX heavy-duty drawers. Accessories in ash wood / white-dyed MDF. For units P 750 mm.

• The PREMIÈRE accessories are laid inside the heavy-duty drawer.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 600 mm.• 8 removable plate fastenings.

PREMIÈRE - Plate rack with drainboard L 600 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 600 mm.• Removable stainless steel dish draining tray.

572

516

142

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADJ044

PREMIÈRE - Plate rack L 900 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 900 mm.• 12 removable plate fastenings.

572

816

204

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADJ045

PREMIÈRE - Plate rack with drainboard L 900 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 900 mm.• Removable stainless steel dish draining tray.• 8 removable plate fastenings.

572

816

142204

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADJ062

Page 110: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

110 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

PREMIÈRE - Plate rack L 1200 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 1200 mm.• 14 removable plate fastenings.

572

1116

204

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADJ047

K 1 4 ACCESSORIES - PREMIÈRE series Complete kits, for LEGRABOX heavy-duty drawers. Accessories in ash wood / white-dyed MDF. For units P 750 mm.

PREMIÈRE - Plate rack with drainboard L 1200 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 1200 mm.• Removable stainless steel dish draining tray.• 12 removable plate fastenings.

572

1116

142204

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADJ063

PREMIÈRE - Storage element L 600 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 600 mm.• Storage tray + 2 removable small containers.

572

516

229

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADJ064

PREMIÈRE - Storage element L 900 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 900 mm.• Storage tray + 2 removable small containers.• 8 removable plate fastenings.• 2 elastic strips for storage spaces customisation.

572

816

172 229

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADJ065

PREMIÈRE - Storage element L 1200 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 1200 mm.• Storage tray + 2 removable small containers.• 12 removable plate fastenings.• 3 elastic strips for storage spaces customisation.

572

1116

172 229

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADJ066

Page 111: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

11101/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

EASY - Cutlery tray L 300 mm.

572

216

45

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACV093

K 1 4 ACCESSORIES - EASY series Complete kits, for LEGRABOX drawers. Accessories in grey graphite-dyed oak. For units P 750 mm.

• The EASY accessories are laid inside the drawer.• All accessories are compatible also with internal drawers.

• For drawer L 300 mm.

EASY - Cutlery tray L 450 mm.

• For drawer L 450 mm.

572

366

45

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACV094

EASY - Cutlery tray L 600 mm.

• For drawer L 600 mm.• Compatible with accessory A.

572

516

45

123

A

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACV095

EASY - Cutlery tray with knives holder L 600 mm.

• For drawer L 600 mm.• Compatible with accessory A.

572

516

45

123

A

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACV096

Page 112: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

112 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

EASY - Cutlery tray L 900 mm.

• For drawer L 900 mm.• Compatible with accessory A.

572

816

45

123

A

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACV097

K 1 4 ACCESSORIES - EASY series Complete kits, for LEGRABOX drawers. Accessories in grey graphite-dyed oak. For units P 750 mm.

EASY - Cutlery tray with knives holder L 900 mm.

• For drawer L 900 mm.• Removable chopping board in polyethylene.

572

816

45

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACV098

EASY - Cutlery tray with knives holder L 1200 mm.

• For drawer L 1200 mm.• Removable chopping board in polyethylene.• Compatible with accessory A.

572

1116

45

123

A

123

A

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACV099

EASY - Spice holder. - A

• To be placed inside the cutlery trays cod. AACV083 / AACV084 / AACV085 / AACV087.

• 4 glass jars with cover in chromium-plated metal.

121

452

16

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACV008

EASY - Sliding chopping board.

• For drawer L 600 mm.• Removable and sliding chopping board in polyethylene.• To be used upon cutlery tray, on drawer sides.• H 40 mm.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACV023

EASY - Sliding chopping board for bread.

• For drawer L 600 mm.• Removable and sliding chopping board in polyethylene.• To be used upon cutlery tray, on drawer sides.• H 40 mm.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACV025

Page 113: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

11301/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

EASY - Bottles holder L 450 mm.

572

45

366

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACV100

K 1 4 ACCESSORIES - EASY series Complete kits, for LEGRABOX heavy-duty drawers. Accessories in grey graphite-dyed oak. For units P 750 mm.

• The EASY accessories are laid inside the heavy-duty drawers.

• ONLY for lower heavy-duty drawer L 450 mm.

EASY - Bottles holder L 600 mm.

• ONLY for lower heavy-duty drawer L 600 mm.

572

45

516

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACV101

EASY - Plate rack L 600 mm.

• ONLY for lower heavy-duty drawer L 600 mm.• 5 removable plate fastenings.

516

205

572

45

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACV102

EASY - Plate rack L 900 mm.

• ONLY for lower heavy-duty drawer L 900 mm.• 9 removable plate fastenings.

572

816

45

205

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACV103

Page 114: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

114 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

EASY - Plate rack L 1200 mm.

• ONLY for lower heavy-duty drawer L 1200 mm.• 15 removable plate fastenings.

572

205

45

1116

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACV104

K 1 4 ACCESSORIES - EASY series Complete kits, for LEGRABOX heavy-duty drawers. Accessories in grey graphite-dyed oak. For units P 750 mm.

Page 115: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

11501/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

K 1 4 ACCESSORIES - STORAGE SYSTEM series TECHNICAL DETAILS

450

57

3

L=366

57

3

L=516

600 900

L=816

57

3

57

3

1200

L=1116

57

3

300

L=216

Technical chart for inside useful sizes. - LEGRABOX internal drawers, drawers and heavy-duty drawers.

• Aluminium corner compensators (between drawer sides and accessory).• To be glued, during the installation, with bi-adhesive on side of terminal STORAGE SYSTEM element.

20

L15/20 15/20

15

15

20

W W

Detail of corner compensators. - LEGRABOX internal drawers, drawers.

450 900

L=785L=502

600

L=352

300

59

1

59

1

59

1

59

1

L=202

1200

L=1085

59

1

Technical chart for inside useful sizes. - ALLUMINIUM DESIGN BOFFI drawers and heavy-duty drawers.

• Useful drawer depth: P 591 mm.• Accessories depth: P 581 mm.

Page 116: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

116 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

K 1 4 ACCESSORIES - STORAGE SYSTEM series TECHNICAL DETAILS

ABN

BN

BN

BN

AHFE

ILM

450

366

450

600 900

816

900600

BN

A

300

573

573

573

573

573

573

573

216

W W

20 20366

20 20516

20 20816

20 20

300

573

21615

DG

BN

BN

BN I

LM

BN

51615

BN

EFH

EFH

BN

15

W W W W W W

W W W

R T

BN

BN

C

RS RS S

R S RS RS S

Use example of the STORAGE SYSTEM accessories inside the LEGRABOX drawers.

900

816516

600

573

573

1200

1116

573

U

U

U

U Z

Z

U

U

V

Z

Z

Use example of the STORAGE SYSTEM accessories inside the LEGRABOX heavy-duty drawers.

352

581

202 502 785

AH

DI

EG BC C 591 581 591 581 591 581 591

R T R T TS

Use example of the STORAGE SYSTEM accessories inside the ALUMINIUM DESIGN BOFFI drawers.

Page 117: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

11701/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

STORAGE SYSTEM - Ladles holder. - A

471

74

63A

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACA011

K 1 4 ACCESSORIES - STORAGE SYSTEM series Modular elements, for LEGRABOX drawers and for ALUMINIUM drawers DESIGN BOFFI. Accessories in melamine-coated grey-graphite oak with aluminium dividers. For units P 750 mm.

• The STORAGE SYSTEM accessories are laid inside the drawer.• All accessories are compatible also with internal drawers.• Each drawer can accommodate accessory compositions up to fill the inside useful width.

• Compatible with drawers.

STORAGE SYSTEM - Ladles holder. - B

• Compatible with drawers.

471

100

63B

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACA012

STORAGE SYSTEM - Ladles holder. - C

• Compatible with drawers.

471

124

63C

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACA013

STORAGE SYSTEM - Cutlery tray. - D

• Compatible with drawers.

471

200

63D

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACA014

Technical chart for inside useful sizes - LEGRABOX drawers and internal drawers.

450 900 1200

816516

600

366

300

57

3

57

3

57

3

57

3

57

3

1116216

= = = = =

Page 118: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

118 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

STORAGE SYSTEM - Cutlery tray. - E

• Compatible with drawers.

471

300

63

E

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACA015

K 1 4 ACCESSORIES - STORAGE SYSTEM series Modular elements, for LEGRABOX drawers and for ALUMINIUM drawers DESIGN BOFFI. Accessories in melamine-coated grey-graphite oak with aluminium dividers. For units P 750 mm.

STORAGE SYSTEM - Film dispenser. - F

• Compatible with drawers.

471

300

63

F

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACA016

STORAGE SYSTEM - Spice holder. - G

• Compatible with drawers.

471

200

63G

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACA017

STORAGE SYSTEM - Medicine holder. - H

• Compatible with drawers.

471300

63

H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACA018

STORAGE SYSTEM - Ladles holder. - I

• Compatible with drawers.

471

400

63

I

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACA019

STORAGE SYSTEM - Knives holder. - L

• Compatible with drawers.• Knives holder in polyethylene.

471

400

63

L

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACA020

Page 119: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

11901/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

STORAGE SYSTEM - Knives holder + chopping board. - M

• Compatible with drawers.• Knives holder and chopping board in polyethylene.

471

400

63

M

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACA021

K 1 4 ACCESSORIES - STORAGE SYSTEM series Modular elements, for LEGRABOX drawers and for ALUMINIUM drawers DESIGN BOFFI. Accessories in melamine-coated grey-graphite oak with aluminium dividers. For units P 750 mm.

STORAGE SYSTEM - Storage tray. - N

• Compatible with drawers.

471

100

63N

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACA022

STORAGE SYSTEM - Depth compensator element. - R

• Compatible with drawers.• To be used on each equipped drawer, in widths as needed.

100

174

63

R

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AAOJ001

STORAGE SYSTEM - Depth compensator element. - S

• Compatible with drawers.• To be used on each equipped drawer, in widths as needed.

100

300

63S

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AAOJ002

STORAGE SYSTEM - Depth compensator element. - T

• Compatible with drawers.• To be used on each equipped drawer, in widths as needed.

100

324

63T

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AAOJ003

STORAGE SYSTEM - Corner compensator kit. - W

• To compensate lateral spaces.

571

20

15

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AAAB046

Page 120: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

120 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

STORAGE SYSTEM - Storage container for food. - U

475

285

250

U

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACA050

K 1 4 ACCESSORIES - STORAGE SYSTEM series Modular elements, for LEGRABOX heavy-duty drawers and for ALUMINIUM heavy-duty drawers DESIGN BOFFI. Accessories in solid grey-graphite oak. For units P 750 mm.

• The STORAGE SYSTEM accessories are laid inside the heavy-duty drawer.• Each drawer can accommodate accessory compositions up to fill the inside useful width.

PL

• Compatible with heavy-duty drawers.• Finish: solid grey-graphite oak.

STORAGE SYSTEM - Storage container for food. - V

• Compatible with heavy-duty drawers.• Finish: solid grey-graphite oak.• Flexible cross divider.

300

571

250

V

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACA051

STORAGE SYSTEM - Storage container for food. - Z

• Compatible with heavy-duty drawers.• Finish: solid grey-graphite oak.

300

285

250

Z

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACA052

Technical chart for inside useful sizes - LEGRABOX heavy-duty drawers.

450 900

L=816L=516

600

L=366

300

57

3

57

3

57

3

57

31200

L=1116

57

3

L=216

Page 121: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

12101/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Modular base units without handle, wall or peninsula/island versions available char-acterised by wrapping doors and end panels. _ Terminal parts with 45° bevelled edges. _ The wrapping shape of front panels hides, with close doors, the worktop thickness giving a monolithic appearance to the composition. _ The front opening is allowed thanks to the upper protruding part (on the worktop) of the front itself. _ A middle handle-rail in extruded aluminium is set when drawers and heavy-duty drawers are used. _ Worktops with basin effect and stainless steel optional acces-sorisable back panels complete this kitchen.

NOTES TO DESIGNER

All base units used in wall compositions need back spacers (1 spacer each unit, to be ordered separately): 30 mm deep (P 30 mm) spacers in compositions with 630 mm deep (P 630 mm) worktop, 125 mm deep (P 125 mm) spacers in compositions with 725 mm deep (P 725 mm) worktop. Proper 130 or 150 mm spacers are neces-sary in island compositions to create, between opposite base units, the passage of duct hood system. _ Total base unit height: 838 mm (side panel h. 790 mm + 48 mm upper protruding part of the door) / 900 mm (side panel h. 852 mm + 48 mm upper protruding part of the door).

Carcass

It’s made of 19 mm thick wood particle board panels , waterproof (class V100), with low formaldehyde emission (class E1/CARB P2), treated with high performance melamine resin. Front and back edges in ABS, same colour.

SIDE PANEL HEIGHT: 790 mm (plinth H 80 mm.) - 852 mm (plinth H 50 mm). SIDE PANEL DEPTH: 320 - 470 - 600 mm. DEPTH INCLUDING FRONT PANEL: 345 - 495 - 625 mm. MODULE WIDTH: 300 - 450 - 600 - 900 - 1200 mm.

FINISH: melamine.

COLOURS: open-pore grey-graphite oak - Silk white.

Drawers

LEGRABOX system with sides and rear panel in metal, painted with epoxy dusts. Bottom in black melamine and front panel (of internal drawers) in melamine, same finish as carcass. Bottom is provided with non-toxic anti-slip mat.

FINISH: metal + melamine.

COLOURS: matt black.

Doors / front panels / panels

The upper protruding part of front panels is always 48 mm with respect to the unit side panel. The 45° bevelled edges are on doors, fronts and panels at the end of composition.

Thickness: 23 mm (35 mm in the upper wrapping part).

FINISHES: Silcover - Ecolak - Wood - Wood Selection - Metals - Corian® - Stainless steel - Solid wood.

COLOURS: all range colours/species.

Grip

In finish (monolithic aspect), when used on door in SILCOVER, ECOLAK, METALS and CORIAN®.

Consisting of stainless steel profile when used on STAINLESS STEEL door.

Consisting of aluminium profile, Stainless steel finish, when used on doors in WOOD/WOOD SELECTION/SOLID WOOD.

Handle-rail

K 2 0TECHNICAL FEATURES

Made of anodised aluminium, for middle use only.

FINISHES: stainless steel - matt white - bright white Lamicolor® 754 - matt black.

Worktops

The worktops have a basin effect and are covered by wrapping frontal or end panels. They are arranged for the assembly of under-mounted/semi-flush-mounted/flush-mounted or welded sinks and hobs.

THICKNESS: 38 mm 28 mm + 10 mm elevated edge).DEPTH: 630 - 725 (the version for stainless steel accessorisable back panels is available too) - 920 - 1070 - 1200 mm.

FINISHES: Corian® - C.R.S. Scotch Brite Stainless Steel (satin direction along the worktop length) - Marble - Stone - Granite.

Accessorisable back panels

The back panels are made of C.R.S. Scotch Brite stainless steel (horizontally satin), equipped with LED linear lighting. Small storage compartments with flap opening can be cut-out. A back panel with totally concealed down-draft hood is available.

HEIGHT: 294 mm. DEPTH: 200 mm.

FINISHES: C.R.S. Scotch Brite stainless steel.

Version in Corian®.

Version in stainless steel. Door in Corian®, detail.

Page 122: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

122 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

K 2 0TECHNICAL DETAILS Base units.

69

D S DS

630

655

60025 30

838

80725

750

60025 125

838

184

184

432

342

2

80

920

970

600 32025 25

1070

1120

600 32015025 25

1070

1120

600 47025 25

1200

1250

600 60025 25

1200

1250

600 47013025 25

630

655

60025 30

900

50

25

900

50

725

750

600 125

20

34

370

432

342

215

215

432

342

2

432

432

342

35

848

105

528 38

23 2

*

**

+23+23 +23+23

WALL-MOUNTED

ISLAND

END USE - How to define the right (D) version and the left (S) one.

Base units with drawers / heavy-duty drawers

Detail of front panels

= Passage for any hood duct system

HINGED DOOR Pull-out door

Drawers

Page 123: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

12301/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

K 2 0 ACCESSORIES - EASY series Modular elements, for LEGRABOX drawers. Accessories in grey graphite-dyed oak. For units P 495 mm. For units with side panel P 625 mm please use the specific accessories (Accessories chapter).

• The EASY accessories are laid inside the drawer.• All accessories are compatible also with internal drawers.

EASY - Cutlery tray L 450 mm.

• For drawer L 450 mm.

372

359

45

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACV105

EASY - Cutlery tray L 600 mm.

• For drawer L 600 mm.

372

509

45

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACV106

Page 124: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

124 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

K 2 0 ACCESSORIES - EASY series Modular elements, for LEGRABOX heavy-duty drawers. Accessories in grey graphite-dyed oak. For units P 495 mm. For units with side panel P 625 mm please use the specific accessories (Accessories chapter).

• The EASY accessories are laid inside the drawer.

EASY - Bottle rack L 600 mm.

• ONLY for lower heavy-duty drawer L 600 mm.

372

509

45

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACV110

EASY - Storage tray L 450 mm.

• ONLY for lower heavy-duty drawer L 450 mm.• 3 movable dividers.

372

359

14545

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACV107

EASY - Storage tray L 600 mm.

• ONLY for lower heavy-duty drawer L 600 mm.• 5 movable dividers.

372

509

45145

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACV108

EASY - Bottle rack L 450 mm.

• ONLY for lower heavy-duty drawer L 450 mm.• H 45 mm.

372

359

45

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACV109

Page 125: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

12501/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

EASY - Chopping-board.

• They can be placed inside the inset on K20 worktops 630 and 725 mm deep - P 630 mm and P 725 mm - (for accessorisable back panels).

• Thanks to the handles they can be placed on any surface.

600

250 40

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACV076

EASY - Tray.

• They can be placed inside the inset on K20 worktops 630 and 725 mm deep - P 630 mm and P 725 mm - (for accessorisable back panels).

• Thanks to the handles they can be placed on any surface.

600

250 60

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACV077

K 2 0 ACCESSORIES - EASY series For worktops / back panels K20. Accessories in thermo-treated wood.

EASY - Small storage compartment.

• Specific tray for storage compartment with flap opening, of K20 back panel.

250

90 90

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACV111

Page 126: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

126 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Modular tall units with single side structural panel, doors in honeycomb board that can be hinged, side-recessing or folding side-recessing.

HINGED DOOR: modules STORAGE use (with bottom and feet).It can be equipped with: internal accessories specific for modules with hinged door.

SIDE-RECESSING DOOR: modules, STORAGE use (with bottom and feet or bridge version)/ FOR HOB / FOR SINK/ LAUNDRY USE (bridge version).The modules with bottom and feet can be equipped with specific internal acces-sories for modules with side-recessing door.The bridge modules (without feet) can be equipped with: Programma STANDARD base units H790 or specific internal tall units H 1900, totally melamine coated, in same finish as carcass. Specific stainless steel worktops (with back-splashes).

FOLDING SIDE-RECESSING DOOR: modules, MULTIPURPOSE use (bridge).It can be equipped with: Programma STANDARD base units H 790 or specific in-ternal units (base and tall units) melamine-coated or finished. Specific stainless steel worktops (with back-splashes) or standard worktops P 630 (thickness: 12/20 mm),upper blocks, shelves and back panels.

The handle is compulsory on all doors (recessing, folding recessing or hinged) and can be chosen from Boffi range. It has to be positioned VERTICALLY ONLY. In case of compositions with recessing doors with external handle please use always the specific fillers.

Modules - carcass / multipurpose side panels

It’s made of 28 mm thick wood particle board panels , waterproof (class V100), with low formaldehyde emission (class E1/CARB P2), treated with high performance melamine resin. Front and back edges in ABS, same colour. Back panel 8 mm thick.2 different typology options are possible, which can be perfectly integrated: Module WITH BOTTOM AND FEET: compatible with 80 or 120 mm plinth. Total H = H of module + H of plinth.BRIDGE module: without bottom and feet, with side panels whose height includes the plinth one and cut-out for plinth. Compatible with 80 or 120 mm plinth. Total H = module H.

SIDE PANEL of modules with BOTTOM AND FEET: H. 2130 - 2340 - 2500 mm.SIDE PANEL of BRIDGE MODULES: H. 2210 - 2250 - 2420 - 2460 - 2580 - 2620 mm.SIDE PANEL DEPTH: 700 - 733 mm.DEPTH INCLUDING FRONT PANEL: 758 mm.MODULE WITH HINGED DOOR: W. 422 - 572 - 722 - 872 - 1172 mm.MODULE WITH SIDE-RECESSING DOOR: W. 531 - 681 - 790 - 1090 - 1390 mm.MODULE WITH FOLDING SIDE-RECESSING DOOR: W.1338 - 1966 - 2676 mm.

FINISH: melamine.

COLOURS: open-pore grey-graphite oak - Silk white.

Drawers

LEGRABOX system with sides and rear panel in metal, painted with epoxy dusts. Bottom in black melamine and front panel (of internal drawers) in melamine, same finish as carcass. Bottom is provided with non-toxic anti-slip mat.

FINISH: metal + melamine.

COLOURS: matt black.

Doors / front panels / end panels

Honeycomb doors/front panels (23 mm thick) or end panels (28 mm thick), with ad-justable anti-warping rod fully integrated. Handle: VERTICAL positioning compulsory _ The hinged doors have specific VISIBLE hinges in AISI 304 stainless steel, with triple adjustment and closing magnet.

FINISHES: Lasermat - Silcover - Ecolak - Wood - Wood Selection - Metals - Polyester.

COLOURS: all range colours/species.

H I D E T A L L U N I T STECHNICAL FEATURES

Handles

Each front panel should have an handle, to be chosen from the range, with or without a price increase. _ VERTICAL POSITIONING COMPULSORY. _ The horizontally positioned handles cannot be used (e.g.: LT).

Internal handles

Internal drawer units for modules with hinged / side-recessing door: without handle, lateral grip.

Internal base and tall units, specific for modules with folding side-recessing door: without handle, push opening mechanism(tip-on). Door with handle available on request.

Each door of any Programma STANDARD base units or tall units inside Hide tall units must have an external handle, to be chosen from the Boffi range. ATTENTION !!! - push opening system TIP-ON. SINGLE PULL-OUT DOORS require the SERVO-DRIVE system, to be ordered separately.

Worktops

12 mm thick worktop (compatible with side-recessing door modules for hob /sink and/or multipurpose storage modules with folding side-recessing door) in matt satin stainless steel, with integrated short back-splash H 68 mm on 3 sides. The worktop can be equipped with electrical appliances (welded version only in matt satin stainless steel finish), accordingly to the cut-out dimensions indicated on the drawing. Modules for folding side-recessing door can also be equipped with standard worktops P 630 (12/20 mm thick) .

THICKNESS: 12 mm.LENGTH: 1032 - 1332 mm (side-recessing door) / 1200 - 1800 - 2400 (folding side-recessing door).DEPTH: 630 mm.HEIGHT (black-splashes included): 68 mm.

FINISHES: matt satin stainless steel.

Lighting

LED bar lamp with switch through a motion sensor. Supply polarized cable. Each lamp is supplied in the length relating to the module on which it is mounted.

ABSORPTION: 17 W per linear metre.TRANSFORMER: 24 V - 60 W.VOLTAGE: 100 ÷ 240 V - 50 ÷ 60 Hz (compatible with EUROPE / USA markets).COLOUR TEMPERATURE: 2700 K.

ATTENTION !!!

The use of electrical appliances inside compositions of Hide tall units is allowed ONLY with open doors.

ALL aluminium visible parts (vertical spacers of drawer units, front trims of shelves etc.) of HIDE collection are in ALUMINIUM, MATT BLACK PAINTED.

Page 127: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

12701/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

H I D E T A L L U N I T SNOTES TO DESIGNER

Modul dimensions and door typologies.

28

700758

23

2855

28531

610

596

L 600

2855 55

28790 2855 55

281090 2855 55

281390

2855

28681

28

700758

23 446 446

L 900

596 596

L 1200

760

746

L 750

503

734 1034

746 746

L 1500

1334

653

E

F

G

H

F + H

2855

28531

610

596

L 600

2855

28681

760

746

L 750

503 653

28

28

700758

23

28422 28 28572

474

460

460

446

L 450

624

610

610

596

L 600

28 28722

774 A

B

C

D

B+B

C+D

C+B

B+C

760

760

746

L 750

28

28

700758

23

28872

460

460

446 446

446

446 460

460

L 900

28 281172

610

610

596 596

596

596 610

610

L 1200

Hinged door

VISIBLE HINGES (SEE THE PIC-TURE) IN STAINLESS STEEL, 180° OPENING.

Each module must be completed using door and multipurpose side panels in order to be connected to another module or to end the composition.

The door has to be chosen considering the desired overlays and the overlays of the doors of the adjacent modules. In case of modules for double door please consider ALWAYS, for both door, the side without hinges (middle module) with partial overlay, as shown in these examples nearby.

Typologies:

A - total/total overlay (single door use only)

B - partial /partial overlay (single door use/double)

C - total/partial overlay (single door use/double)

D - partial/total overlay (single door use/double)

SIDE-RECESSING DOOR

Each module must be completed using door, the connecting kit and the multipur-pose side panels in order to be connected to another module or to end the composition. The side panel included in the module is necessary only as support for the recessing mechanism and not for ending the module.

The door has to be chosen considering the desired overlays and the overlays of the doors of the adjacent modules. In case of modules for double door please consider ALWAYS, for both door, the side without hinges (middle module) with partial overlay, as shown in these examples nearby.

Typologies:

E - Side-recessing overlay/total overlay, recessing side on the left (single door use only)

F - Side-recessing overlay/partial overlay, recessing side on the left (single/double door use)

G - Total overlay/side-recessing overlay, recessing side on the right (single door use only)

H - Partial overlay/side-recessing overlay, recessing side on the right (single/double door use)

Page 128: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

128 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

H I D E T A L L U N I T SNOTES TO DESIGNER

Modul dimensions and door typologies.PLEASE CHECK ALWAYS THE FEASIBILITY OF ANY CUSTOMISED (OR NOT INCLUDED ON THE PRICE LIST) MODULES OR INTERNAL EQUIPMENTS.

L 1200 L 1200

L 1800 L 1800

L 2400

L M

28 28110 1101200 1200

1338 1338

28 2828 28

1200

664 664 664 664

1200

N O

28 110 1101800 1800

1966 1966

28 2828

28

55/110 55/110

2828

28

733758

23

1800 1800

669 669 669 669 669 669

733758

23

P

28 110 2400

2676

2828110

28

2400

664 664 664 664

733758

23

FOLDING SIDE-RECESSING DOOR

Each module must be completed using door and multipurpose side panels in order to be connected to another module or to end the composition. The side panel included in the module is necessary only as support for the recessing mechanism and not for ending the module. The connecting kit (on side of recessing door) must be ordered separately for the L 1800 module only (folding side recessing door on one side and recessing on the other).

Typologies:

L - Single L 1200, folding side-recessing door overlay / no overlay (single door use/recessing side on the left).

M - Single L 1200 no overlay/folding side-recessing door overlay (single door use/recessing side on the right).

N - Kit L 1800 folding side-recessing doors overlay/side-recessing door overlay. The folding doors recess to the left and the single side-recessing door to the right. The use of these kits is compulsory.

O - Kit L 1800 side-recessing doors overlay/folding side-recessing door overlay. The single door recesses to the left and the folding doors to the right. The use of these kits is compulsory.

P - Kit L 2400 folding side-recessing doors overlay/folding side-recessing. The use of these kits is compulsory.

Page 129: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

12901/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

H I D E T A L L U N I T SNOTES TO DESIGNER

Dimensions of niche composition WITH END PANELS.

B

B1

A

AA1

100

100

A1 = A + 100 + 100 mm B1 = B + 20 mm (in case of folding side-recessing door B1 = B + 50 mm). The 100 mm. space is necessary for the correct tall units assembly. For different requests please contact Boffi.

209523052465

210923192479

212623362496

=

50 35

ø 25

=

GRIP Vertical, right or left Extruded aluminium, stainless steel finishing. • Compatible ONLY with single door H

2130 / 2340 / 2500 mm.

H I D E T A L L U N I T S HANDLES - With price increase

Please use the price increase cod. JZMK01 per each handle.

MATERIALSTANDARD POSITIONINGSERIES AND DIMENSIONS

Page 130: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

130 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

80 - 120

80 - 120

1000 - 1040

X

80 - 120

870 - 910

H I D E T A L L U N I T S TECHNICAL DETAILS HANDLE ALIGNEMENT Handle to be positioned VERTICALLY ONLY.

ALIGNEMENT WITH SINGLE DOORS

ALIGNEMENT OF SINGLE DOORS WITH DOUBLE DOORS (VERTICAL POSITIONING)

ALIGNEMENT OF SINGLE DOORS WITH DOUBLE DOORS (VERTICAL + HORIZONTAL POSITIONING)

HIDE tall units (HINGED DOOR - SIDE-RECESSING DOOR - FOLDING SIDE-RECESSING DOOR)

Programma STANDARD tall units

The height changes according to the handle chosen ( please see the GENERAL TECHNICAL INFORMATION part - HANDLES )

X =

Page 131: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

13101/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

L 1200

L 1800

L 2400

L 1200

L 1800

optional

optional optional

optional* *

H I D E T A L L U N I T S TECHNICAL DETAILS FOLDING SIDE-RECESSING DOOR - HANDLES POSITIONING Handle to be positioned VERTICALLY ONLY.Peremptory rules for handle positioning on modules with folding side-recessing door.* = please use a 100 mm filler on modules L 1800, when an optional handle on single side-recessing door is used.

Page 132: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

132 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

H I D E T A L L U N I T SSIDE-RECESSING DOOR - EQUIPPED WITH PROGRAMMA STANDARD BASE UNITS H 790 mm AND INTERNAL TALL UNITS H 1900 mm.

Design and cost information for modules equipped with Programma STANDARD base units or internal tall units.

900 / 1200

+

67

67

1090 / 1390

=900 / 1200

67

67

28

28

1090 / 1390

790

625

+1x2x

+

=

1090 / 1390 1090 / 1390

900 / 1200

67

67

28

28

1032 / 1332900 / 120067

67

Programma STANDARD BASE UNITS

The internal compartment of HOB / SINK bridge modules for double SIDE-RECESSING DOOR ONLY can be fitted with Programma STANDARD (H 790 mm - P 625 mm) base units, which are totally melamine-coated (20 mm. frontal panels included). Please consider the following criteria:

• PRICE of Programma STANDARD melamine-coated base unit = price of Decomat - 5%.

• Please complete the internal composition of base units with specific melamine-coated fillers cod. ACNJ001 and with worktop in matt satin stainless steel cod. UDBG01/2. The back panel in matt satin stainless steel cod. SIAJMA03/4 is optional. Alternatively is possible to use standard worktops P 630 mm, H 12/20 mm in finish, to be chosen on the price list.

• Optional elements: dishwasher door kit with base, under-mounted refrig-erator door kit with base and base for under-mounted wine cellar. To be completed with specific fillers cod. DBBC089.

• Please indicate the desired handle for doors with COMPULSORY EXTER-NAL HANDLE.

• Each base unit can be equipped with all internal accessories compatible with Programma STANDARD.

INTERNAL TALL UNITS

The internal compartment of STORAGE bridge modules for double SIDE-RECESSING DOOR ONLY can be fitted with internal tall units H 1900 mm, which are totally melamine-coated (20 mm. frontal panels included). Please consider the following criteria:

• Please complete the internal composition of tall units with specific mela-mine-coated fillers cod. ACNJ002.

• Please indicate the desired handle for doors with COMPULSORY EXTER-NAL HANDLE.

Page 133: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

13301/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

H I D E T A L L U N I T SFOLDING SIDE-RECESSING DOOR -INTERNAL EQUIPMENT.

Design and cost information for modules equipped.PLEASE CHECK ALWAYS THE FEASIBILITY OF ANY CUSTOMISED (OR NOT INCLUDED ON THE PRICE LIST) MODULES OR INTERNAL EQUIPMENTS.

=

+

==

=

+

N. x

1 x

=

+

INTERNAL EQUIPMENT

The CUSTOMISED bridge modules for FOLDING SIDE-RECESSING DOOR can be fitted with:

• Specific UPPER base units (melamine-coated or finished) matched with LOWER base units (melamine-coated). With push opening TIP-ON mecha-nism or, on request, with handle.

• The Programma STANDARD base units (H 790 - P 625) are melamine-coated (price = Decomat -5%) or finished. The handle is compulsory, to be chosen from the Boffi range. ATTENTION !!! - Doors with NO HANDLE can be supplied, upon request and free of charge, with the push opening system TIP-ON. SINGLE PULL-OUT DOORS require the SERVO-DRIVE system, to be ordered separately.

• Specific internal tall units, melamine-coated or finished. Push opening TIP-ON mechanism or, upon request, with handle.

• Worktops in matt satin stainless steel, with short back-splashes cod. UDBG03/04/05 or standard worktops P 630 - H 12/20 mm in all finishes included on the price list.

• Melamine-coated upper units with melamine-coated shelves H 130.• Melamine-coated or finished back panels, with melamine-coated shelves

H 58.• Back panels between top and shelves, melamine-coated or finished.

Example 1

Example 2

Example 3

Page 134: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

134 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Modular kitchen composed by base or tall units completed with a totally integrated-self-standing structure, equipped with folding door, which opens upwards electroni-cally, and with worktop and electrical appliances inside. It’s available WITHOUT HANDLE (with handle-rail and XILA spacers) or WITH HAN-DLE (Boffi range, Aprile handle excluded). The self-standing structure (working area concealed by folding door) is equipped with back panel, internal side panels, shelves, open-faced units and upper internal panel in different finishes. Each structure should be completed with a standard worktop P 630 mm and can be equipped with hood (WD35 or 607) and suspended compartment for oven too. The ON-OFF ST tall units with side-recessing door can be perfectly integrated with Programma STANDARD or XILA tall units and relative spacers.Each composition is completed with finished perimeter panels, 14 mm. thick.ATTENTION! The use of gas hobs is highly not recommended. Should gas hobs be installed, the Client must provide for a safety thermo-valve. Boffi will not be liable for problems arising during installation and test of this valve.

Carcass

It’s made of 19 mm thick wood particle board panels , waterproof (class V100), with low formaldehyde emission (class E1/CARB P2), treated with high performance melamine resin. Front and back edges in ABS, same colour.

BASE UNIT SIDE PANEL HEIGHT: 660 - 790 mm.BASE UNIT SIDE PANEL DEPTH : 600 mm (+ 145 mm, the rear spacer is included in the base unit).BASE UNIT DEPTH INCLUDING FRONT PANEL: 770 mm.BASE UNIT MODULE WIDTH : 600 mm.

TALL UNIT SIDE PANEL HEIGHT: 2000 - 2130 mm (H 2000 with external handle only).SIDE PANEL DEPTH OF TALL UNIT WITH SIDE RECESSING: 745 mm.DEPTH OF TALL UNIT WITH SIDE RECESSING DOOR INCLUDING FRONT PANEL: 770 mm.WIDTH OF TALL UNIT MODULE WITH SIDE RECESSING DOOR: 750 mm (it can be integrated with Programma STANDARD or XILA tall units, in all widths listed).

FINISHES: open-pore grey-graphite oak - Silk white.

Drawers

LEGRABOX system with sides and rear panel in metal, painted with epoxy dusts. Bottom in black melamine and front panel (of internal drawers) in melamine, same finish as carcass. Bottom is provided with non-toxic anti-slip mat.

FINISH: metal + melamine.

COLOURS: matt black.

Doors and front panels

Thickness: 23 mm, WITHOUT or WITH HANDLE.

FINISHES: Lasermat - Silcover - Ecolak - Wood - Wood Selection - Metals - Stain-less Steel.

COLOURS: all range colours/species.

Plinths - Handle-rails - Spacers

Extruded anodised aluminium profile. Handle-rails and spacers to be used for compositions WITHOUT HANDLE only.

PLINTH HEIGHT: 210 mm (for base units H 660 and tall units H 2000 mm) - 80 mm (for base units H 790 and tall units H 2130 mm).

FINISHES: Stainless steel - Matt white, matt black, bright white Lamicolor® 754 painted.

Handle

Each front panel, of composition WITH HANDLE, should have an handle to be chosen from the range, with or without price increase (Aprile handle excluded).ATTENTION !!! – Base unit doors with NO HANDLE can be supplied, upon request and free of charge, with the push opening system TIP-ON. SINGLE PULL-OUTDOORS

O N - O F F S TTECHNICAL FEATURES

require the SERVO-DRIVE system, to be ordered separately.

Self-standing structure and internal equipment

SELF-STANDING STRUCTURE WIDTH: 1800 mm (3 base units W. 600 mm) - 2400 mm (4 base units W.600 mm) - 3000 mm (5 base units W. 600 mm).

FINISHES OF BACK PANELS - INTERNAL LATERAL PANELS: Lasermat - Silcover - Ecolak - Wood - Wood Selection - Metals - Corian® - Stainless steel (it’s better to avoid Silcover, Ecolak, Wood and Wood Selection finishes when hob is used).

UPPER INTERNAL PANEL FINISHES: Lasermat - Silcover - Ecolak - Wood - Wood Selection - Metals - Stainless steel.

FINISHES OF BOX SECTION SHELVES - KIT OF CHIMNEY COVERINGS: Lasermat - Silcover - Ecolak - Wood - Wood Selection - Metals - Stainless steel.

FINISHES OF OPEN-FACED UNITS POSITIONED ON SHELF: Lasermat - Silcover - Ecolak - Wood - Wood Selection - Metals.

FINISHES OF SUSPENDED OVEN COMPARTMENT: stainless steel.

Worktops

Each self-standing structure should be completed with standard worktops P 630 mm, to be chosen among all finishes listed on price list.

THICKNESS: 12 - 20 mm.DEPTH: 630 mm.WIDTH: 1691 mm (3 base units W. 600 mm) - 2291 mm (4 base units W. 600 mm) - 2891 mm (5 base units W. 600 mm).

FINISHES: complete Boffi range (th. 12 or 20 mm only).

Without handle

With handle

Page 135: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

13501/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

2400 (L)

2291 (L1)

2294

1630

370 360

≥ 100 !!!

900

60061

53

265560

1,5

15 15

2430

28 25 14

1

531,5

12 / 20

53

1,5

L1 = L - 109 mm

2400 (L)

2294

2291

370 3601561

53

15

1,5

53

15

1,5

2430

≥ 100 !!!

265560

531,5

12 / 20

28 25 14

1

L1 = L - 109 mm

2291 (L1)

800 605

1405

800 605

1405

210

225421802050225421802050

80

O N - O F F S TTECHNICAL FEATURES

Dimensions.

Dimensions with folding doors open.

Internal dimensions of self-standing structure with folding door (example of a composition with 4 modules - L 2400 mm - with suspended oven).

Internal dimensions of self-standing structure with folding door (example of a composition with 4 modules - L 2400 mm).

Page 136: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

136 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

O N - O F F S TNOTES TO DESIGNER

Version WITHOUT HANDLE - Use of handle-rail and vertical spacers.

A1 A2

B1 B2

Vertical spacers cannot be used:

• between self-standing structure with folding door and finished end panel (see example A2 and B2).

• between tall unit with side-recessing door (on side where the door recesses) and finished end panel (see example B2).

Page 137: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

13701/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

O N - O F F S TNOTES TO DESIGNER

Version WITHOUT HANDLE- Use of vertical spacers when large refrigerators at the end of composition are used.Rules for niche compositions.

L 150150

≤ 600800

2254

150

2404

21080

2254

C1 C2

30

5523

5523

SDAJBQ26SDAVBQ26

Composition with lateral large refrigerators (Gaggenau Vario - Miele Master Cool - etc).

• Please refer ALWAYS to technical spec of electrical appliance to decide if you need to use the spacer cod. SDAJBQ26 / SDAVBQ26 (see example C2) for avoiding interferences with the finished side panel (see example C1).

Rules for niche compositions.

Page 138: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

138 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

O N - O F F S TNOTES TO DESIGNER

Technical connection diagram.

400

80

CONTROLBOX

UPS

C

A B

400

400

210

CONTROLBOX

UPS

C

C

A

A

B

B

180

Example of a composition with plinth H 80 mm.

Example of a composition with plinth H 210 mm.

Water discharge unit.

400 mm.

Cold water feeder.

450 mm.

Warm water feeder.

150 ÷ 200 mm.

Walled box with electrical socket 16 A.

Walled box to supply the electrical board (Control Box) fitted with the kitchen: set the outlet cable (min. 4 boards) with single terminals to protect the 32 A (Europe) / 64 A (USA) network.

ATTENTION !!! – The sizes are indicative and can change according to sink, siphons used or possible obstacles related to the place where the kitchen is installed.

CONTROL BOX: control board for all electrical functions of the self-standing structure.

UPS: uninterruptible power supply - for folding door opening/closing in case of absence of power supply.

Page 139: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

13901/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Kitchen composed by cooking and washing unit in stainless steel (fixed size: 2400), which can be completed with a table.

Cooking and washing unit: made of stainless steel, with supporting structure in tubular and stainless steel sheet, with transparent wired glass shelf.

Table: structure made of tubular stainless steel with lower shelves in transparent wired glass and top in solid wood.

ATTENTION!: only the items indicated as OUTDOOR are suitable for external use (intended to be sheltered from the weather).

O P E NTECHNICAL FEATURES Kitchen composed by cooking and washing unit in stainless steel.

Examples of straight table positioning.

Examples of perpendicular table positioning.

Page 140: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

140 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

O P E N OUTDOOR = Elements suitable for outdoor (intended to be sheltered from the weather) or indoor use. Stainless steel parts in AISI 316. ATTENTION! : Boffi is not liable for any installation of electrical appliances outdoor. Please refer always to information and technical specifications of the manufacturer. All hobs Design Boffi ARE NOT suitable for external use.

Cooking and washing unit. • Made of matt satin stainless steel, 510 x 510 x 200 mm welded sink, removable chopping board in solid Iroko wood, 2 LEGRABOX drawers with “tip-on“ push-opening.

• Please order separately the hob (if WELDED only matt satin stainless steel, R or APRILE series - indoor use only), conforming to the cut-out indications on draw-ing (i.e. traces).

• Please add the hob cut-out cod. ZNAB01 (for top-mounted or semi-flush-mount-ed built-in hob) or cod. ZNAB02 (for flush-mounted built-in hob), any automatic strainer waste cod. ALER01*-ALES01*, tap cut-outs cod. ZNAB07 (this cut-out can be used for any automatic strainer waste and frontal hob knobs too), the syphon kit cod. ALEN001-ALEN002.

• ATTENTION !!!: all hobs Design Boffi ARE NOT suitable for external use.• Drawn=right (D), mirrored=left (S).

755

3442400

1100

130

600

700

L P H

OUTDOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2400 755 930 UOBH01

Supporting structure for cooking and washing unit. • Structure made of tubes and matt satin stainless steel profiles with transparent wired glass shelf, under-sink compartment with sides in stainless steel sheet.

• The under-sink compartment can be fitted with the trolley cod. GVCG01, to be ordered separately.

• In case of adjacent dishwasher, please use the specific structure with cut-out for dishwasher drain hoses.

• Drawn=right (D), mirrored=left (S).

755

586

2400

1700

700

110

L P H

A - Wall-mounted composition - OUTDOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2400 755 586 UOBJ01B - Wall-mounted composition, arranged for dishwasher use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2400 755 586 UOBJ02C - Island composition- OUTDOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2400 755 586 UOBJ03D - Island composition, arranged for dishwasher use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2400 755 586 UOBJ04

A B DC

Page 141: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

14101/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

O P E N OUTDOOR = Elements suitable for outdoor (intended to be sheltered from the weather) or indoor use. Stainless steel parts in AISI 316. ATTENTION! : Boffi is not liable for any installation of electrical appliances outdoor. Please refer always to information and technical specifications of the manufacturer. All hobs Design Boffi ARE NOT suitable for external use.

Worktop in solid wood. • Finishes: Iroko (OUTDOOR) - ”Olivato” ash wood - Canaletto LIGHT walnut “sawn-effect“.

• L max 2400 mm.• Price per linear metre.• In outdoor compositions the table should be slightly spaced from the cooking and

washing unit, to allow the protective cover use (recommended).

755 / 1100

max 2400

L P H

P 755 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 755 60 UOBK01P 1100 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 1100 60 UOBK02

Structure for worktop. • Made of tubes and matt satin stainless steel profiles with 2 transparent wired glass shelves.

• L min 900 mm / max 1800 mm. On the order please specify the desired measure-ment.

• Unit price.

min 900 / max 1800

L P H

L = min 900 / max 1200 mm - OUTDOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 755 870 UOBL01L = min 1201 / max 1500 mm - OUTDOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 755 870 UOBL02L = min 1501 / max 1800 mm - OUTDOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 755 870 UOBL03

Page 142: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

142 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Under-sink trolley. • Structure made of tubular matt satin stainless steel, composed by 3 upper and 7 lower compartments in solid Iroko wood, 4 castor wheels (2 with brakes).

• It can be placed inside the under-sink compartment.500500

555

L P H

OUTDOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 500 555 GVCI01

Compartment + door for dishwasher. • In stainless steel.• GRIP handle in stainless steel.• Cut-out on side panel for connections.• Drawn=left (S), mirrored=right (D).

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644 753 870 ABFW001

O P E N OUTDOOR = Elements suitable for outdoor (intended to be sheltered from the weather) or indoor use. Stainless steel parts in AISI 316. ATTENTION! : Boffi is not liable for any installation of electrical appliances outdoor. Please refer always to information and technical specifications of the manufacturer. All hobs Design Boffi ARE NOT suitable for external use.

Protective outdoor cover. • Made of marine technical textile.• It’s recommended to cover and protect the cooking/washing unit or the table,

when used outdoor. If cooking/washing unit and table are used together please leave a small distance between the two elements to allow the proper fit of the 2 protective covers.

• Version for cooking and washing unit: with specific integrated cover for tap.• Version for table: on the order please specify the table measurement.• Unit price.• Drawn=right (D), mirrored=left (S).

L P H

For cooking and washing unit - OUTDOOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2400 755 930 AVNK001For table - OUTDOOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - 930 AVNK002

Page 143: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

14301/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

M A D I A Equipped unit with double hinged door. CUSTOMISATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE. The ”old” solid pinewood can be, over time, altered (cracks and possible retractions of the same slats due to temperature and humidity change), result of possible wood natural change caused by time. The above mentioned characteristics shall not be considered cause of complaint.

MADIA • Frontal and external panels in solid grey ”old” pinewood.• Carcass: melamine-coated, grey-graphite oak.• Internal lighting: LED bar - Absorbtion: 36 W - Voltage: 100÷240 V / 50÷60 Hz -

Colour temperature: 2700 K.• Internal covering of back panel: mirrored glass.• Shelves L 1800 mm: extralight glass. Flexible or removable ONLY during the as-

sembly.• Internal drawers: Legrabox with front panels in burnished metal (useful sizes: P

473 / L 816 mm), compatible with internal accessories for units P 625 / L 900 mm.• Basement, internal frame and drawer front panels in tubular and/or metal sheet,

painted with epoxy dusts, bronzed coloured.• Door lock in burnished metal.• Adjustable hinges design Boffi in burnished metal. 180° opening.• Integrated device for automatic on/off switch of the lamp.• Island version: P 705 mm (please order separately the rear panels set).

1903

1635

1800

100

3780

68520

OPTIONALOPTIONAL

L P H

Wall version. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1903 685 1800 FGEMD19NSet of rear panels, for island version.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1903 20 1800 SMAYDM01

Page 144: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

144 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

M I N I K I T C H E N TECHNICAL DETAILS

12

3

5

14

9

1

4

2

8

11

62

1071+535

max 2096 max 1150

650

107

979

810

7

10

6

13

+490 +500

• 1. Structure on castor wheels • 2. Pull-out top • 3. Tray on cooking plate • 4. Chopping board in Iroko wood (Teak until the stock lasts) • 5. Sliding flap • 6. Pot-holder wih sliding door in painted aluminium • 7. Sliding flap with main switch + sockets for small electrical appliances • 8. Handle • 9. Storage pull-out drawer• 10. Cutlery drawers• 11. Refrigerator, 60 litres• 12. Electrical cooking plate (to be chosen among the recommended models)• 13. Unit with door and shelf• 14. Open-faced unit for bottles

Page 145: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

14501/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

M I N I K I T C H E N O U T D O O R The Minikitchen is a re-edition of Joe Colombo’s celebrated 1963 design, proposed now with materials SUITABLE FOR OUTDOOR USE in a sheltered environ-ment. Boffi is not liable for any material deterioration if the product is not installed following the indicated instructions.

1

2

3

5

8

7

4

6

810

96

906

66

972

6022

445

1049

84.7 480.6 84.7130

320

230

400 520

1050

972

650

1090

40

220

256

9.3

216

.796

561

906

6611

9

10

• 1. Structure on castor wheels • 2. Tray on cooking plate • 3. Chopping board in Iroko wood (Teak until the stock lasts) • 4. Electrical cooking plate (to be chosen among the recommended models) • 5. Handle • 6. Open-faced unit • 7. Storage pull-out drawer • 8. Refrigerator 60 litres • 9. Compartment with door + 1 internal drawer• 10. Pull-out drawer• 11. Sliding flap for sockets and main switch

Page 146: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

146 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

LAMINATE

LASERMAT

VENEER WOOD

SOLID WOOD

SOLID WOOD STAVES

GLASS

POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL / MATT

40-60 mm.

cdba

40-60 mm.

cdba

Laminate, wooden edge

Laminate with aluminium profile

a HPL laminate, th. 0,9 mm.b Back-overlaying laminate.c Wood edge, th. 1 mm.d Panel made of wood particle boards, low formalde-

hyde emission (class E1), waterproof (class V100).

ATTENTION ! - Edge not feasible in Wood Selection.

a HPL laminate, th. 0,9 mm.b Back-overlaying laminate.c Edge in naturally anodised aluminium profile.d Panel made of wood particle boards, low formalde-

hyde emission (class E1), waterproof (class V100).

bca a

40-60 mm

bca a

12-20-40 mm

Lasermat with laser welded edge

Lasermat with profile in aluminium, stain-less steel finish

a 0,9 mm thick Lasermat nanotechnological material layer.

b Edge in polypropylene, welded with Laser technique.c Panel made of wood particle boards, low formalde-

hyde emission (class E1), waterproof (class V100).

a 0,9 mm thick Lasermat nanotechnological material layer.

b Edge in anodised aluminium profile, stainless steel finish.

c Panel made of wood particle boards, low formalde-hyde emission (class E1), waterproof (class V100).

a

b

c

12 mm

Extralight glass, frosted and painted

a Tempered glass, th. 12 mm.b Painted bottom.c Frosted surface.

Grinded corners.Satin edges.

20-40-60 mm.

c b da e

a 0,6+0,6 mm. double-layer wood veneer.b 0,6+0,6 mm. double wood veneer plating.c Wood edge, th. 1 mm.d Panel made of wood particle boards, low formalde-

hyde emission (class E1), waterproof (class V100).e Finished with natural polyurethane or acrylic base

paints, either as a primer or as final finish layer.

40-60 mm

110-190 mm

a

a

b

b

c

c

a Solid wood layers with staves effect, th. 5 mm.b Finished with matt transparent water-based paints,

either as a primer or as final finish layer.c Structure made of panels in poplar multi-layer wood.

ATTENTION ! - Tone matching is not guaranteed for adjacent veneered parts in the same specie.

a Solid wood layers, th. 5 mm.b Finished with matt transparent water-based paints,

either as a primer or as final finish layer.c Structure made of panels in poplar multi-layer wood.

ATTENTION ! - Tone matching is not guaranteed for adjacent veneered parts in the same specie.

cba

cba

110-190 mm

40-60 mmWith rounded edges

a AISI 304 stainless steel sheet, th. 1 mm.b Polished / matt finish.c Structure made of compounded aluminium.

a b c

12 mm.

2 x 45°

Square-edged

a Box section AISI 304 stainless steel, th. 1 mm.b Polished / matt finish.c Panel made of wood particle boards, low formalde-

hyde emission (class E1), waterproof (class V100).d Structure made of compounded aluminium.e Wood framework (only on 60-110-190 mm thick

worktops).

40 mm

a b c

c

60-110-190 mm

a b e

20 mm

a b cd

W o r k t o p s TECHNICAL FEATURES

IMPORTANT ! - In case of kitchen orders without worktops (supplied by the customer), please add always a price increase in terms of fixed amount per linear metre.

Page 147: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

14701/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

40-60-80 mm.

acb

ab c

20 mm.

C.R.S. SCOTCH BRITE STAINLESS STEEL

CORIAN®

STONE / MARBLE / GRANITE COMPOSITE

With rounded edges

a AISI 304 stainless steel sheet, th. 1 mm.b C.R.S. Scotch Brite finish.c Structure made of compounded aluminium.

a b c

12 mm.

2 x 45°

Square-edged

a AISI 304 stainless steel sheet, th. 1 mm.b C.R.S. Scotch Brite finish.c Structure made of compounded aluminium. d Slat in solid wood.e White melamine-coated panel made of wood parti-

cle boards, low formaldehyde emission (class E1), waterproof (class V100).

a b c d

e

110-190 mm.

a b c

20 mm.

a b c d

40-60 mm.

a White Corian®, th. 12 mm.

a12 mm.

a White Corian® , th. 6 mm.b White Corian®, th. 12 mm.c Structure made of compounded aluminium.

ab c e d

40-60110-190 mm.

a White Corian® , th. 6 mm.b White Corian®, min. th. 12 mm.c Structure made of compounded aluminium.d Slat made of wood particle boards, low formaldehyde

emission (class E1), waterproof (class V100).e White melamine-coated panel made of wood parti-

cle boards, low formaldehyde emission (class E1), waterproof (class V100).

Marble - Stone - Granite.

20 mm.

40-60-80110-190 mm.

40-60-80110-190 mm.

ab

acb

acb

a Marble, stone, granite.b Matt smooth, with waterproof and dirt-repellent treat-

ment.c Structure in thermosetting polymer polyurethane foam

(light, stable over time, waterproof and resistant to thermal shock). For thicknesses 110-190 mm a lower wooden frame on the perimeter is being provided.

Wall-mounted or island worktop, with basin effect. Upon request, without extra charge.

Silestone® - Dekton®

a Composite Silestone®, composite Dekton®.b Matt smooth, with waterproof and dirt-repellent treat-

ment.c Structure in thermosetting polymer polyurethane foam

(light, stable over time, waterproof and resistant to thermal shock). For thicknesses 110-190 mm a lower wooden frame on the perimeter is being provided.

W o r k t o p s TECHNICAL FEATURES

IMPORTANT ! - In case of kitchen orders without worktops (supplied by the customer), please add always a price increase in terms of fixed amount per linear metre.

DURINOX®

a Durinox® sheet, th. 1 mm.b Micro-sandblasted finish.c Panel made of wood particle boards, low formalde-

hyde emission (class E1), waterproof (class V100).

r=1 c

12-20-40 mm

a b

20 mm.

40-60-80110-190 mm.

40-60-80110-190 mm.

ab

acb

acb

Page 148: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

148 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Sink 340x400 mm. • Single sink H 200 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 450 mm.

340

400

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 400 200 LETBAA01

W o r k t o p s POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL - Welded sinks, QUADRO series Compatible ONLY with worktops in polished stainless steel, min. 630 mm deep. The price includes the welding on worktop. Square-edged sink - Bottom with draining folds and a 9 mm radius on lower corners. Please order separately tap holes, waste-drain/siphon kit or automatic strainer waste kit if necessary (Taps chapter).

Sink 400x400 mm. • Single sink H 200 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 450 mm.

400

400

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 400 200 LETBAA02

Sink 500x400 mm. • Single sink H 200 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 600 mm.

500

400

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 400 200 LETBAA03

Sink 760x400 mm. • Single sink H 200 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 900 mm.

760

400

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 760 400 200 LETBAG01

Page 149: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

14901/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Sink 340x400 mm. • Single sink H 195 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 450 mm.

340

400

r= 15

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 400 195 LETDAA01

W o r k t o p s POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL - Welded sinks, R series Compatible ONLY with worktops in polished stainless steel, min. 630 mm deep. The price includes the welding on worktop. Rounded-edges sink, radius of 15 mm - Smooth bottom. Please order separately tap holes, waste-drain/siphon kit or automatic strainer waste kit if necessary (Taps chapter).

Sink 400x400 mm. • Single sink H 195 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 450 mm.

400

400

r= 15

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 400 195 LETDAA02

Sink 450X400 mm. • Single sink H 195 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 600 mm.

450

400

r= 15

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450 400 195 LETDAA03

Sink 710x400 mm. • Single sink H 195 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 900 mm.

710

400

r= 15

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710 400 195 LETDAG01

Page 150: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

150 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Sink 820x400 mm. • Double sink (400x400 + 340x400) H 195 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 900 mm.• Drawn=left (S), mirrored=right (D).

340400820

80

400

r= 15 r= 15

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 820 400 195 LETDAF01

W o r k t o p s POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL - Welded sinks, R series Compatible ONLY with worktops in polished stainless steel, min. 630 mm deep. The price includes the welding on worktop. Rounded-edges sink, radius of 15 mm - Smooth bottom. Please order separately tap holes, waste-drain/siphon kit or automatic strainer waste kit if necessary (Taps chapter).

Sink 980x400 mm. • Double sink (450x400 + 450x400) H 195 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 1200 mm.• Drawn=left (S), mirrored=right (D).

450450980

80

400

r= 15 r= 15

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 980 400 195 LETDAC01

Page 151: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

15101/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Sink 340x400 mm. • Single sink H 200 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 450 mm.

340

400

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 400 200 LETCAA01

W o r k t o p s MATT SATIN STAINLESS STEEL - Welded sinks, QUADRO series Compatible ONLY with worktops in matt satin stainless steel, min. 630 mm deep. The price includes the welding on worktop. Square-edged sink - Bottom with draining folds and a 9 mm radius on lower corners. Please order separately tap holes, waste-drain/siphon kit or automatic strainer waste kit if necessary (Taps chapter).

Sink 400x400 mm. • Single sink H 200 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 450 mm.

400

400

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 400 200 LETCAA02

Sink 500x400 mm. • Single sink H 200 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 600 mm.

500

400

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 400 200 LETCAA03

Sink 760x400 mm. • Single sink H 200 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 900 mm.

760

400

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 760 400 200 LETCAG01

Page 152: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

152 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Hob - 4 burners (art. 930715264 DB). • Burners power: (1) 3000 W - (2-4) 1750 W - (3) 1100 W.

1 2

3 4

460

460

65

125L P H

Control knobs on top. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585 460 65 VFRACI03Frontal control knobs.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460 460 65 VFRBLI03

Hob - 5 burners (art. 930715268 DB). • Burners power: (1) 3800 W triple rim - (2) 3000 W - (3) 1100 W - (4-5) 1750 W.

2 4

31 5

760

460

65

125L P H

Control knobs on top. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 885 460 65 VFRACI04Frontal control knobs.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 760 460 65 VFRBLI04

Hob - 4 burners (art. 930715256 DB). • Burners power: (1) 3000 W - (2) 1750 W + (3) 3800 W triple rim - (4) 1100 W.• Additional frontal grids.

1 2 3 4

701021

419

125

L P H

Control knobs on top. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1146 419 70 VFRBHI03

W o r k t o p s POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL - Welded hobs, R series Compatible ONLY with worktops in polished stainless steel, min. 630 mm deep. Default settings for METHANE GAS. Optional nozzles kit for LPG gas (LIQUID GAS) is included. Please check always with Boffi the options for other gas typologies. The price includes the welding on worktop. QUADRO series knobs in satin chromium-plated. Grids in enamelled cast-iron, safety valves, electronic ignition. Versions with frontal knobs are compatible ONLY with 110 and 190 mm thick worktops.

Page 153: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

15301/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Sink 760x400 mm. • Double sink (340x400 + 340x400) H 200 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 900 mm.

340

400

340 80760

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 760 400 200 LETCAC01

W o r k t o p s MATT SATIN STAINLESS STEEL - Welded sinks, QUADRO series Compatible ONLY with worktops in matt satin stainless steel, min. 630 mm deep. The price includes the welding on worktop. Square-edged sink - Bottom with draining folds and a 9 mm radius on lower corners. Please order separately tap holes, waste-drain/siphon kit or automatic strainer waste kit if necessary (Taps chapter).

Sink 820x400 mm. • Double sink (400x400 + 340x400) H 200 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 900 mm.• Drawn=left (S), mirrored=right (D).

340

400

400 80820

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 820 400 200 LETCAF01

Sink 920x400 mm. • Double sink (500x400 + 340x400) H 200 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 1050 mm.• Drawn=left (S), mirrored=right (D).

340

400

500 80920

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 920 400 200 LETCAF02

Welded dustbin for worktop. • Ø external 275 mm.• Plastic bucket, 13 l.-capacity with lid in stainless steel.

Ø 275

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 275 - LEBJAN03

Page 154: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

154 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Sink 760x400 mm. • Double sink (340x400 + 340x400) H 200 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 900 mm.

340

400

340 80760

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 760 400 200 LETBAC01

W o r k t o p s POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL - Welded sinks, QUADRO series Compatible ONLY with worktops in polished stainless steel, min. 630 mm deep. The price includes the welding on worktop. Square-edged sink - Bottom with draining folds and a 9 mm radius on lower corners. Please order separately tap holes, waste-drain/siphon kit or automatic strainer waste kit if necessary (Taps chapter).

Sink 820x400 mm. • Double sink (400x400 + 340x400) H 200 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 900 mm.• Drawn=left (S), mirrored=right (D).

340

400

400 80820

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 820 400 200 LETBAF01

Sink 920x400 mm. • Double sink (500x400 + 340x400) H 200 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 1050 mm.• Drawn=left (S), mirrored=right (D).

340

400

500 80920

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 920 400 200 LETBAF02

Welded dustbin for worktop. • Ø external 275 mm.• Plastic bucket, 13 l.-capacity with lid in stainless steel.

Ø 275

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 275 - LEBJAN02

Page 155: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

15501/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Hob - 4 burners (art. 930715264 DB). • Burners power: (1) 3000 W - (2-4) 1750 W - (3) 1100 W.

1 2

3 4

460

460

65

125L P H

Control knobs on top. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585 460 65 VFRACS03Frontal control knobs.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460 460 65 VFRBLS03

Hob - 5 burners (art. 930715268 DB). • Burners power: (1) 3800 W triple rim - (2) 3000 W - (3) 1100 W - (4-5) 1750 W.

2 4

31 5

760

460

65

125L P H

Control knobs on top. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 885 460 65 VFRACS04Frontal control knobs.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 760 460 65 VFRBLS04

Hob - 4 burners (art. 930715256 DB). • Burners power: (1) 3000 W - (2) 1750 W + (3) 3800 W triple rim - (4) 1100 W.• Additional frontal grids.

1 2 3 4

701021

419

125

L P H

Control knobs on top. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1146 419 70 VFRBHS03

W o r k t o p s MATT SATIN STAINLESS STEEL - Welded hobs, R series Compatible ONLY with worktops in matt satin stainless steel, min. 630 mm deep. Default settings for METHANE GAS. Optional nozzles kit for LPG gas (LIQUID GAS) is included. Please check always with Boffi the options for other gas typologies. The price includes the welding on worktop. Knobs: C.R.S. stainless steel series. Grids in enamelled cast-iron, safety valves, electronic ignition. Versions with frontal knobs are compatible ONLY with 110 and 190 mm thick worktops.

Page 156: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

156 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Hob - 4 burners. • Burners power: 1 x 3000 W rapid - 1 x 1000 W auxiliary - 2 x 1750 W semirapid.

470 125

524

40 4080

L P H

Control knobs on top. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595 524 80 VAFACI06Frontal control knobs.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470 524 80 VAFBLI03

Hob - 5 burners. • Burners power: 1 x 300/4200 W indipendent triple rim - 1 x 3000 W rapid - 1 x 1000 W auxiliary - 2 x 1750 W semirapid.

753 125

524

40 4080

L P H

Control knobs on top. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 878 524 80 VAFACI07Frontal control knobs.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753 524 80 VAFBLI04

W o r k t o p s MATT SATIN STAINLESS STEEL - Welded hobs, APRILE series Compatible ONLY with worktops in matt satin stainless steel, min. 630 mm deep. Default settings for METHANE GAS. Optional nozzles kit for LPG gas (LIQUID GAS) is included. Please check always with Boffi the options for other gas typologies. The price includes the welding on worktop. Knobs: C.R.S. stainless steel series. Grids in enamelled cast-iron, safety valves, electronic ignition, voltage 220 V - 50 Hz. Versions with frontal knobs are compatible ONLY with 110 and 190 mm thick worktops. For installation on Aprile worktops please see the Aprile chapter.

Page 157: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

15701/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

W o r k t o p s MATT SATIN STAINLESS STEEL - Welded insets (sink+hob) Compatible ONLY with worktops in matt satin stainless steel min. 60 mm thick and min. 630 mm deep. The price includes the sink, the hob and the relative welding process on top. Customisations are not available: positioning of sink, hob and control knobs cannot be changed. Hob knobs: C.R.S stainless steel series. Please order separately the worktop, tap holes, waste-drain/siphon kit or automatic strainer waste kit if necessary (Taps chapter). Compatible with countertop-mounted accessories for Aprile inset. Default settings for METHANE GAS. Optional nozzles kit for LPG gas (LIQUID GAS) is included. Please check always with Boffi the options for other gas typologies.

Welded inset including sink and 4 gas burners. • L 1747 mm.• Height difference with worktop surface = - 40 mm.• Sink 500 x 400 x 200 mm cod. LETCAA03.• Hob cod. VAFACI06.

1622

1747

125 40 4080

40 200240

524

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1747 524 240 UBA401

Welded inset including sink and 5 gas burners. • L 2347 mm.• Height difference with worktop surface = - 40 mm.• Sink 760 x 400 x 200 mm cod. LETCAG01.• Hob cod. VAFACI07.

2222

2347

125 40 4080

40 200240

524

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2347 524 240 UBA402

Page 158: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

158 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Sink 400x400 mm. • Single sink H 200 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 450 mm.

400

400

r = 60

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 400 200 LESIAA10

Sink 850x400 mm. • Double sink (400x400 + 400x400) H 200 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 900 mm.

400 50 400850

400

r = 60 r = 60

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 850 400 200 LESIAC02

W o r k t o p s C.R.S. SCOTCH BRITE STAINLESS STEEL - Welded sinks, C.R.S. series Compatible ONLY with worktops in C.R.S. Scotch Brite stainless steel, min. 630 mm deep. The price includes the welding on worktop. Please order separately tap holes, waste-drain/siphon kit or automatic strainer waste kit if necessary (Taps chapter).

Sink 342x410 mm. • Single sink H 165 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 450 mm.

342

410

r = 75

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 410 165 LESIAA11

Sink 500x400 mm. • Single sink H 200 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 600 mm.• Drawn=right (D), mirrored=left (S).

500

400

r = 100

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 400 200 LESIAA12

Page 159: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

15901/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Sink 800x510 mm. • Single sink H 190 mm.• Draining lines on bottom.• Under-sink base unit min. L 900 mm.• Drawn=left (S), mirrored=right (D).

800

510

r = 10

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 510 190 LESIAG01

Welded dustbin for worktop. • Ø external 275 mm.• Plastic bucket, 13 l.-capacity with lid in stainless steel.

Ø 275

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 275 - LESIAN01

Sink 1050x400 mm. • Double sink (500x400 + 500x400) H 200 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 1200 mm.

1050

50500

400

r = 100

500

r = 100

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1050 400 200 LESIAC03

W o r k t o p s C.R.S. SCOTCH BRITE STAINLESS STEEL - Welded sinks, C.R.S. series Compatible ONLY with worktops in C.R.S. Scotch Brite stainless steel, min. 630 mm deep. The price includes the welding on worktop. Please order separately tap holes, waste-drain/siphon kit or automatic strainer waste kit if necessary (Taps chapter).

Page 160: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

160 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Sink 270x400 mm. • Single sink H 190 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 450 mm.

270

400

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 400 190 LESPAA01

W o r k t o p s C.R.S. SCOTCH BRITE STAINLESS STEEL - Welded sinks, C.R.S. series Compatible ONLY with worktops in C.R.S. Scotch Brite stainless steel, min. 630 mm deep. The price includes the welding on worktop. Please order separately tap holes, waste-drain/siphon kit or automatic strainer waste kit if necessary (Taps chapter). In the sinks with sharp corners a small retention of water could remain on the bottom. It could be wiped with a sponge. The above shall not be con-sidered cause of complaint or disputes. How to position sinks on worktops: 1) min. distance between bowl and front worktop trim: 60 mm. 2) min. distance between bowl and side worktop trim: 50 mm. 3) min. distance between 2 bowls: 50 mm. 4) min. distance between bowl and back worktop trim with 20 mm back-splash: 80 mm.

Sink 400x400 mm. • Single sink H 190 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 600 mm.

400

400

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 400 190 LESPAA02

Sink 770x400 mm. • Double sink (400x400 + 270x400) H 190 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 900 mm.

400770

400

100 270

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 770 400 190 LESPAF01

Sink 770x400 mm. • Single sink (400x400) H 190 mm + countertop waste chute Ø 275 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 900 mm.

400770

400

205 165

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 770 400 190 LESPAM01

Page 161: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

16101/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Sink 900x400 mm. • Double sink (400x400 + 400x400) H 190 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 1050 mm.

900

400

400 100 400

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 400 190 LESPAC01

W o r k t o p s C.R.S. SCOTCH BRITE STAINLESS STEEL - Welded sinks, C.R.S. series Compatible ONLY with worktops in C.R.S. Scotch Brite stainless steel, min. 630 mm deep. The price includes the welding on worktop. Please order separately tap holes, waste-drain/siphon kit or automatic strainer waste kit if necessary (Taps chapter). In the sinks with sharp corners a small retention of water could remain on the bottom. It could be wiped with a sponge. The above shall not be con-sidered cause of complaint or disputes. How to position sinks on worktops: 1) min. distance between bowl and front worktop trim: 60 mm. 2) min. distance between bowl and side worktop trim: 50 mm. 3) min. distance between 2 bowls: 50 mm. 4) min. distance between bowl and back worktop trim with 20 mm back-splash: 80 mm.

Sink 810x400 mm. • Single sink H 200 mm.• For rear tap positioning, under-sink base unit min. L 900 mm.• For lateral tap positioning, under-sink base unit min. L 1200 mm.

810L= 900

400

810L= 1050

400

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 810 400 200 LESPAG02

Page 162: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

162 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Sink 270x510 mm. • Single sink H 190 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 450 mm.

270

510

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 510 190 LESPAA13

W o r k t o p s C.R.S. SCOTCH BRITE STAINLESS STEEL - Welded sinks, C.R.S. series Compatible ONLY with worktops in C.R.S. Scotch Brite stainless steel, min. 700 mm deep. The price includes the welding on worktop. Please order separately tap holes, waste-drain/siphon kit or automatic strainer waste kit if necessary (Taps chapter). In the sinks with sharp corners a small retention of water could remain on the bottom. It could be wiped with a sponge. The above shall not be con-sidered cause of complaint or disputes. How to position sinks on worktops: 1) min. distance between bowl and front worktop trim: 60 mm. 2) min. distance between bowl and side worktop trim: 50 mm. 3) min. distance between 2 bowls: 50 mm. 4) min. distance between bowl and back worktop trim with 20 mm back-splash: 80 mm.

Sink 510x510 mm. • Single sink H 190 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 600 mm.

510

510

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510 510 190 LESPAA14

Sink 880x510 mm. • Double sink (510x510 + 270x510) H 190 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 1050 mm.

510 100 270880

510

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 880 510 190 LESPAF05

Sink 1120x510 mm. • Double sink (510x510 + 510x510) H 190 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 1200 mm.

510 5101120

510

100

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1120 510 190 LESPAC04

Page 163: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

16301/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Sink 940x510 mm. • Single sink (510x510) H 190 mm + countertop waste chute Ø 275 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 900 mm.

510 215215940

510

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 940 510 190 LESPAM03

W o r k t o p s C.R.S. SCOTCH BRITE STAINLESS STEEL - Welded sinks, C.R.S. series Compatible ONLY with worktops in C.R.S. Scotch Brite stainless steel, min. 700 mm deep. The price includes the welding on worktop. Please order separately tap holes, waste-drain/siphon kit or automatic strainer waste kit if necessary (Taps chapter). In the sinks with sharp corners a small retention of water could remain on the bottom. It could be wiped with a sponge. The above shall not be con-sidered cause of complaint or disputes. How to position sinks on worktops: 1) min. distance between bowl and front worktop trim: 60 mm. 2) min. distance between bowl and side worktop trim: 50 mm. 3) min. distance between 2 bowls: 50 mm. 4) min. distance between bowl and back worktop trim with 20 mm back-splash: 80 mm.

Sink 810x510 mm. • Single sink H 190 mm.• For lateral tap positioning, under-sink base unit min. L 1050 mm.

810940

510

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 810 510 190 LESPAG03

Page 164: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

164 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Hob - 4 burners. • Burners power: (1) 1000 W - (2-4) 1650 W - (3) 3000 W.

1

2

3

4

75540

510

125

L P H

Control knobs on top - (art. BB40/CS DB).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 510 75 VAIACI04Frontal control knobs - (art. BB40 DB). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540 510 75 VAIBLI04

Hob - 5 burners. • Burners power: (1) 1000 W - (2-5) 1650 W - (3) 3250 W triple rim - (4) 3000 W.

1

2

4

5

3

75810

510

125

L P H

Control knobs on top - (art. BB40TC/CS DB). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 935 510 75 VAIACI05Frontal control knobs - (art. BB40TC DB). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 810 510 75 VAIBLI05

Hob - 6 burners. • Burners power: (1-2) 3250 W triple rim - (3) 3000 W - (4-6) 1650 W - (5) 1000 W.

3

4

5

6

1 2

751080

510

125

L P H

Control knobs on top - (art. BB402TC/CS DB). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1205 510 75 VAIACI06Frontal control knobs - (art. BB402TC DB). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080 510 75 VAIBLI06

Hob - 4 burners. • Burners power: (1-3) 1650 W - (2-4) 3000 W.

1 2 3 4

841020

375

125

L P H

Control knobs on top - (art. BB40118/CS DB).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1145 375 84 VAIBHI01

W o r k t o p s C.R.S. SCOTCH BRITE STAINLESS STEEL - Welded hobs, C.R.S. series Compatible ONLY with worktops in C.R.S. Scotch Brite stainless steel, min. 630 mm deep. Default settings for METHANE GAS. Optional nozzles kit for LPG gas (LIQUID GAS) is included. Please check always with Boffi the options for other gas typologies. The price includes the welding on worktop. Knobs: C.R.S. stainless steel series. Grids in enamelled cast-iron, safety valves, electronic ignition. Versions with frontal knobs are compatible ONLY with 110 and 190 mm thick worktops.

Page 165: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

16501/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Induction cooking vessel (art. B MULTIPLO.1 DB). • 5 cooking programmes, 2 induction zones that can be used together or sepa-rately, 16 power levels, display for cooking methods, electronic timer, child lock function.

• Supplied accessories: 2 stainless steel cooking vessels, stainless steel lid, 2 glass lids, 2 stainless steel steam small baskets, 1 stainless steel small basket for pasta, 1 stainless steel small basket for fryer unit.

• Power: max 1400 W.• Under-hob base unit min. L 600 mm.

411

497,5

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411 498 - VAMACI01

W o r k t o p s C.R.S. SCOTCH BRITE STAINLESS STEEL - Welded hobs, C.R.S. series Compatible ONLY with worktops in C.R.S. Scotch Brite stainless steel, min. 630 mm deep. Default settings for METHANE GAS. Optional nozzles kit for LPG gas (LIQUID GAS) is included. Please check always with Boffi the options for other gas typologies. The price includes the welding on worktop. Knobs: C.R.S. stainless steel series. Grids in enamelled cast-iron, safety valves, electronic ignition. Versions with frontal knobs are compatible ONLY with 110 and 190 mm thick worktops.

Page 166: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

166 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

W o r k t o p s C.R.S. SCOTCH BRITE STAINLESS STEEL - Welded hobs, PLANAR series Please order the code for methane gas or liquefied petroleum gas (LPG), accordingly to the supply. Compatible ONLY with worktops in C.R.S. Scotch Brite stainless steel, min. 630 mm deep. The price includes the welding on worktop. Knobs: C.R.S. stainless steel series. “Planar Tecnology“ burners, grids in enamelled cast-iron, safety valves, electronic ignition.

Hob - 4 burners - (art. BB44P/CS DB). • Burners power: (1-2) 1900 W - (3) 1000 W - (4) 3000 W triple rim.

2 4

1 3

776

507

74

L P H

Control knobs on top - Methane gas.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 776 507 74 VPLACI01Control knobs on top - Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 776 507 74 VPLACI04

Hob - 5 burners - (art. BB55P/CS DB). • Burners power: (1-4) 1000 W - (2-5) 1900 W - (3) 3000 W triple rim.

2 5

1 4

3

930

505

74

L P H

Control knobs on top - Methane gas.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 930 505 74 VPLACI02Control knobs on top - Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 930 505 74 VPLACI05

Hob - 4 burners - (art. BB44P120/CS DB). • Burners power: (1) 1000 W - (2-4) 1900 W - (3) 3000 W triple rim.

321 4

1230

408

74

L P H

Control knobs on top - Methane gas.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1230 408 74 VPLACI03Control knobs on top - Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1230 408 74 VPLACI06

Page 167: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

16701/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

W o r k t o p s C.R.S. SCOTCH BRITE STAINLESS STEEL - Welded hobs, PLANAR series Please order the code for methane gas or liquefied petroleum gas (LPG), accordingly to the supply. Compatible ONLY with worktops in C.R.S. Scotch Brite stainless steel, min. 630 mm deep. The price includes the welding on worktop. Knobs: C.R.S. stainless steel series. “Planar Tecnology“ burners, grids in enamelled cast-iron, safety valves, electronic ignition.

Hob - 4 burners - (art. BB44P DB). • Burners power: (1-2) 1900 W - (3) 1000 W - (4) 3000 W triple rim.• Compatible ONLY with 110 and 190 mm thick worktops.

2 4

1 3

590

100819

L P H

Frontal control knobs - Methane gas.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 819 590 100 VPLBLI01Control knobs on top - Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 819 590 100 VPLBLI04

Hob - 5 burners - (art. BB55P DB). • Burners power: (1-4) 1000 W - (2-5) 1900 W - (3) 3000 W triple rim.• Compatible ONLY with 110 and 190 mm thick worktops.

2 5

1 4

3 590

100870

L P H

Frontal control knobs - Methane gas.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 870 590 100 VPLBLI02Control knobs on top - Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 870 590 100 VPLBLI05

Hob - 4 burners - (art. BB44P120 DB). • Burners power: (1) 1000 W - (2-4) 1900 W - (3) 3000 W triple rim.• Compatible ONLY with 110 and 190 mm thick worktops.

321 4

100

460

1215

L P H

Frontal control knobs - Methane gas.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1215 460 100 VPLBLI03Control knobs on top - Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1215 460 100 VPLBLI06

Page 168: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

168 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Sink 340x400 mm. • Single sink H 175 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 450 mm.

340

400

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 400 175 LXDRAA01

W o r k t o p s DURINOX® - Welded sinks in Durinox® Compatible ONLY with worktops in Durinox®, min. 630 mm deep. The price includes the welding on worktop. Square-edged sink - Bottom with draining folds. Please order separately tap holes and the automatic strainer waste kit if necessary (Taps chapter). Included accessories: 3“ 1/2 basket waste-drain with plug in Durinox® (CapFlow) and siphon.

Sink 400x400 mm. • Single sink H 175 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 450 mm.

400

400

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 400 175 LXDRAA02

Sink 500x400 mm. • Single sink H 175 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 600 mm.

500

400

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 400 175 LXDRAA03

Sink 700x400 mm. • Single sink H 185 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 900 mm.

700

400

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700 400 185 LXDRAG01

Page 169: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

16901/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Sink 760x400 mm. • Double sink (340x400 + 340x400) H 175 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 900 mm.

340

400

340 80

760

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 760 400 175 LXDRAC01

W o r k t o p s DURINOX® - Welded sinks in Durinox® Compatible ONLY with worktops in Durinox®, min. 630 mm deep. The price includes the welding on worktop. Square-edged sink - Bottom with draining folds. Please order separately tap holes and the automatic strainer waste kit if necessary (Taps chapter). Included accessories: 3“ 1/2 basket waste-drain with plug in Durinox® (CapFlow) and siphon.

Sink 820x400 mm. • Double sink (400x400 + 340x400) H 175 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 900 mm.• Drawn=left (S), mirrored=right (D).

340

400

400 80

820

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 820 400 175 LXDRAC02

Sink 920x400 mm. • Double sink (500x400 + 340x400) H 175 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 1050 mm.• Drawn=left (S), mirrored=right (D).

340

400

500 80

920

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 920 400 175 LXDRAC03

Drainboard 550x400 mm. • Single sink H 18 mm.• 1“ 1/2 basket waste-drain without gasket, used as overflow.• Under-sink base unit min. L 600 mm.

550 18

400

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550 400 18 LXDRAA04

Page 170: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

170 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Welded dustbin for worktop. • Ø external 275 mm.• Plastic bucket, 13 l.-capacity with lid in Durinox®.

Ø 275

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 275 - LXDRAN01

W o r k t o p s DURINOX® - Welded sinks in Durinox® Compatible ONLY with worktops in Durinox®, min. 630 mm deep. The price includes the welding on worktop. Square-edged sink - Bottom with draining folds. Please order separately tap holes and the automatic strainer waste kit if necessary (Taps chapter). Included accessories: 3“ 1/2 basket waste-drain with plug in Durinox® (CapFlow) and siphon.

Page 171: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

17101/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

400x449 400x449

695x436

630

mm

130 70

400

100

100 100400

600 mm

100

R= 10400x400

Ø 35

630

mm

130 70

400

100

75 75400 100 400

1050 mm

100 100Ø 35

R= 10400x400

R= 10400x400

630

mm

130 70

400

100

100 100700

900 mm

100

700x400R= 10

Ø 35

152x297

440x340

440x340

531x397

630

mm

233

297

100

190

340

100

190

340

100

133

397

100

104100 440152104

900 mm

630

mm

131

399

100

76 76100 399399

1050 mm

705

mm

160

445

100

75 75100 400400

1050 mm

705

mm

169

436

100

102,5 102,5695

900 mm

70

126 126 Ø 35

630

mm

233

297

100

51 66100 531152

900 mm

70

126 126 Ø 35

630

mm

133

397

100

64,5 64,5100 440531

1200 mm

70

100 100 Ø 35

70

100 100Ø 35

399x399 399x399

70

100 100 Ø 35

70

100Ø 35

152x297

531x397

LCDTAA01

2 x LCDTAA01

LCDTAA02

630

mm

130 70

400

100

70 100 70330 330

900 mm

100100Ø 35

2 x LCDTAA09

LCDTAA03 + LCDTAA04 LCDTAA03 + LCDTAA05

LCDTAA05 + LCDTAA042 x LCDTAA06 2 x LCDTAA07

LCDTAA08

330x400R= 10

330x400R= 10

W o r k t o p s Corian® - Welded sinks (under-mounted, gluing with monolithic appearance). TECHNICAL DETAILS Compatible ONLY with worktops in Corian®. With back panels, some tap types or XILA compositions, small size changes are possible. Holes can be located in different positions than shown, except those interfering with the overflow.

Page 172: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

172 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Sink 400x400 mm. • Single sink H 176 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 600 mm.• X = overflow positioning.• Dupont article 965.

400451

400

451

147

R= 10

X

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 400 176 LCDTAA01

W o r k t o p s Corian® - Welded sinks (under-mounted, gluing with monolithic appearance). Compatible ONLY with worktops in Corian®, min. 630 mm deep. The price includes the gluing on top. The gluing zone between worktop and sink can slightly differ in colour in the connection point. This shall not be considered a cause of quality claim. Please order separately tap holes, waste-drain/siphon kit or automatic strainer waste kit if necessary (Taps chapter). 3“ 1/2 strainer waste.

Sink 700x400 mm. • Single sink H 176 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 900 mm.• X = overflow positioning.• Dupont article 966.

700750

400

451

147

R= 10

X

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700 400 176 LCDTAA02

Sink 152x297 mm. • Single small bowl H 141 mm.• X = overflow positioning.• Dupont article 857.

152202

297

348

==

X

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 297 141 LCDTAA03

Sink 330x400 mm. • Single sink H 175 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 450 mm.• X = overflow positioning.• Dupont article 969.

330381

400

451

147

R= 10

X

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 400 175 LCDTAA09

Page 173: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

17301/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Sink 440x340 mm. • Single sink H 200 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 600 mm.• X = overflow positioning.• Dupont article 859.

440484

340

384

122

X

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440 340 200 LCDTAA04

Sink 531x397 mm. • Single sink H 188 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 900 mm.• X = overflow positioning.• Dupont article 871.

531582

397

448

223

X

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531 397 188 LCDTAA05

W o r k t o p s Corian® - Welded sinks (under-mounted, gluing with monolithic appearance). Compatible ONLY with worktops in Corian®, min. 630 mm deep. The price includes the gluing on top. The gluing zone between worktop and sink can slightly differ in colour in the connection point. This shall not be considered a cause of quality claim. Please order separately tap holes, waste-drain/siphon kit or automatic strainer waste kit if necessary (Taps chapter). 3“ 1/2 strainer waste.

Sink 399x399 mm. • Single sink H 208 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 600 mm.• X = overflow positioning.• Dupont article 804.

399448

399

448

131

X

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 399 208 LCDTAA06

Sink 400x449 mm. • Single sink H 208 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 600 mm.• Compatible ONLY with worktops in Corian®, min. 705 mm deep.• X = overflow positioning.• Dupont article 805.

400444

449

494

128

X

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 449 208 LCDTAA07

Page 174: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

174 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Flush-mounted dustbin for worktop. • Ø external 313 mm.• Plastic bucket, 13 l.-capacity with lid in stainless steel, covered in Corian®.

Ø 313

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 313 - LJBJAN01

W o r k t o p s Corian® - Welded sinks (under-mounted, gluing with monolithic appearance). Compatible ONLY with worktops in Corian®, min. 630 mm deep. The price includes the gluing on top. The gluing zone between worktop and sink can slightly differ in colour in the connection point. This shall not be considered a cause of quality claim. Please order separately tap holes, waste-drain/siphon kit or automatic strainer waste kit if necessary (Taps chapter). 3“ 1/2 strainer waste.

Sink 695x436 mm. • Single sink H 214 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 900 mm.• Compatible ONLY with worktops in Corian®, min. 705 mm deep.• X = overflow positioning.• Dupont article 881.

695733

436

474

237

X

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695 436 214 LCDTAA08

Page 175: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

17501/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

W o r k t o p s Corian® - Welded sink insets (gluing with monolithic appearance). Compatible ONLY with worktops in Corian® min. 60 mm thick and min. 630 mm deep (830 mm. deep if used with accessories/containers kit). The price includes the sink and the relative gluing on top (if requested and provided is included the flush-mounted dustbin price too). Customisations are not available: measures and positioning of sink cannot be changed. Please order separately the worktop, tap holes, waste-drain/siphon kit or automatic strainer waste kit if necessary (Taps chapter). Compatible with countertop-mounted accessories for Aprile inset.

Glued inset including sink. • Height difference with worktop surface = - 40 mm.• Sink 400 x 400 x 176 mm cod. LCDTAA01.• Drawn=right (D), mirrored=left (S).

1110 40 176 15231

524

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1110 524 231 UBA201

Glued inset including sink and flush-mounted countertop waste chute. • Height difference with worktop surface = - 40 mm.• Sink 400 x 400 x 176 mm cod. LCDTAA01.• Countertop waste chute with flush-mounted lid cod. LJBJAN01.• Drawn=right (D), mirrored=left (S).

1110 40 176 15231

524

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1110 524 231 UBA601

Glued inset including sink. • Height difference with worktop surface = - 40 mm.• Sink 760 x 400 x 176 mm cod. LCDTAA02.• Drawn=right (D), mirrored=left (S).

1110 40 176 15231

524

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1110 524 231 UBA202

Page 176: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

176 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

S i n k s / H o b s / T a p s MOUNTING TYPOLOGIES Technical chart for mounting typologies of sinks and hobs.

UNDER-MOUNTED

FLUSH-MOUNTED

SEMI-FLUSH-MOUNTED

Page 177: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

17701/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

S i n k s / H o b s / T a p s POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL - Sinks, QUADRO series UNDER-MOUNTED Compatible ONLY with worktops in Glass, Corian®, Stone, Marble, Granite, Composite, min. 630 mm deep. Square-edged sink with sharp corners - Bottom with draining folds. Please order separately the under-mounted cut-out, tap holes (Customised Solutions chapter) and the automatic strainer waste kit (Taps chapter).

Sink 340x400 mm. • Single sink H 200 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 450 mm.

340

400

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 400 200 LCTBAA01

Sink 400x400 mm. • Single sink H 200 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 450 mm.

400

400L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 400 200 LCTBAA02

Sink 500x400 mm. • Single sink H 200 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 600 mm.

500

400

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 400 200 LCTBAA03

Sink 760x400 mm. • Single sink H 200 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 900 mm.

400

760L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 760 400 200 LCTBAG01

Design recommendations

120120120120120Ø 35 80

50

120

400

340

400

340

400

400

400

500

400

500

400

760

450 900 1200 900

Page 178: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

178 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

S i n k s / H o b s / T a p s MATT SATIN STAINLESS STEEL - Sinks, QUADRO series UNDER-MOUNTED Compatible ONLY with worktops in Glass, Corian®, Stone, Marble, Granite, Composite, min. 630 mm deep. Square-edged sink with sharp corners - Bottom with draining folds. Please order separately the under-mounted cut-out, tap holes (Customised Solutions chapter) and the automatic strainer waste kit (Taps chapter).

Sink 340x400 mm. • Single sink H 200 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 450 mm.

340

400

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 400 200 LCTCAA01

Sink 400x400 mm. • Single sink H 200 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 450 mm.

400

400L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 400 200 LCTCAA02

Sink 500x400 mm. • Single sink H 200 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 600 mm.

500

400

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 400 200 LCTCAA03

Sink 760x400 mm. • Single sink H 200 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 900 mm.

400

760L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 760 400 200 LCTCAG01

Design recommendations

120120120120120Ø 35 80

50

120

400

340

400

340

400

400

400

500

400

500

400

760

450 900 1200 900

Page 179: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

17901/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

S i n k s / H o b s / T a p s POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL - Sinks, QUADRO series SEMI-FLUSH-MOUNTED Compatible with worktops in all finishes, min. 630 mm deep. Square-edged sink with sharp corners - Bottom with draining folds - Tap and automatic strainer waste holes. Please order separately the built-in cut-out (Customised Solutions chapter), the compulsory automatic strainer waste kit (Taps chapter).

Sink 530x480 mm. • Single sink (400x400) H 200 mm.• 503x453 mm built-in hole.• Under-sink base unit min. L 600 mm (L 900 if at the beginning of composition).• 2 tap holes / automatic strainer waste.

r= 10

480

400

4040

40040 90530

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530 480 200 LHTBAA01

Sink 890x480 mm. • Single sink (760x400) H 200 mm.• 863x453 mm built-in hole.• Under-sink base unit min. L 1050 mm.• 2 tap holes / automatic strainer waste.

r= 10

480

400

4040

76040 90890

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 890 480 200 LHTBAG01

Sink 880x480 mm. • Double sink (340x400 + 340x400) H 200 mm.• 853x453 mm built-in hole.• Under-sink base unit min. L 1050 mm.• 3 tap holes / automatic strainer waste.

r= 10

480

400

4040

34034040 70 90880

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 880 480 200 LHTBAC01

Sink 1040x480 mm. • Double sink (500x400 + 340x400) H 200 mm.• 1013x453 mm built-in hole.• Under-sink base unit min. L 1200 mm.• 3 tap holes / automatic strainer waste.

r= 10

480

400

4040

34050040 70 901040

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1040 480 200 LHTBAF01

Page 180: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

180 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

S i n k s / H o b s / T a p s MATT SATIN STAINLESS STEEL - Sinks, QUADRO series SEMI-FLUSH-MOUNTED Compatible with worktops in all finishes, min. 630 mm deep. Square-edged sink with sharp corners - Bottom with draining folds - Tap and automatic strainer waste holes. Please order separately the built-in cut-out (Customised Solutions chapter), the compulsory automatic strainer waste kit (Taps chapter).

Sink 530x480 mm. • Single sink (400x400) H 200 mm.• 503x453 mm built-in hole.• Under-sink base unit min. L 600 mm (L 900 if at the beginning of composition).• 2 tap holes / automatic strainer waste.

r= 10

480

400

4040

40040 90530

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530 480 200 LHTCAA01

Sink 890x480 mm. • Single sink (760x400) H 200 mm.• 863x453 mm built-in hole.• Under-sink base unit min. L 1050 mm.• 2 tap holes / automatic strainer waste.

r= 10

480

400

4040

76040 90890

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 890 480 200 LHTCAG01

Sink 880x480 mm. • Double sink (340x400 + 340x400) H 200 mm.• 853x453 mm built-in hole.• Under-sink base unit min. L 1050 mm.• 3 tap holes / automatic strainer waste.

r= 10

480

400

4040

34034040 70 90880

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 880 480 200 LHTCAC01

Sink 1040x480 mm. • Double sink (500x400 + 340x400) H 200 mm.• 1013x453 mm built-in hole.• Under-sink base unit min. L 1200 mm.• 3 tap holes / automatic strainer waste.

r= 10

480

400

4040

34050040 70 901040

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1040 480 200 LHTCAF01

Page 181: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

18101/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Hob - 4 burners (art. 930715210 DB). • Burners power: (1) 3000 W - (2) 1750 W Trial - (3) 3800 W triple rim - (4) 1100 W.• Additional frontal grids.• 1162x463 mm built-in hole.

1 2 3 4

1179

483

701021

419

R= 10 mm.

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1179 483 70 VFRBPS03

Hob - 4 burners (art. 7251 032 DB). • Burners power: (1) 3000 W - (2-4) 1750 W - (3) 1100 W.• 600x500 mm built-in hole.

620

520

62 4

R= 10 mm.

1 2

3 4

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620 520 66 VFRBQS01

Hob - 5 burners (art. 7252 032 DB). • Burners power: (1) 3800 W triple rim - (2) 3000 W - (3) 1100 W - (4-5) 1750 W.• 900x500 mm built-in hole.

920

520

62 4

R= 10 mm.

12 4

3 5

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 920 520 66 VFRBQS02

S i n k s / H o b s / T a p s MATT SATIN STAINLESS STEEL - Hobs, R series SEMI-FLUSH-MOUNTED Compatible ONLY with worktops in Laminate, Wood, Glass, Corian®, Stone, Marble, Granite, Composite, min. 630 mm deep. Knobs: C.R.S. stainless steel series. Please order separately the built-in cut-out (Customised Solutions chapter). Electronic ignition, safety valves, grids in enamelled cast-iron. Default settings for METHANE GAS. Optional nozzles kit for LPG gas (LIQUID GAS) is included. Please check always with Boffi the options for other gas typologies.

Page 182: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

182 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

S i n k s / H o b s / T a p s C.R.S. SCOTCH BRITE STAINLESS STEEL - Sinks, C.R.S. series SEMI-FLUSH-MOUNTED Compatible with worktops in all finishes, min. 630 mm deep. Square-edged sink with sharp corners - Bottom with draining folds - Tap and automatic strainer waste holes. Please order separately the built-in cut-out (Customised Solutions chapter), the compulsory automatic strainer waste kit (Taps chapter). In the sinks with sharp corners a small retention of water could remain on the bottom. It could be wiped with a sponge. The above shall not be considered cause of complaint or disputes. For mounting and sealing on worktops In Laminate, Lasermat, Wood and Corian® please add the relative price increase (see “Customised Solutions” chapter). On worktops in marble, stone, granite and composite the mounting and sealing has to be processed on site by Client . How to position sinks on worktops: 1) min. distance between bowl and front worktop trim: 60 mm. 2) min. distance between bowl and side worktop trim: 50 mm. 3) min. distance between 2 bowls: 50 mm. 4) min. distance between bowl and back worktop trim with 20 mm back-splash: 80 mm.

Sink 540x480 mm (art. BBLAV1V54SF DB). • Single sink (400x400) H 190 mm.• 512x452 mm built-in hole.• Under-sink base unit min. L 600 mm.• 2 tap holes / automatic strainer waste.

400

540

480

400

100

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540 480 190 LHSIAA01

Sink 980x480 mm (art. BBLAV2V4098SF DB). • Double sink (400x400 + 400x400) H 190 mm.• 952x452 mm built-in hole.• Under-sink base unit min. L 1050 mm.• 3 tap holes / automatic strainer waste.

980

480

400

400 100 400

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 980 480 190 LHSIAC01

Sink 850x480 mm (art. BBLAV2V85SF DB). • Double sink (400x400 + 270x400) H 190 mm.• 822x452 mm built-in hole.• Under-sink base unit min. L 900 mm.• 3 tap holes / automatic strainer waste.

400

770850

480

400

100 270

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 850 480 190 LHSIAF01

Sink 850x480 mm (art. BBLAV1VP85SF DB). • Single sink (400x400) H 190 mm + countertop waste chute Ø 275 mm.• 822x452 mm built-in hole.• Under-sink base unit min. L 900 mm.• 2 tap holes / automatic strainer waste.

40040

850

480

400

195 215L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 850 480 190 LHSIAM01

Page 183: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

18301/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

S i n k s / H o b s / T a p s C.R.S. SCOTCH BRITE STAINLESS STEEL - Sinks, C.R.S. series SEMI-FLUSH-MOUNTED Compatible with worktops in all finishes, min. 630 mm deep. Square-edged sink with sharp corners - Bottom with draining folds - Tap and automatic strainer waste holes. Please order separately the built-in cut-out (Customised Solutions chapter), the compulsory automatic strainer waste kit (Taps chapter). In the sinks with sharp corners a small retention of water could remain on the bottom. It could be wiped with a sponge. The above shall not be considered cause of complaint or disputes. For mounting and sealing on worktops In Laminate, Lasermat, Wood and Corian® please add the relative price increase (see “Customised Solutions” chapter). On worktops in marble, stone, granite and composite the mounting and sealing has to be processed on site by Client . How to position sinks on worktops: 1) min. distance between bowl and front worktop trim: 60 mm. 2) min. distance between bowl and side worktop trim: 50 mm. 3) min. distance between 2 bowls: 50 mm. 4) min. distance between bowl and back worktop trim with 20 mm back-splash: 80 mm.

Sink 980x480 mm (art. BBLAV1V814098SF DB). • Single sink (810x400) H 200 mm.• 952x452 mm built-in hole.• Under-sink base unit min. L 1050 mm.• 2 tap holes / automatic strainer waste.

810

980

480

400

130L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 980 480 200 LHSIAG02

Page 184: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

184 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

S i n k s / H o b s / T a p s C.R.S. SCOTCH BRITE STAINLESS STEEL - Hobs, C.R.S. series SEMI-FLUSH-MOUNTED Compatible with worktops in all finishes, min. 630 / 705 mm deep. Knobs: C.R.S. stainless steel series. Please order separately the built-in cut-out (Customised Solutions chapter). Electronic ignition, safety valves, flush-mounted grids in enamelled cast-iron. Default settings for METHANE GAS. Optional nozzles kit for LPG gas (LIQUID GAS) is included. Please check always with Boffi the options for other gas typologies.

Hob - 4 burners (art. BB40/CS/SF DB). • Burners power: (1) 3000 W - (2-3) 1650 W - (3) 1000 W.• 712x552 mm built-in hole.• Compatible ONLY with worktops min. 705 mm deep.

1

2

4

3

76740

580

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740 580 76 VAIBQI01

Hob - 5 burners (art. BB40TC/CS/SF DB). • Burners power: (1) 3000 W - (2-5) 1650 W - (3) 3250 W - (4) 1000 W.• 1062x552 mm built-in hole.• Compatible ONLY with worktops min. 705 mm deep.

1

2

4

5

3

761090

580

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1090 580 76 VAIBQI02

Hob - 4 burners (art. BB40118/CS/SF DB). • Burners power: (1) 1650 W - (2-4) 3000 W - (3) 1650 W.• Additional frontal grids.• 1152x452 mm built-in hole.

1180

480

R= 10 mm.

1 2 3 4

83

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1180 480 83 VAIBPI01

Page 185: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

18501/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

S i n k s / H o b s / T a p s POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL - Sinks, QUADRO series FLUSH-MOUNTED Compatible ONLY with worktops in Laminate, Lasermat , Wood, Corian®, St. steel, Durinox®, Stone, Marble, Granite, Composite, min. 630 mm deep. Square-edged sink with sharp corners - Bottom with draining folds - Tap and automatic strainer waste holes. Please order separately the flush-mounted cut-out (Customised Solutions chapter), the compulsory automatic strainer waste kit (Taps chapter).

Sink 530x480 mm. • Single sink (400x400) H 200 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 600 mm (L 900 if at the beginning of composition).• 2 tap holes / automatic strainer waste.

r= 10

480

400

4040

40040 90530

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530 480 200 LBTBAA01

Sink 890x480 mm. • Single sink (760x400) H 200 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 1050 mm.• 2 tap holes / automatic strainer waste.

r= 10

480

400

4040

76040 90890

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 890 480 200 LBTBAG01

Sink 880x480 mm. • Double sink (340x400 + 340x400) H 200 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 1050 mm.• 3 tap holes / automatic strainer waste.

r= 10

480

400

4040

34034040 70 90880

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 880 480 200 LBTBAC01

Sink 1040x480 mm. • Double sink (500x400 + 340x400) H 200 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 1200 mm.• 3 tap holes / automatic strainer waste.

r= 10

480

400

4040

34050040 70 901040

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1040 480 200 LBTBAF01

Page 186: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

186 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

S i n k s / H o b s / T a p s POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL - Sinks, QUADRO series FLUSH-MOUNTED Compatible ONLY with worktops in Laminate, Lasermat , Wood, Corian®, St. steel, Durinox®, Stone, Marble, Granite, Composite, min. 630 mm deep. Square-edged sink with sharp corners - Bottom with draining folds - Tap and automatic strainer waste holes. Please order separately the flush-mounted cut-out (Customised Solutions chapter), the compulsory automatic strainer waste kit (Taps chapter).

Flush-mounted dustbin for worktop. • Ø external 313 mm.• Plastic bucket, 13 l.-capacity with Ø 275 mm lid in stainless steel and gaskets.

Ø 275

Ø 313

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 313 - LBTIAN02

Page 187: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

18701/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Hob - 3 burners. • Burners power: (1) 3500 W triple rim - (2-3) 2000 W.• Additional frontal grids.

321

1084

480

R= 10 60

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1084 480 60 VQABMI02

Hob - 4 burners. • Burners power: (1) 3500 W triple rim - (2) 1000 W - (3-4) 2000 W.• Additional frontal grids.

4321

1377

480

R= 10 60

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1377 480 60 VQABMI03

S i n k s / H o b s / T a p s POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL - Hobs, QUADRO series FLUSH-MOUNTED Compatible ONLY with worktops in Laminate, Lasermat , Wood, Corian®, St. steel, Durinox®, Stone, Marble, Granite, Composite, min. 630 / 830 mm deep. QUADRO series knobs in satin chromium-plated. Please order separately the flush-mounted cut-out (Customised Solutions chapter). For mounting and sealing on worktops In Laminate, Lasermat, Wood and Corian® please add the relative price increase (see “Customised Solutions” chapter). On worktops in marble, stone, granite and composite the mounting and sealing has to be processed on site by Client . Electronic ignition, safety valves, grids in enamelled cast-iron. Default settings for METHANE GAS. Optional nozzles kit for LPG gas (LIQUID GAS) is included. Please check always with Boffi the options for other gas typologies.

Page 188: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

188 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Hob - 4 burners (art. 930715160 DB). • Burners power: (1) 3000 W - (2) 1750 W - (3) 3800 W triple rim - (4) 1100 W.• Additional frontal grids.

1 2 3 4

1179

483

701021

419

R= 10 mm.

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1179 483 70 VFRBMI03

Hob - 4 burners (art. 7256 032 DB). • Burners power: (1) 3000 W - (2-4) 1750 W - (3) 1000 W.

620

520

62

R= 10 mm.

1 2

3 4

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620 520 66 VFRBNI01

Hob - 5 burners (art. 7257 032 DB). • Burners power: (1) 3800 W triple rim - (2) 3000 W - (3) 1100 W - (4-5) 1750 W.

920

520

62 4

R= 10 mm.

12 4

3 5

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 920 520 66 VFRBNI02

S i n k s / H o b s / T a p s POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL - Hobs, R series FLUSH-MOUNTED Compatible ONLY with worktops in Laminate, Lasermat , Wood, Corian®, St. steel, Durinox®, Stone, Marble, Granite, Composite, min. 630 mm deep. QUADRO series knobs in satin chromium-plated. Please order separately the flush-mounted cut-out (Customised Solutions chapter). For mounting and sealing on worktops In Laminate, Lasermat, Wood and Corian® please add the relative price increase (see “Customised Solutions” chapter). On worktops in marble, stone, granite and composite the mounting and sealing has to be processed on site by Client . Electronic ignition, safety valves, grids in enamelled cast-iron. Default settings for METHANE GAS. Optional nozzles kit for LPG gas (LIQUID GAS) is included. Please check always with Boffi the options for other gas typologies.

Page 189: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

18901/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

S i n k s / H o b s / T a p s MATT SATIN STAINLESS STEEL - Sinks, QUADRO series FLUSH-MOUNTED Compatible ONLY with worktops in Laminate, Lasermat , Wood, Corian®, St. steel, Durinox®, Stone, Marble, Granite, Composite, min. 630 mm deep. Square-edged sink with sharp corners - Bottom with draining folds - Tap and automatic strainer waste holes. Please order separately the flush-mounted cut-out (Customised Solutions chapter), the compulsory automatic strainer waste kit (Taps chapter).

Sink 530x480 mm. • Single sink (400x400) H 200 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 600 mm (L 900 if at the beginning of composition).• 2 tap holes / automatic strainer waste.

r= 10

480

400

4040

40040 90530

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530 480 200 LBTCAA01

Sink 890x480 mm. • Single sink (760x400) H 200 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 1050 mm.• 2 tap holes / automatic strainer waste.

r= 10

480

400

4040

76040 90890

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 890 480 200 LBTCAG01

Sink 880x480 mm. • Double sink (340x400 + 340x400) H 200 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 1050 mm.• 3 tap holes / automatic strainer waste.

r= 10

480

400

4040

34034040 70 90880

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 880 480 200 LBTCAC01

Sink 1040x480 mm. • Double sink (500x400 + 340x400) H 200 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 1200 mm.• 3 tap holes / automatic strainer waste.

r= 10

480

400

4040

34050040 70 901040

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1040 480 200 LBTCAF01

Page 190: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

190 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

S i n k s / H o b s / T a p s MATT SATIN STAINLESS STEEL - Sinks, QUADRO series FLUSH-MOUNTED Compatible ONLY with worktops in Laminate, Lasermat , Wood, Corian®, St. steel, Durinox®, Stone, Marble, Granite, Composite, min. 630 mm deep. Square-edged sink with sharp corners - Bottom with draining folds - Tap and automatic strainer waste holes. Please order separately the flush-mounted cut-out (Customised Solutions chapter), the compulsory automatic strainer waste kit (Taps chapter).

Flush-mounted dustbin for worktop. • Ø external 313 mm.• Plastic bucket, 13 l.-capacity with Ø 275 mm lid in stainless steel and gaskets.

Ø 275

Ø 313

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 313 - LBTIAN03

Page 191: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

19101/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Hob - 4 burners (art. 930715160 DB). • Burners power: (1) 3000 W - (2) 1750 W - (3) 3800 W triple rim - (4) 1100 W.• Additional frontal grids.

1 2 3 4

1179

483

701021

419

R= 10 mm.

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1179 483 70 VFRBMS03

Hob - 4 burners (art. 7256 032 DB). • Burners power: (1) 3000 W - (2-4) 1750 W - (3) 1000 W.

620

520

62

R= 10 mm.

1 2

3 4

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620 520 66 VFRBNS01

Hob - 5 burners (art. 7257 032 DB). • Burners power: (1) 3800 W triple rim - (2) 3000 W - (3) 1100 W - (4-5) 1750 W.

920

520

62 4

R= 10 mm.

12 4

3 5

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 920 520 66 VFRBNS02

S i n k s / H o b s / T a p s MATT SATIN STAINLESS STEEL - Hobs, R series FLUSH-MOUNTED Compatible ONLY with worktops in Laminate, Lasermat , Wood, Corian®, St. steel, Durinox®, Stone, Marble, Granite, Composite, min. 630 mm deep. Knobs: C.R.S. stainless steel series. Please order separately the flush-mounted cut-out (Customised Solutions chapter). For mounting and sealing on worktops In Laminate, Lasermat, Wood and Corian® please add the relative price increase (see “Customised Solutions” chapter). On worktops in marble, stone, granite and composite the mounting and sealing has to be processed on site by Client . Electronic ignition, safety valves, grids in enamelled cast-iron. Default settings for METHANE GAS. Optional nozzles kit for LPG gas (LIQUID GAS) is included. Please check always with Boffi the options for other gas typologies.

Page 192: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

192 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Hob - 4 burners. • Burners power: 1 x 3000 W - 1 x 1000 W - 2 x 1750 W.

625 80

580

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625 580 80 VAFBNI03

Hob - 5 burners. • Burners power: 1 x 300/4200 W independent triple rim - 1 x 3000 W - 1 x 1000 W - 2 x 1750 W.

911 80

580

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 911 580 80 VAFBNI04

S i n k s / H o b s / T a p s MATT SATIN STAINLESS STEEL - Hobs, APRILE series FLUSH-MOUNTED Compatible ONLY with worktops in Laminate, Lasermat , Wood, Corian®, St. steel, Durinox®, Stone, Marble, Granite, Composite, min. 705 mm deep (VAFBNI08 min. 630 mm). Knobs: C.R.S. stainless steel series. Please order separately the flush-mounted cut-out (Customised Solutions chapter). For mounting and sealing on worktops In Laminate, Lasermat, Wood and Corian® please add the relative price increase (see “Customised Solutions” chapter). On worktops in marble, stone, granite and composite the mounting and sealing has to be processed on site by Client . Electronic ignition, safety valves, grids in enamelled cast-iron. Default settings for METHANE GAS. Optional nozzles kit for LPG gas (LIQUID GAS) is included. Please check always with Boffi the options for other gas typologies.

Hob - 6 burners. • Burners power: 2 x 300/4200 W independent triple rim - 1 x 3000 W - 1 x 1000 W - 2 x 1750 W.

1196 80

580

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1196 580 80 VAFBNI06

Hob - 4 burners. • Burners power: 2 x 300/4200 W independent triple rim - 2 x 1750 W.

801196

480

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1196 480 84 VAFBNI08

Page 193: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

19301/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

S i n k s / H o b s / T a p s C.R.S. SCOTCH BRITE STAINLESS STEEL - Sinks, C.R.S. series FLUSH-MOUNTED Compatible ONLY with worktops in Laminate, Lasermat , Wood, Corian®, St. steel, Durinox®, Stone, Marble, Granite, Composite, min. 630 mm deep. Square-edged sink with sharp corners - Bottom with draining folds - Tap and automatic strainer waste holes. Please order separately the flush-mounted cut-out (Customised Solutions chapter), the compulsory automatic strainer waste kit (Taps chapter). In the sinks with sharp corners a small retention of water could remain on the bottom. It could be wiped with a sponge. The above shall not be considered cause of complaint or disputes. For mounting and sealing on worktops In Laminate, Lasermat, Wood and Corian® please add the relative price increase (see “Customised Solutions” chapter). On worktops in marble, stone, granite and composite the mounting and sealing has to be processed on site by Client . How to position sinks on worktops: 1) min. distance between bowl and front worktop trim: 60 mm. 2) min. distance between bowl and side worktop trim: 50 mm. 3) min. distance between 2 bowls: 50 mm. 4) min. distance between bowl and back worktop trim with 20 mm back-splash: 80 mm.

Sink 540x480 mm (art. BBLAV1V54F DB). • Single sink (400x400) H 190 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 600 mm.• 2 tap holes / automatic strainer waste.

400

540

480

400

100

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540 480 190 LBTIAA02

Sink 980x480 mm (art. BBLAV2V4098F DB). • Double sink (400x400 + 400x400) H 190 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 1050 mm.• 3 tap holes / automatic strainer waste.980

480

400

400 100 400

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 980 480 190 LBTIAC03

Sink 850x480 mm (art. BBLAV2V85F DB). • Double sink (400x400 + 270x400) H 190 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 900 mm.• 3 tap holes / automatic strainer waste.

400

770850

480

400

100 270

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 850 480 190 LBTIAF01

Sink 850x480 mm (art. BBLAV1VP85F DB). • Single sink (400x400) H 190 mm + countertop waste chute Ø 275 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 900 mm.• 2 tap holes / automatic strainer waste.

40040

850

480

400

195 215L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 850 480 190 LBTIAM01

Page 194: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

194 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

S i n k s / H o b s / T a p s C.R.S. SCOTCH BRITE STAINLESS STEEL - Sinks, C.R.S. series FLUSH-MOUNTED Compatible ONLY with worktops in Laminate, Lasermat , Wood, Corian®, St. steel, Durinox®, Stone, Marble, Granite, Composite, min. 630 mm deep. Square-edged sink with sharp corners - Bottom with draining folds - Tap and automatic strainer waste holes. Please order separately the flush-mounted cut-out (Customised Solutions chapter), the compulsory automatic strainer waste kit (Taps chapter). In the sinks with sharp corners a small retention of water could remain on the bottom. It could be wiped with a sponge. The above shall not be considered cause of complaint or disputes. For mounting and sealing on worktops In Laminate, Lasermat, Wood and Corian® please add the relative price increase (see “Customised Solutions” chapter). On worktops in marble, stone, granite and composite the mounting and sealing has to be processed on site by Client . How to position sinks on worktops: 1) min. distance between bowl and front worktop trim: 60 mm. 2) min. distance between bowl and side worktop trim: 50 mm. 3) min. distance between 2 bowls: 50 mm. 4) min. distance between bowl and back worktop trim with 20 mm back-splash: 80 mm.

Sink 980x480 mm (art. BBLAV1V814098F DB). • Single sink (810x400) H 200 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 1050 mm.• 2 tap holes / automatic strainer waste.

810

980

480

400

130L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 980 480 200 LBTIAG07

Flush-mounted dustbin for worktop. • Ø external 313 mm.• Plastic bucket, 13 l.-capacity with Ø 275 mm lid in stainless steel and gaskets.

Ø 275

Ø 313

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 313 - LBTIAN01

Page 195: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

19501/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

S i n k s / H o b s / T a p s C.R.S. SCOTCH BRITE STAINLESS STEEL - Sinks, C.R.S. series FLUSH-MOUNTED Compatible ONLY with worktops in Laminate, Lasermat , Wood, Corian®, St. steel, Durinox®, Stone, Marble, Granite, Composite, min. 705 mm deep. Square-edged sink with sharp corners - Bottom with draining folds - Tap and automatic strainer waste holes. Please order separately the flush-mounted cut-out (Customised Solutions chapter), the compulsory automatic strainer waste kit (Taps chapter). In the sinks with sharp corners a small retention of water could remain on the bottom. It could be wiped with a sponge. The above shall not be considered cause of complaint or disputes. For mounting and sealing on worktops In Laminate, Lasermat, Wood and Corian® please add the relative price increase (see “Customised Solutions” chapter). On worktops in marble, stone, granite and composite the mounting and sealing has to be processed on site by Client . How to position sinks on worktops: 1) min. distance between bowl and front worktop trim: 60 mm. 2) min. distance between bowl and side worktop trim: 50 mm. 3) min. distance between 2 bowls: 50 mm. 4) min. distance between bowl and back worktop trim with 20 mm back-splash: 80 mm.

Sink 1180x580 mm (art. BBLAV2V118F DB). • Double sink (500x500 + 500x500) H 190 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 1200 mm.• 3 tap holes / automatic strainer waste.

50050 50500

1180

580

500

80

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1180 580 190 LBTIAC06

Sink 980x580 mm (art. BBLAV1VP98F DB). • Single sink (500x500) H 190 mm + countertop waste chute Ø 275 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 1050 mm.• 2 tap holes / automatic strainer waste.

50040 179

980

580

500

40

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 980 580 190 LBTIAM03

Sink 980x580 mm (art. BBLAV2V98F DB). • Double sink (500x500 + 270x500) H 190 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 1050 mm.• 3 tap holes / automatic strainer waste.

50055 100 270

980

580

500

55

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 980 580 190 LBTIAF03

Page 196: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

196 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

S i n k s / H o b s / T a p s C.R.S. SCOTCH BRITE STAINLESS STEEL - Sinks, C.R.S. series FLUSH-MOUNTED Compatible ONLY with worktops in Laminate, Lasermat , Wood, Corian®, St. steel, Durinox®, Stone, Marble, Granite, Composite, min. 705 mm deep. Rounded-edges sink - Tap holes. Please order separately the flush-mounted cut-out (Customised Solutions chapter), the compulsory automatic strainer waste kit (Taps chapter). In the sinks with sharp corners a small retention of water could remain on the bottom. It could be wiped with a sponge. The above shall not be considered cause of complaint or disputes. For mounting and sealing on worktops In Laminate, Lasermat, Wood and Corian® please add the relative price increase (see “Customised Solutions” chapter). On worktops in marble, stone, granite and composite the mounting and sealing has to be processed on site by Client . How to position sinks on worktops: 1) min. distance between bowl and front worktop trim: 60 mm. 2) min. distance between bowl and side worktop trim: 50 mm. 3) min. distance between 2 bowls: 50 mm. 4) min. distance between bowl and back worktop trim with 20 mm back-splash: 80 mm.

Sink 530x580 mm (art. BBLAV1V500F DB). • Single sink (400x500) H 200 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 600 mm.• 2 tap holes / automatic strainer waste.

500

40

40

580

53040065 65

r = 100

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530 580 200 LBTIAA03

Sink 790x580 mm (art. BBLAV2V340F DB). • Double sink (342x410 + 342x410) H 190 mm.• Under-sink base unit min. L 900 mm.• 3 tap holes / automatic strainer waste.

410

130

40

580

790342 34238 30 38

r = 75 r = 75

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 790 580 190 LBTIAC05

Page 197: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

19701/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

S i n k s / H o b s / T a p s C.R.S. SCOTCH BRITE STAINLESS STEEL - Hobs, C.R.S. series FLUSH-MOUNTED Compatible ONLY with worktops in Laminate, Lasermat , Wood, Corian®, St. steel, Durinox®, Stone, Marble, Granite, Composite, min. 630 / 705 mm deep. Knobs: C.R.S. stainless steel series. Please order separately the flush-mounted cut-out (Customised Solutions chapter). For mounting and sealing on worktops In Laminate, Lasermat, Wood and Corian® please add the relative price increase (see “Customised Solutions” chapter). On worktops in marble, stone, granite and composite the mounting and sealing has to be processed on site by Client . Electronic ignition, safety valves, flush-mounted grids in enamelled cast-iron. Default settings for METHANE GAS. Optional nozzles kit for LPG gas (LIQUID GAS) is included. Please check always with Boffi the options for other gas typologies.

Hob - 4 burners (art. BB40/CS/F DB). • Burners power: (1) 3000 W - (2-3) 1650 W - (3) 1000 W.• Compatible ONLY with worktops min. 705 mm deep.

1

2

4

3

76740

580

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740 580 76 VAIBNI01

Hob - 5 burners (art. BB40TC/CS/F DB). • Burners power: (1) 3000 W - (2-5) 1650 W - (3) 3250 W - (4) 1000 W.• Compatible ONLY with worktops min. 705 mm deep.

1

2

4

5

3

761090

580

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1090 580 76 VAIBNI02

Hob - 6 burners (art. BB402TC/CS/F DB). • Burners power: (1-2) 3250 W triple rim - (3) 3000 W - (4-6) 1650 W - (5) 1000 W.• Compatible ONLY with worktops min. 705 mm deep.

1280

3

4

5

6

11580

76

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1280 580 76 VAIBNI03

Hob - 4 burners (art. BB40118/CS/F DB). • Burners power: (1) 1650 W - (2-4) 3000 W - (3) 1650 W.• Additional frontal grids.

1 2 3 4

1180

R= 10 mm.

83

480

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1180 480 83 VAIBMI02

Page 198: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

198 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Mixer Design Boffi by KWC.

• Lever in surgical-grade hardened stainless steel.• Swivelling spout.• Pull-out spray head with integrated LED light.• Voltage: 220 V - 50 Hz (NOT compatible with USA market).• Ø 35 mm built-in hole.

Totally in stainless steel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REAA1

S i n k s / H o b s / T a p s Tap Design Boffi

250

405

245200

max. 45

M33440

1/2"

Mixer Design Boffi by KWC.

• Lever in surgical-grade hardened stainless steel.• Swivelling spout.• Pull-out spray head.• Ø 35 mm built-in hole.

Totally in stainless steel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REAA2

369

230

231

199

390

M 33

max

. 45

3/8"

Mixer Design Boffi.

• 360° swivelling spout.• Ø 35 mm built-in hole.

Totally in stainless steel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REAA7

111244

210

164

ø 45

R 40

200

303

Shut-off spray head Design Boffi.

• Pull-out.• 1/2“ connection.• Ø 35 mm built-in hole.

Totally in stainless steel - Satin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJFA1Totally in stainless steel - Polished. . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJFA2

Ø 44

Ø 25

68

130

10

Mixer Design Boffi.

• 360° swivelling spout.• Lateral lever.• Ø 35 mm built-in hole.

Totally in stainless steel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REAA8

271

357

247

106

Ø 45

Ø 39

Mixer Design Boffi, GASTRO series by KWC.

• 360° swivelling spout.• Compatible ONLY with worktops, min. 830 mm deep.• Capacity: 3 bar, with jet-breaker, 42 lt/min.• Ø 28 mm built-in hole.

Chromium-plated. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REAE2

153

3/4"

110300

9535

5

MAX

. 60

160

3/4"

Page 199: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

19901/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Hot water dispenser Design Boffi.

• 98° hot filtered water dispenser.• 2,5 litres stainless steel storage tank, fixed to wall (under the sink) or on cabinet

side panel.• Please arrange a socket for the tank and a water connection.• Ø 35 mm built-in hole.• 360° swivelling spout.

Totally in stainless steel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RREA1Filter art. 1973082 (spare part / package of 2 pieces). . . . RREA2

S i n k s / H o b s / T a p s Tap Design Boffi

151

Ø 55

Ø 12

146

49

125

222

156

279

max

368

171

Mixer Design Boffi.

• 360° swivelling spout.• Lateral lever.• Externally treated with PVD (Physical Vapor Deposition) technique.• Ø 35 mm built-in hole.

Matt black. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REAA10

271

357

247

106

Ø 45

Ø 39

Mixer Design Boffi.

• 135° swivelling spout.• Pull-out spray head.• Externally treated with PVD (Physical Vapor Deposition) technique.• Ø 35 mm built-in hole.

Matt black. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REAA11

393

240

194

15°

Shut-off spray head Design Boffi.

• Pull-out.• 1/2“ connection.• Externally treated with PVD (Physical Vapor Deposition) technique.• Ø 35 mm built-in hole.

Matt black. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJFA04

Ø 44

Ø 25

68

130

10

Mixer Design Boffi.

• 135° swivelling spout.• Pull-out spray head.• Ø 35 mm built-in hole.

Totally in stainless steel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REAA9

393

240

194

15°

Page 200: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

200 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

W1 series mixer.

• Integrated control knobs.• 160° swivelling spout.• Adjustable aerator.• A = Lever for temperature adjustment.• B = Lever for water supply.• Ø 35 mm built-in hole.

Brushed stainless steel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REFA01

S i n k s / H o b s / T a p s Tap Design Norbert Wangen

18

300

Ø 35A

B

36

Ø 55

1/2"

230

Spout, W1 series.

• 160° swivelling spout.• Adjustable aerator.• To be matched with knobs code RGFA02.• Ø 35 mm built-in hole.

Brushed stainless steel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RIFA06

18

300

Ø 3536

Ø 55

1/2"

230

Cold/hot group, W1 series.

• 1/2“ connection.• Ø 35 mm built-in hole.

Brushed stainless steel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RGFA02

1/2"

Ø 44

27

Pull-out spray head, W1 series.

• To be matched with knobs code RGFA02.• Ø 35 mm built-in hole.

Brushed stainless steel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RJFA03

L. 1400

83

15

32

171035

Ø 44

1/2"

Ø 23

Page 201: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

20101/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Automatic strainer waste kit for single sink.

• It includes: knob C.R.S. design Boffi, pop-up plug, waste-drain and 1-way si-phon.

• Available in stainless steel, polished stainless steel, matt black.

Stainless steel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALER01SPolished stainless steel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALER01LMatt black. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALER01N

S i n k s / H o b s / T a p s Tap - Accessories.

Automatic strainer waste kit for double sink.

• It includes: 2 knobs C.R.S. design Boffi, 2 pop-up plugs, 2 waste-drains, 2-ways siphon, 1 pop-up plug extension.

• Available in stainless steel, polished stainless steel, matt black.

Stainless steel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALES01SPolished stainless steel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALES01LMatt black. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALES01N

Automatic strainer waste kit for double sink in Corian®.

• It includes: knob C.R.S. design Boffi, pop-up plug, waste-drain with cover in white Corian® and 1-way siphon.

• Available in stainless steel, polished stainless steel, matt black.

Stainless steel + waste-drain covering in Corian®. ALEV01SPolished stainless steel + waste-drain covering in Corian®. ALEV01LMatt black + waste-drain covering in Corian®. . . . ALEV01N

Automatic strainer waste kit for double sink in Corian®.

• It includes: 2 knobs C.R.S. design Boffi, 2 pop-up plugs, 2 waste-drains with cover in white Corian®, 2-ways siphon, 1 pop-up plug extension.

• Available in stainless steel, polished stainless steel, matt black.

Stainless steel + waste-drain covering in Corian®. ALEW01SPolished stainless steel + waste-drain covering in Corian®. ALEW01LMatt black + waste-drain covering in Corian®. . . . ALEW01N

Page 202: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

202 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

H o o d s WD35 Built-in hoods in satin stainless steel. Technical features: Controls: electronic (3 speeds + intensive) Motors: n° 1 Airflow: 1000 m3/h Pressure: 520 Pa Noise level: 61 dBa Motor power: 300 W Voltage: EUROPE 230 V - 50 Hz / USA 110 V - 60 Hz Lighting: 2 LED spotlights (L 600 mm) / 4 LED spotlights (L 900-1200 mm) / Colour temperature: 3000 K Air outlet: ø 150 mm + reducer ø 120 mm

WD35 - EXTERNALLY VENTED built-in hood. • Front flap fold in stainless steel.• Lighting: LED spotlights.• Lower perimeter ducting system.• It can be integrated inside wall units for hood, with hinged or flap door.• USA version: the single pieces are UL-certified (the assembled hood is not certi-

fied).

L P H

L 600 - EUROPE version. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560 - - VW2AZI01L 600 - USA version. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560 - - VW2UZI01L 900 - EUROPE version. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 860 - - VW2AZI02L 900 - USA version. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 860 - - VW2UZI02L 1200 - EUROPE version. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1160 - - VW2AZI03L 1200 - USA version. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1160 - - VW2UZI03

Page 203: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

20301/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

H o o d s 607 Built-in hoods in satin stainless steel. Technical features: Controls: electronic (3 speeds + intensive) + radio control. Motors: n° 1 Airflow: 1000 m3/h Pressure: 520 Pa Noise level: 61 dBa Motor power: 300 W Voltage: EUROPE 230 V - 50 Hz / USA 110 V - 60 Hz Lighting: 2 LED spotlights (L 600 mm) / 4 LED spotlights (L 900-1200 mm) / Colour temperature: 3000 K Air outlet: ø 150 mm + reducer ø 120 mm Temperature sensor with automatic switch (speed 1) Automatic switch when the shelf is extracted

607 - EXTERNALLY VENTED built-in hood. • Lower pull-out shelf.• Lighting: LED spotlights.• Lower perimeter ducting system.• It can be integrated inside wall units for hood, with hinged or flap door.• USA version: the single pieces are UL-certified (the assembled hood is not certi-

fied).

L P H

L 600 - EUROPE version. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560 - - VS2AZI01L 600 - USA version. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560 - - VS2UZI01L 900 - EUROPE version. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 860 - - VS2AZI02L 900 - USA version. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 860 - - VS2UZI02L 1200 - EUROPE version. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1160 - - VS2AZI03L 1200 - USA version. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1160 - - VS2UZI03

Page 204: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

204 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

FLAT-KAP - EXTERNALLY VENTED hood with sail-shelf. - ISLAND. • Perimeter ducting system.• Please order separately the height-adjustable chimney cod. AKIT014.• Version without motor: please order separately the remote motor cod. EHLCI0001.

800 - 1100900 - 1200

500700

H

2033

545= =

395= =

2020

L P H

L 900 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 54,5 kg).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 700 - VABAKI12L 900 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 54,5 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 700 - VABCCI12L 1200 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 57,6 kg).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 700 - VABAKI14L 1200 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 57,6 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 700 - VABCCI14

H o o d s FLAT-KAP Hoods in stainless steel, fixed-sized. Technical features: Controls: Control Ball (3 + i) + radio control. Motors: n° 1 IEC capacity: 830 m3/h - UL capacity: 900 m3/h Pressure: 480 Pa Noise level: 69 dBA Motor power: 316 W Voltage: 220 V - 50 Hz Lighting: halogen 2 x 20 W Air outlet: ø 150 mm - 120 mm with non-return valve

FLAT-KAP - EXTERNALLY VENTED hood with sail-shelf. - WALL-MOUNTED. • Perimeter ducting system.• Please order separately the height-adjustable chimney cod. AKIT013 and any

back panel cod. SVAJBU01/02.• Version without motor: please order separately the remote motor cod. EHLCI0001.

800 - 1100900 - 1200

500600

H

2033

560480= =

2020

L P H

L 900 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 53,1 kg).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 600 - VABAHI12L 900 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 53,1 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 600 - VABCAI12L 1200 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 55,8 kg).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 600 - VABAHI14L 1200 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 55,8 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 600 - VABCAI14

FLAT-KAP - Back panel for WALL-MOUNTED hood. • With shelf P 150 mm.

900 ÷ 1200 150

1745

02020

L P H

L 900. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 150 450 SVAJBU01L 1200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 150 450 SVAJBU02

Page 205: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

20501/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

H o o d s FLAT-KAP Customised hoods in stainless steel. Technical features: Controls: Control Ball (3 + i) + radio control. Motors: n° 1 IEC capacity: 830 m3/h - UL capacity: 900 m3/h Pressure: 480 Pa Noise level: 69 dBA Motor power: 316 W Voltage: 220 V - 50 Hz Lighting: halogen 2 x 20 W Air outlet: ø 150 mm - 120 mm with non-return valve

FLAT-KAP - Externally venting unit. - ISLAND. • Perimeter ducting system.• Radio control is supplied.• Please order separately the height-adjustable chimney cod. AKIT014, the Flat

shelf-sail cod. VABBFI01 + the additional lighting cod. ZDIDA0* if necessary and the tie-rods cod. AKFA005.

• Version without motor: please order separately the remote motor cod. EHLCI0001.

800 - 1100 500

H

33

545= =

395= =

2020

L P H

L 800 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 45,0 kg).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 500 - VABAKI11L 800 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 45,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800 500 - VABCCI11L 1100 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 45,0 kg).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1100 500 - VABAKI13L 1100 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 45,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1100 500 - VABCCI13

FLAT-KAP - Flat sail-shelf. - ISLAND. • Please order separately the tie-rods cod. AKFA005 and, if necessary, the addi-tional lighting cod. ZDIDA0*.

• 1 = Stainless steel beam-holder for halogen spotlights. Max nr. 3 spotlights per sail-shelf.

• L max 3850 mm.

1200 ÷ 3850L

700

20

H

2020

1

L P H

Price per linear metre. - (Net weight 15,0 kg/m2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 700 20 VABBFI01

FLAT-KAP - Tie-rod for Flat sail-shelf. • H min 500 / max 2000 mm.

H

2020

L P H

Unit price. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - AKFA005

Page 206: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

206 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

H o o d s FLAT-KAP Customised hoods in stainless steel.

FLAT-KAP - Set of additional lighting. • For wall-mounted or island sail-shelf.• To be ordered ONLY if an increase of standard lighting (2 spotlights- already avail-

able on externally venting unit) is necessary.• Please add the transformer cod. AVMU001 (for max 3 spotlights).• Lighting: halogen 20 W (for each spotlight).

L P H

1 spotlight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - ZDIDA032 spotlights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - ZDIDA023 spotlights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - ZDIDA01

Page 207: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

20701/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

H o o d s FLAT-KAP Chimney / Accessories.

FLAT-KAP - Chimney for WALL-MOUNTED hood/externally venting unit. • H min 700 / max 2000 mm.• In case of lateral or rear air outlet please add the cut-out cod. ZDIH***.

H

560480

120

= =210

2020

L P H

Price per linear metre. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560 480 - AKIT013

FLAT-KAP - Chimney for ISLAND hood/externally venting unit. • H min 700 / max 2000 mm.• In case of lateral or rear air outlet please add the cut-out cod. ZDIH***.

H

545= =

395= =

2020

165

L P H

Price per linear metre. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545 395 - AKIT014

Page 208: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

208 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

H o o d s GLASS Hoods in stainless steel and transparent glass, fixed-sized. Technical features: Controls: Control Ball (3 + i) + radio control. Motors: n° 1 IEC capacity: 830 m3/h - UL capacity: 900 m3/h Pressure: 480 Pa Noise level: 69 dBA Motor power: 316 W Voltage: 220 V - 50 Hz Lighting: fluorescent 2 x 8 W Air outlet: ø 150 mm - 120 mm with non-return valve Weight: externally venting unit 35 kg / sail-shelf 20 kg per square metre.

GLASS - EXTERNALLY VENTED hood with glass shelf. - WALL-MOUNTED. • Perimeter ducting system.• Please order separately the height-adjustable chimney cod. AKTT015.

8

H

4255025575

L

386 470

2020

L P H

L 600 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 42,0 kg).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600 575 - VAGAHJ11L 900 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 45,5 kg).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 575 - VAGAHJ12L 1200 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 49,0 kg).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 575 - VAGAHJ13

GLASS - EXTERNALLY VENTED hood with glass shelf. - ISLAND. • Perimeter ducting system.• Please order separately the height-adjustable chimney cod. AKIT018.• PLEASE NOTE: the position of the lower hole for the fumes outlet is not centred

with the chimney middle axis and the glass shelf.

418

700 80

H

L

386

2020

L P H

L 900 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 47,6 kg).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 700 - VAGAKJ12L 1200 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 51,8 kg).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 700 - VAGAKJ13

Page 209: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

20901/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

H o o d s GLASS Customised hoods in stainless steel and transparent glass. Technical features: Controls: Control Ball (3 + i) + radio control. Motors: n° 1 IEC capacity: 830 m3/h - UL capacity: 900 m3/h Pressure: 480 Pa Noise level: 69 dBA Motor power: 316 W Voltage: 220 V - 50 Hz Lighting: fluorescent 2 x 8 W Air outlet: ø 150 mm - 120 mm with non-return valve

GLASS - Externally venting unit. - ISLAND. • Perimeter ducting system.• Mod. TN228CB3i2NIX/A/39• Please order separately the height-adjustable chimney cod. AKIT018, the glass

shelf cod.VAGBFV0*, the tie-rods cod. AKFA006 and the holes for tie-rods cod. ZMVEP01.

700L

2020 80

H

386 418

L P H

EUROPE version. - (Net weight 35,0 kg).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - VAGAHI11

GLASS - Shelf in transparent glass. - ISLAND. • Unit price.• Please order separately the height-adjustable chimney cod. AKIT018, the glass

shelf cod.VAGBFV0*, the tie-rods cod. AKFA006 and the holes for tie-rods cod. ZMVEP01.

• PLEASE NOTE: the position of the lower hole for the fumes outlet is not centred with the chimney middle axis and the glass shelf.

ZMVEP01

700 80L

L P H

L min 1201 / max 1800 mm. - (Net weight 20,0 kg/m2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 700 80 VAGBFV01L min 1801 / max 2400 mm. - (Net weight 20,0 kg/m2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 700 80 VAGBFV02Cut-out for tie-rod fixing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - ZMVEP01

GLASS - Tie-rod for shelf in transparent glass. - ISLAND. • Stainless steel.• Unit price.

H

L P H

H min 700 / max 2000 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - AKFA006

Page 210: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

210 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

H o o d s GLASS Chimney / Accessories.

GLASS - Chimney for WALL-MOUNTED hood/externally venting unit. • Stainless steel.• H min 700 / max 2000 mm.• In case of lateral or rear air outlet please add the cut-out cod. ZDIH***.• Min. distance between shelf and lateral/rear air outlet= 800 mm.

H

386 210

Ø 150

470

120

L P H

Price per linear metre. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386 470 - AKTT015

GLASS - Chimney for ISLAND hood/externally venting unit. • Stainless steel.• H min 700 / max 2000 mm.• In case of lateral or rear air outlet please add the cut-out cod. ZDIH***.• Min. distance between shelf and lateral/rear air outlet= 800 mm.

418

165

H

386

Ø 150

L P H

Price per linear metre. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386 418 - AKIT018

Page 211: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

21101/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

H o o d s FLAT-KAP / GLASS Technical details.

L max 3000

L max 1500 L max 1500

1500 < L < 3000

1201 < L > 3850 (FLAT)1201 < L > 2400 (GLASS)

50 min.

6003000

2400

~ 2135~ 335

1500 < L < 3000

540 L max 3000

SxDx

Technical chart for tie-rods positioning for FLAT sail-shelf and GLASS shelf. MAX WIDTH: 3850 mm (FLAT sail-shelf) - 2400 mm (GLASS shelf). MAX. DISTANCE BETWEEN RODS: 1500 mm. MIN. DISTANCE BETWEEN END OF SAIL-SHELF AND EXTERNALLY VENTING UNIT: 50 mm

Example.

Page 212: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

212 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

H o o d s CEILING Hoods to be completed with finished covering panels. Structure made of stainless steel, customised height (H min 600 / max 1200 mm, compatible with ceiling height from 2400 up to 3200 mm). The distance between floor and hood (lower ventilating part) should be min. 1800 and max. 2000 mm. Technical features: Controls: electronic push-button panel + radio control (for island version only). Motors: n° 1 Max capacity: 1000 m3/h Voltage: EUROPE 220 V - 50 Hz / USA 110 V - 60 Hz 3 speeds + turbo. Lighting: L 1200 mm = 3 halogen spotlights 20 W / L 1800 mm = 4 halogen spotlights 20 W. Air outlet: Ø 150 mm with non-return valve, Ø 150 mm flexible aluminium tube, extensible up to L 1500 mm.

CEILING - EXTERNALLY VENTED hood. - WALL-MOUNTED. • Perimeter ducting system.• Please order separately the covering panels.• Please order separately the set of plate for lateral/rear air outlet cod. AKIR002 (ex-

ternally vented use), if necessary or the grid set for lateral air outlet cod. AKIR001 (for transforming into recirculating version).

• H min 600 mm (700 mm with lateral or rear air outlet) / max 1200 mm.• USA version: the single pieces are UL-certified (the assembled hood is not certi-

fied).

==

==

1200 / 1800

Ø 150

550

H

A

ABB

B

B

L P H

L 1200 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 41,0 kg).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 550 - VACAHI01L 1200 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 41,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 550 - VACCAI01L 1200 - USA version. - (Net weight 41,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 550 - VACUHI01L 1800 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 51,0 kg).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 550 - VACAHI02L 1800 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 51,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 550 - VACCAI02L 1800 - USA version. - (Net weight 51,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 550 - VACUHI02

CEILING - EXTERNALLY VENTED hood. - ISLAND. • Perimeter ducting system.• Please order separately the covering panels.• Please order separately the set of plate for lateral/rear air outlet cod. AKIR002 (ex-

ternally vented use), if necessary or the grid set for lateral air outlet cod. AKIR001 (for transforming into recirculating version).

• H min 600 (700 mm with lateral or rear air outlet) / max 1200 mm. To be used with ceiling height min. 2400 and max. 3200 mm. The lower ventilating hood shelf should be fitted min at 1800 mm and max at 2000 mm from the floor.

• USA version: the single pieces are UL-certified (the assembled hood is not certi-fied).

==

==

1200 / 1800

Ø 150

700

H

A

A

AABB

B

B

L P H

L 1200 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 45,0 kg).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 700 - VACAKI01L 1200 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 45,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 700 - VACCCI01L 1200 - USA version. - (Net weight 45,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 700 - VACUKI01L 1800 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 58,0 kg).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 700 - VACAKI02L 1800 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 58,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 700 - VACCCI02L 1800 - USA version. - (Net weight 58,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 700 - VACUKI02

Page 213: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

21301/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

H o o d s CEILING Hoods to be completed with finished covering panels.

CEILING - FRONTAL / REAR (A) covering panel. - WALL-MOUNTED / ISLAND. • Finishes: glass (white, black, frosted Extralight white – dove-grey - coffee) / stain-less steel (horizontally satin) / Corian® / mirror.

• H min 600 / max 1200 mm.• Joining of frontal/lateral panel:• 1 = with overlay, for stainless steel finish.• 2 = 45° connection, for Corian® / Glass / Mirror finishes.

H

A

1200 / 1800

30 1

2

L P H

L 1200 - Price per square metre. - (Net weight 15,0 kg/m2).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 16 - SVAYBV01

L 1800 - Price per square metre. - (Net weight 15,0 kg/m2).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 16 - SVAYBV02

CEILING - LATERAL (B) covering panel. - WALL-MOUNTED. • Please order always 2 lateral panels for 1 hood.• Finishes: glass (white, black, frosted Extralight white – dove-grey - coffee) / stain-

less steel (horizontally satin) / Corian® / mirror.• H min 600 / max 1200 mm.• Reversible.• Joining of frontal/lateral panel:• 1 = with overlay, for stainless steel finish.• 2 = 45° connection, for Corian® / Glass / Mirror finishes.

534 16

B

H

30 1

2

L P H

P 550 - Price per square metre. - (Net weight 15,0 kg/m2).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548 16 - SVAYBV03

CEILING - LATERAL (B) covering panel. - ISLAND. • Please order always 2 lateral panels for 1 hood.• Finishes: glass (white, black, frosted Extralight white – dove-grey - coffee) / stain-

less steel (horizontally satin) / Corian® / mirror.• H min 600 / max 1200 mm.• Reversible.• Joining of frontal/lateral panel:• 1 = with overlay, for stainless steel finish.• 2 = 45° connection, for Corian® / Glass / Mirror finishes.

668 1616

B

H

30 1

2

L P H

P 700 - Price per square metre. - (Net weight 15,0 kg/m2).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 696 16 - SVAYBV04

Page 214: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

214 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

H o o d s CEILING Hoods to be completed with finished covering panels.

Cut-out for lateral or rear air outlet. - For WALL-MOUNTED/ISLAND hood. • Hood H min 700 mm.• Please add the recirculating kit cod. AKIR001 or the externally venting kit cod.

AKIR002.

H

1200 / 1800

185= = 200= =

200

200

20030

668 1616

H

30

534 16

H

30

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - ZDICK01

Set of plate for air outlet - recirculating use. • To be ordered to transform the hood into recirculating version.• It includes the lateral closing grid and the 2 recirculating carbon filters.

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - AKIR001

Set of plate for air outlet - externally vented use. • To be ordered when EXTERNALLY VENTED hood, with lateral or rear air outlet, is used.

• The set is useful for the external continuation of duct for the air outlet.

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - AKIR002

CEILING - Upper cover with grate for WALL-MOUNTED hood - Optional. • Stainless steel.

L P H

L 1200 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 550 - AKIA001L 1800 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 550 - AKIA002

Page 215: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

21501/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

700 (550)

1200 - 1800

Ø 150

1

1

1

1

A

H 1600÷2000

H 2600÷3200

550

600÷1200

2600÷3200

1600÷2000

700 (550)

2

600

600

630

min

. 800

302210

1610600 1200 600

min

. 605

360 m

in. 7

2030

min

. 750

155

600 1200

DC

B

H 1600÷2000

H 2600÷3200

700

30

Specifications showing the hood positioning. 1 - Customised, variable vertical profiles, to adjust the hood height. 2 - With lateral outlet, H min 700 mm.

Specifications showing frontal view of hood aligned with wall units. C - Example of external fume outlet. D - Example of internal fume outlet.

H o o d s CEILING Technical details.

A - Use of hood under inclined ceiling: compensating structure supplied by the customer.

B - Use of island hood with ceiling H > 3200 mm: please use compensating structure supplied by Client.

Page 216: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

216 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

H o o d s GHOST Ceiling-mounted hoods in stainless steel and transparent glass. Structure made of painted metal, perimeter sides in stainless steel and panels in transparent extralight glass. Technical features: Controls: radio control. Motors: n° 1 Max capacity: 1250 m3/h Voltage: EUROPE 220 V - 50 Hz / USA 110 V - 60 Hz 3 speeds + turbo. Lighting: fluorescent 2 x 21 W (L 1200) - 2 x 28 W (L 1500) - 6 x 14 W (L 1000) Air outlet: Ø 150 mm, with reduction to Ø 120 mm. Pressure: max 580 Pa Noise level: 70 dBA Power: 190 W.

GHOST - Built-in EXTERNALLY VENTED hood. - WALL-MOUNTED. • Externally vented duct with sides in extra light transparent glass (3 sides).• Please order the kit cod. AKIR001 for transforming the hood into RECIRCULAT-

ING version (not recommended).• USA version: the single pieces are UL-certified (the assembled hood is not certi-

fied).

600

600

1200 / 1600

12001600

500

400 min.

L P H

Rectangular- L 1200 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 118,0 kg / gross weight 156,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 600 900 VATAHJ01Rectangular- L 1200 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 118,0 kg / gross weight 156,0 kg). 1200 600 900 VATCAJ01Rectangular- L 1200 - USA version. - (Net weight 118,0 kg / gross weight 156,0 kg).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 600 900 VATUHJ01Rectangular- L 1500 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 123,0 kg / gross weight 161,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . 1500 600 900 VATAHJ02Rectangular- L 1500 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 123,0 kg / gross weight 161,0 kg). 1500 600 900 VATCAJ02Rectangular- L 1500 - USA version. - (Net weight 123,0 kg / gross weight 161,0 kg).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1500 600 900 VATUHJ02

GHOST - Built-in EXTERNALLY VENTED hood. - ISLAND. • Externally vented duct with sides in extra light transparent glass (4 sides).• Please order the kit cod. AKIR001 for transforming the hood into RECIRCULAT-

ING version (not recommended).• USA version: the single pieces are UL-certified (the assembled hood is not certi-

fied).

600

600

1500

1500

500

400 min.

1000 1000

1000

1000

500

400 min.

L P H

Rectangular- L 1500 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 126,0 kg / gross weight 164,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . 1500 600 900 VATAKJ01Rectangular- L 1500 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 126,0 kg / gross weight 164,0 kg). 1500 600 900 VATCCJ01Rectangular- L 1500 - USA version. - (Net weight 126,0 kg / gross weight 164,0 kg).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1500 600 900 VATUKJ01Square - L 1000 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 132,0 kg / gross weight 168,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1000 1000 900 VATAKJ02Square - L 1000 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 132,0 kg / gross weight 168,0 kg). . . . . 1000 1000 900 VATCCJ02Square - L 1000 - USA version. - (Net weight 132,0 kg / gross weight 168,0 kg).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1000 1000 900 VATUKJ02

Page 217: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

21701/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

5

4

12

A1

A

C

P

B

P

L

L

500

400 min.

254

36

Ø 150

254

1 - Structure: possible installation as per A / B modalities - Lateral, rear or upper fumes outlet (C). 2 - Mobile body with motor, filter and light. 3 - Telescopic device to move the hood upward and downward. 4 - Fumes duct in glass. 5 - False ceiling. 6 - Light.

Installation typologies: A - Ceiling-recessed assembly with covering panels to be supplied by the customer (A1). B - False ceiling-recessed assembly, supplied by the customer.

H o o d s GHOST Technical details.

Page 218: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

218 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

H o o d s TILE Hoods to be completed with tiled covering panels. Structure made of painted metal, with visible frame in stainless steel. Compatible with ceiling height from 2600 up to 3200 mm. The distance between floor and hood (lower ventilating part) should be min. 1800 and max. 2000 mm. Technical features: Controls: electronic push-button panel + radio control. Power: 300 W Max capacity: 1000 m3/h Voltage: EUROPE 220 V - 50 Hz / USA 110 V - 60 Hz 3 speeds + turbo. Lighting: fluorescent 2 x 21 W (L 1200) - 2 x 80 W (L 1800). Air outlet: Ø 150 mm with non-return valve, reduction to Ø 120 mm. Noise level: 61 dBA Pressure: 520 Pa

TILE - EXTERNALLY VENTED hood (WD88) - WALL-MOUNTED. • Perimeter ducting system.• Please order separately the covering panels.• USA version: the single pieces are UL-certified (the assembled hood is not certi-

fied).

==

==

1200 / 1800

Ø 150

465

600900

1200

L P H

H 600.L 1200 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 68,3 kg / gross weight 83,3 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 465 600 VBBAHI01L 1200 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 68,3 kg / gross weight 83,3 kg).. . . . . . . . . 1200 465 600 VBBCAI01L 1200 - USA version. - (Net weight 68,3 kg / gross weight 83,3 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 465 600 VBBUHI01

L 1800 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 101,5 kg / gross weight 121,5 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 465 600 VBBAHI04L 1800 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 101,5 kg / gross weight 121,5 kg).. . . . . . . 1800 465 600 VBBCAI04L 1800 - USA version. - (Net weight 101,5 kg / gross weight 121,5 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 465 600 VBBUHI04

H 900.L 1200 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 73,4 kg / gross weight 88,4 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 465 900 VBBAHI02L 1200 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 73,4 kg / gross weight 88,4 kg).. . . . . . . . . 1200 465 900 VBBCAI02L 1200 - USA version. - (Net weight 73,4 kg / gross weight 88,4 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 465 900 VBBUHI02

L 1800 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 109,6 kg / gross weight 129,6 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 465 900 VBBAHI05L 1800 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 109,6 kg / gross weight 129,6 kg).. . . . . . . 1800 465 900 VBBCAI05L 1800 - USA version. - (Net weight 109,6 kg / gross weight 129,6 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 465 900 VBBUHI05

H 1200.L 1200 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 78,7 kg / gross weight 93,7 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 465 1200 VBBAHI03L 1200 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 78,7 kg / gross weight 93,7 kg).. . . . . . . . . 1200 465 1200 VBBCAI03L 1200 - USA version. - (Net weight 78,7 kg / gross weight 93,7 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 465 1200 VBBUHI03

L 1800 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 111,3 kg / gross weight 131,3 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 465 1200 VBBAHI06L 1800 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 111,3 kg / gross weight 131,3 kg).. . . . . . . 1800 465 1200 VBBCAI06L 1800 - USA version. - (Net weight 111,3 kg / gross weight 131,3 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 465 1200 VBBUHI06

White (polished) Black (matt)

Page 219: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

21901/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

TILE - EXTERNALLY VENTED hood (WD88I) - ISLAND. • Perimeter ducting system.• Please order separately the covering panels.• USA version: the single pieces are UL-certified (the assembled hood is not certi-

fied).

==

==

1200 / 1800

Ø 150

630

6009001200

L P H

H 600.L 1200 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 78,6 kg / gross weight 93,6 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 630 600 VBBAKI01L 1200 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 78,6 kg / gross weight 93,6 kg).. . . . . . . . . 1200 630 600 VBBCCI01L 1200 - USA version. - (Net weight 78,6 kg / gross weight 93,6 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 630 600 VBBUKI01

L 1800 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 116,7 kg / gross weight 136,7 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 630 600 VBBAKI04L 1800 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 116,7 kg / gross weight 136,7 kg).. . . . . . . 1800 630 600 VBBCCI04L 1800 - USA version. - (Net weight 116,7 kg / gross weight 136,7 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 630 600 VBBUKI04

H 900.L 1200 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 84,5 kg / gross weight 99,5 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 630 900 VBBAKI02L 1200 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 84,5 kg / gross weight 99,5 kg).. . . . . . . . . 1200 630 900 VBBCCI02L 1200 - USA version. - (Net weight 84,5 kg / gross weight 99,5 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 630 900 VBBUKI02

L 1800 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 126,0 kg / gross weight 146,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 630 900 VBBAKI05L 1800 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 126,0 kg / gross weight 146,0 kg).. . . . . . . 1800 630 900 VBBCCI05L 1800 - USA version. - (Net weight 126,0 kg / gross weight 146,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 630 900 VBBUKI05

H 1200.L 1200 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 90,5 kg / gross weight 105,5 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 630 1200 VBBAKI03L 1200 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 90,5 kg / gross weight 105,5 kg).. . . . . . . . 1200 630 1200 VBBCCI03L 1200 - USA version. - (Net weight 90,5 kg / gross weight 105,5 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 630 1200 VBBUKI03

L 1800 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 128,0 kg / gross weight 148,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 630 1200 VBBAKI06L 1800 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 128,0 kg / gross weight 148,0 kg).. . . . . . . 1800 630 1200 VBBCCI06L 1800 - USA version. - (Net weight 128,0 kg / gross weight 148,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 630 1200 VBBUKI06

H o o d s TILE Hoods to be completed with tiled covering panels.

Page 220: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

220 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

TILE - Set of tiled covering panels. - For WALL-MOUNTED hood. • Tile colours: white (polished) / black (matt).• The various tiles applied on the panels have decorative design and format differ-

ent from each other.• The panels are shipped separately, to allow an easier assembly. They have then to

be installed on the hood and plastered afterwards (plaster is included).• Thickness: 25 mm.• 1 frontal panel + 2 lateral panels.

L P H

H 600.L 1200. - (Net weight 46 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 465 600 SVBPBV01L 1800. - (Net weight 59 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 465 600 SVBPBV04

H 900.L 1200. - (Net weight 69 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 465 900 SVBPBV02L 1800. - (Net weight 88,5 kg).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 465 900 SVBPBV05

H 1200.L 1200. - (Net weight 92 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 465 1200 SVBPBV03L 1800. - (Net weight 118 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 465 1200 SVBPBV06

H o o d s TILE Hoods to be completed with tiled covering panels.

TILE - Set of tiled covering panels. - For ISLAND hood. • Tile colours: white (polished) / black (matt).• The various tiles applied on the panels have decorative design and format differ-

ent from each other.• The panels are shipped separately, to allow an easier assembly. They have then to

be installed on the hood and plastered afterwards (plaster is included).• Thickness: 25 mm.• 2 frontal panels + 2 lateral panels.

L P H

H 600.L 1200. - (Net weight 79 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 630 600 SVBPBV51L 1800. - (Net weight 105 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 630 600 SVBPBV54

H 900.L 1200. - (Net weight 118,6 kg).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 630 900 SVBPBV52L 1800. - (Net weight 157,5 kg).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 630 900 SVBPBV55

H 1200.L 1200. - (Net weight 158,1 kg).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 630 1200 SVBPBV53L 1800. - (Net weight 210 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 630 1200 SVBPBV56

Page 221: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

22101/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

45015

0

15

Ø 150

1515

600

600600

1

H

B

630H 1800÷2000

H 2600÷3200

A

H 1800÷2000

H 2600÷3200

465

Specifications showing the hood positioning. 1 - 25 mm thick covering panels: 15 mm tile + 10 mm compounded aluminium. Each panel is a multiple width of 600 mm base unit.

H o o d s TILE Technical details - Hoods to be covered with tiled panels.

A - Use of hood under inclined ceiling: compensating structure supplied by the customer.

B - Use of island hood with ceiling H > 3200 mm: please use compensating structure supplied by Client.

Page 222: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

222 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

H o o d s TILE Hoods with covering panels in Wood / Wood Selection / Stainless steel / Corian®. Structure made of painted metal, with visible frame in stainless steel. Compatible with ceiling height from 2600 up to 3200 mm. The distance between floor and hood (lower ventilating part) should be min. 1800 and max. 2000 mm. Technical features: Controls: electronic push-button panel + radio control. Power: 300 W Max capacity: 1000 m3/h Voltage: EUROPE 220 V - 50 Hz / USA 110 V - 60 Hz 3 speeds + turbo. Lighting: fluorescent 2 x 14 W (L 900) - 2 x 80 W (L 1800). Air outlet: Ø 150 mm with non-return valve, reduction to Ø 120 mm. Noise level: 61 dBA Pressure: 520 Pa

TILE - EXTERNALLY VENTED hood (WD64) - WALL-MOUNTED. • Perimeter ducting system.• Covering panels on 1 frontal side and on 2 sides.• USA version: the single pieces are UL-certified (the assembled hood is not certi-

fied).

L 480

H

L P H

H 600.L 900 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 54,4 kg / gross weight 62,1 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 480 600 VBXAH01L 900 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 54,4 kg / gross weight 62,1 kg).. . . . . . 900 480 600 VBXCA01L 900 - USA version. - (Net weight 54,4 kg / gross weight 62,1 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 480 600 VBXUH01

L 1200 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 68,0 kg / gross weight 77,6 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 480 600 VBXAH02L 1200 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 68,0 kg / gross weight 77,6 kg).. . . . . 1200 480 600 VBXCA02L 1200 - USA version. - (Net weight 68,0 kg / gross weight 77,6 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 480 600 VBXUH02

L 1800 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 98,0 kg / gross weight 113,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 480 600 VBXAH03L 1800 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 98,0 kg / gross weight 113,0 kg).. . . . 1800 480 600 VBXCA03L 1800 - USA version. - (Net weight 98,0 kg / gross weight 113,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 480 600 VBXUH03

H 880.L 900 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 65,0 kg / gross weight 73,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 480 880 VBXAH04L 900 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 65,0 kg / gross weight 73,0 kg).. . . . . . 900 480 880 VBXCA04L 900 - USA version. - (Net weight 65,0 kg / gross weight 73,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 480 880 VBXUH04

L 1200 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 80,0 kg / gross weight 90,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 480 880 VBXAH05L 1200 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 80,0 kg / gross weight 90,0 kg).. . . . . 1200 480 880 VBXCA05L 1200 - USA version. - (Net weight 80,0 kg / gross weight 90,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 480 880 VBXUH05

L 1800 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 114,3 kg / gross weight 129,3 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 480 880 VBXAH06L 1800 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 114,3 kg / gross weight 129,3 kg).. . . 1800 480 880 VBXCA06L 1800 - USA version. - (Net weight 114,3 kg / gross weight 129,3 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 480 880 VBXUH06

H 1160.L 900 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 73,2 kg / gross weight 81,2 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 480 1160 VBXAH07L 900 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 73,2 kg / gross weight 81,2 kg).. . . . . . 900 480 1160 VBXCA07L 900 - USA version. - (Net weight 73,2 kg / gross weight 81,2 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 480 1160 VBXUH07

L 1200 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 88,8 kg / gross weight 98,8 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 480 1160 VBXAH08L 1200 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 88,8 kg / gross weight 98,8 kg).. . . . . 1200 480 1160 VBXCA08L 1200 - USA version. - (Net weight 88,8 kg / gross weight 98,8 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 480 1160 VBXUH08

L 1800 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 125,5 kg / gross weight 140,5 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 480 1160 VBXAH09L 1800 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 125,5 kg / gross weight 140,5 kg).. . . 1800 480 1160 VBXCA09L 1800 - USA version. - (Net weight 125,5 kg / gross weight 140,5 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 480 1160 VBXUH09

Page 223: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

22301/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

TILE - EXTERNALLY VENTED hood (WD64I) - ISLAND. • Perimeter ducting system.• Covering panels on 4 sides.• USA version: the single pieces are UL-certified (the assembled hood is not certi-

fied).

L 480

H

L P H

H 600.L 900 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 65,6 kg / gross weight 74,6 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 480 600 VBXAK01L 900 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 65,6 kg / gross weight 74,6 kg).. . . . . . 900 480 600 VBXCC01L 900 - USA version. - (Net weight 65,6 kg / gross weight 74,6 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 480 600 VBXUK01

L 1200 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 82,9 kg / gross weight 93,9 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 480 600 VBXAK02L 1200 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 82,9 kg / gross weight 93,9 kg).. . . . . 1200 480 600 VBXCC02L 1200 - USA version. - (Net weight 82,9 kg / gross weight 93,9 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 480 600 VBXUK02

L 1800 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 120,0 kg / gross weight 136,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 480 600 VBXAK03L 1800 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 120,0 kg / gross weight 136,0 kg).. . . 1800 480 600 VBXCC03L 1800 - USA version. - (Net weight 120,0 kg / gross weight 136,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 480 600 VBXUK03

H 900.L 900 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 80,0 kg / gross weight 89,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 480 900 VBXAK04L 900 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 80,0 kg / gross weight 89,0 kg).. . . . . . 900 480 900 VBXCC04L 900 - USA version. - (Net weight 80,0 kg / gross weight 89,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 480 900 VBXUK04

L 1200 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 99,9 kg / gross weight 110,9 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 480 900 VBXAK05L 1200 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 99,9 kg / gross weight 110,9 kg).. . . . 1200 480 900 VBXCC05L 1200 - USA version. - (Net weight 99,9 kg / gross weight 110,9 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 480 900 VBXUK05

L 1800 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 143,5 kg / gross weight 159,5 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 480 900 VBXAK06L 1800 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 143,5 kg / gross weight 159,5 kg).. . . 1800 480 900 VBXCC06L 1800 - USA version. - (Net weight 143,5 kg / gross weight 159,5 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 480 900 VBXUK06

H 1200.L 900 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 92,0 kg / gross weight 101,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 480 1200 VBXAK07L 900 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 92,0 kg / gross weight 101,0 kg).. . . . . 900 480 1200 VBXCC07L 900 - USA version. - (Net weight 92,0 kg / gross weight 101,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 480 1200 VBXUK07

L 1200 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 113,6 kg / gross weight 124,6 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 480 1200 VBXAK08L 1200 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 113,6 kg / gross weight 124,6 kg).. . . 1200 480 1200 VBXCC08L 1200 - USA version. - (Net weight 113,6 kg / gross weight 124,6 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 480 1200 VBXUK08

L 1800 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 162,0 kg / gross weight 178,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 480 1200 VBXAK09L 1800 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 162,0 kg / gross weight 178,0 kg).. . . 1800 480 1200 VBXCC09L 1800 - USA version. - (Net weight 162,0 kg / gross weight 178,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 480 1200 VBXUK09

H o o d s TILE Hoods with covering panels in Wood / Wood Selection / Stainless steel / Corian®. Structure made of painted metal, with visible frame in stainless steel. Compatible with ceiling height from 2600 up to 3200 mm. The distance between floor and hood (lower ventilating part) should be min. 1800 and max. 2000 mm.

Page 224: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

224 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

H o o d s .KAPPA Hoods with covering panels in stainless steel. Hoods WITHOUT MOTOR for European market: the motor has to be added and can be selected among these codes EHLCI0002 /4 /5. Hoods WITHOUT MOTOR for US market: the remote motor has to be ordered by Client (the connection technical chart is provided). Technical features: Controls: electronic push-button panel + radio control (for island version only). Power: 300 W (USA 320 W) Max capacity: 1000 m3/h (USA 900 m3/h) Voltage: EUROPE 220 V - 50 Hz / USA 110 V - 60 Hz 3 speeds + turbo. Lighting: halogen 2 x 20 W (L 900) - 3 x 20 W (L 1200) wall-mounted / 4 x 20 W (L 900) - 6 x 20 W (L 1200) island. Air outlet: Ø 150 mm with non-return valve, reduction to Ø 120 mm. Noise level: 61 dBa (USA 71 dBA) Pressure: 520 Pa (USA 630 Pa)

.KAPPA - EXTERNALLY VENTED hood (WD95). - WALL-MOUNTED. • Covered by panels on 3 sides.• Max. height from floor: 1900 mm.• Perimeter ducting system.• USA version: the single pieces are UL-certified (the assembled hood is not certi-

fied).

600 / 880

500

900 / 1200

L P H

H 600.L 900 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 35,0 kg / gross weight 42,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 500 600 VBOAHI03L 900 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 35,0 kg / gross weight 42,0 kg).. . . . . . . . . . 900 500 600 VBOCAI03L 900 - USA version. - (Net weight 35,0 kg / gross weight 42,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 500 600 VBOUHI03L 900 - USA version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 35,0 kg / gross weight 42,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 500 600 VBOUAI03

L 1200 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 47,6 kg / gross weight 54,3 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 500 600 VBOAHI04L 1200 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 47,6 kg / gross weight 54,3 kg).. . . . . . . . . 1200 500 600 VBOCAI04L 1200 - USA version. - (Net weight 47,6 kg / gross weight 54,3 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 500 600 VBOUHI04L 1200 - USA version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 47,6 kg / gross weight 54,3 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 500 600 VBOUAI04

H 880.L 900 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 38,0 kg / gross weight 45,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 500 880 VBOAHI01L 900 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 38,0 kg / gross weight 45,0 kg).. . . . . . . . . . 900 500 880 VBOCAI01L 900 - USA version. - (Net weight 38,0 kg / gross weight 45,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 500 880 VBOUHI01L 900 - USA version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 38,0 kg / gross weight 45,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 500 880 VBOUAI01

L 1200 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 50,6 kg / gross weight 57,3 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 500 880 VBOAHI02L 1200 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 50,6 kg / gross weight 57,3 kg).. . . . . . . . . 1200 500 880 VBOCAI02L 1200 - USA version. - (Net weight 50,6 kg / gross weight 57,3 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 500 880 VBOUHI02L 1200 - USA version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 50,6 kg / gross weight 57,3 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 500 880 VBOUAI02

Page 225: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

22501/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

.KAPPA - EXTERNALLY VENTED hood (WD95I). - ISLAND. • Covered by panels on 4 sides.• Max. height from floor: 1900 mm.• Perimeter ducting system.• USA version: the single pieces are UL-certified (the assembled hood is not certi-

fied).

600 / 1000

600

900 / 1200

L P H

H 600.L 900 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 38,8 kg / gross weight 56,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 600 600 VBOAKI03L 900 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 38,8 kg / gross weight 56,0 kg).. . . . . . . . . . 900 600 600 VBOCCI03L 900 - USA version. - (Net weight 38,8 kg / gross weight 56,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 600 600 VBOUKI03L 900 - USA version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 38,8 kg / gross weight 56,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 600 600 VBOUCI03

L 1200 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 60,0 kg / gross weight 71,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 600 600 VBOAKI04L 1200 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 60,0 kg / gross weight 71,0 kg).. . . . . . . . . 1200 600 600 VBOCCI04L 1200 - USA version. - (Net weight 60,0 kg / gross weight 71,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 600 600 VBOUKI04L 1200 - USA version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 60,0 kg / gross weight 71,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 600 600 VBOUCI04

H 1000.L 900 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 42,8 kg / gross weight 60,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 600 1000 VBOAKI01L 900 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 42,8 kg / gross weight 60,0 kg).. . . . . . . . . . 900 600 1000 VBOCCI01L 900 - USA version. - (Net weight 42,8 kg / gross weight 60,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 600 1000 VBOUKI01L 900 - USA version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 42,8 kg / gross weight 60,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 600 1000 VBOUCI01

L 1200 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 64,0 kg / gross weight 75,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 600 1000 VBOAKI02L 1200 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 64,0 kg / gross weight 75,0 kg).. . . . . . . . . 1200 600 1000 VBOCCI02L 1200 - USA version. - (Net weight 64,0 kg / gross weight 75,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 600 1000 VBOUKI02L 1200 - USA version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 64,0 kg / gross weight 75,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 600 1000 VBOUCI02

H o o d s .KAPPA Hoods with covering panels in stainless steel. Hoods WITHOUT MOTOR for European market: the motor has to be added and can be selected among these codes EHLCI0002 /4 /5. Hoods WITHOUT MOTOR for US market: the remote motor has to be ordered by Client (the connection technical chart is provided).

.KAPPA - Internal exhaust conveyor for carrying the fumes outside. • It’s recommended to limit the noise arising from the possible vibrations of the covering panels.

• Compatible with wall-mounted or island hood.

L P H

For hood L 900 mm (art. K90095090KIT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - AKIN001For hood L 1200 mm (art. K90095120KIT). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - AKIN002

Page 226: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

226 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

H o o d s LIEVE Stainless steel hoods with telescopic chimney. Hoods WITHOUT MOTOR for European market: the motor has to be added and can be selected among these codes EHLCI0002 /4 /5. Hoods WITHOUT MOTOR for US market: the remote motor has to be ordered by Client (the connection technical chart is provided). Technical features: Controls: electronic push-button panel + radio control (for island version only). Power: 300 W (USA 320 W) Max capacity: 1000 m3/h (USA 900 m3/h) Voltage: EUROPE 220 V - 50 Hz / USA 110 V - 60 Hz 3 speeds + turbo. Lighting: halogen 2 x 20 W (L 900) - 3 x 20 W (L 1200) - 4 x 20 W (L1800) wall-mounted / 4 x 20 W (L 900) - 6 x 20 W (L 1200) - 8 x 20 W (L1800) island. Air outlet: Ø 150 mm with non-return valve, reduction to Ø 120 mm. Noise level: 61 dBa (USA 71 dBA) Pressure: 520 Pa (USA 630 Pa) Voltage: EUROPE 220 V - 50 Hz / USA 120 V - 60 Hz

LIEVE - EXTERNALLY VENTED hood (WD62). - WALL-MOUNTED. • Telescopic chimney.• Perimeter ducting system.• USA version: the single pieces are UL-certified (the assembled hood is not certi-

fied).

50

290

500

900 / 1200 / 1800

600 / 1000800 / 1200

290

L P H

Adjustable chimney: H 600÷1000 mm.L 900 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 27,0 kg / gross weight 33,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 500 1000 VSTAHI04L 900 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 27,0 kg / gross weight 33,0 kg).. . . . . . . . . . 900 500 1000 VSTCAI04L 900 - USA version. - (Net weight 27,0 kg / gross weight 33,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 500 1000 VSTUHI04L 900 - USA version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 27,0 kg / gross weight 33,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 500 1000 VSTUAI04

L 1200 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 33,5 kg / gross weight 40,5 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 500 1000 VSTAHI05L 1200 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 33,5 kg / gross weight 40,5 kg).. . . . . . . . . 1200 500 1000 VSTCAI05L 1200 - USA version. - (Net weight 33,5 kg / gross weight 40,5 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 500 1000 VSTUHI05L 1200 - USA version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 33,5 kg / gross weight 40,5 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 500 1000 VSTUAI05

L 1800 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 46,3 kg / gross weight 56,3 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 500 1000 VSTAHI06L 1800 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 46,3 kg / gross weight 56,3 kg).. . . . . . . . . 1800 500 1000 VSTCAI06L 1800 - USA version. - (Net weight 46,3 kg / gross weight 56,3 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 500 1000 VSTUHI06L 1800 - USA version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 46,3 kg / gross weight 56,3 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 500 1000 VSTUAI06

Adjustable chimney: H 800÷1200 mm.L 900 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 27,0 kg / gross weight 33,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 500 1200 VSTAHI01L 900 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 27,0 kg / gross weight 33,0 kg).. . . . . . . . . . 900 500 1200 VSTCAI01L 900 - USA version. - (Net weight 27,0 kg / gross weight 33,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 500 1200 VSTUHI01L 900 - USA version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 27,0 kg / gross weight 33,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 500 1200 VSTUAI01

L 1200 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 33,5 kg / gross weight 40,5 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 500 1200 VSTAHI02L 1200 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 33,5 kg / gross weight 40,5 kg).. . . . . . . . . 1200 500 1200 VSTCAI02L 1200 - USA version. - (Net weight 33,5 kg / gross weight 40,5 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 500 1200 VSTUHI02L 1200 - USA version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 33,5 kg / gross weight 40,5 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 500 1200 VSTUAI02

L 1800 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 46,3 kg / gross weight 56,3 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 500 1200 VSTAHI03L 1800 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 46,3 kg / gross weight 56,3 kg).. . . . . . . . . 1800 500 1200 VSTCAI03L 1800 - USA version. - (Net weight 46,3 kg / gross weight 56,3 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 500 1200 VSTUHI03L 1800 - USA version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 46,3 kg / gross weight 56,3 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 500 1200 VSTUAI03

Page 227: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

22701/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

LIEVE - EXTERNALLY VENTED hood (WD62I). - ISLAND. • Telescopic chimney.• Perimeter ducting system.• USA version: the single pieces are UL-certified (the assembled hood is not certi-

fied).

50

290

600900 / 1200 / 1500

740 / 10001000 / 1200

330

L P H

Adjustable chimney: H 740÷1000 mm.L 900 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 36,0 kg / gross weight 43,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 600 1000 VSTAKI04L 900 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 36,0 kg / gross weight 43,0 kg).. . . . . . . . . . 900 600 1000 VSTCCI04L 900 - USA version. - (Net weight 36,0 kg / gross weight 43,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 600 1000 VSTUKI04L 900 - USA version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 36,0 kg / gross weight 43,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 600 1000 VSTUCI04

L 1200 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 43,6 kg / gross weight 51,6 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 600 1000 VSTAKI05L 1200 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 43,6 kg / gross weight 51,6 kg).. . . . . . . . . 1200 600 1000 VSTCCI05L 1200 - USA version. - (Net weight 43,6 kg / gross weight 51,6 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 600 1000 VSTUKI05L 1200 - USA version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 43,6 kg / gross weight 51,6 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 600 1000 VSTUCI05

L 1500 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 51,3 kg / gross weight 60,3 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1500 600 1000 VSTAKI06L 1500 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 51,3 kg / gross weight 60,3 kg).. . . . . . . . . 1500 600 1000 VSTCCI06L 1500 - USA version. - (Net weight 51,3 kg / gross weight 60,3 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1500 600 1000 VSTUKI06L 1500 - USA version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 51,3 kg / gross weight 60,3 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . 1500 600 1000 VSTUCI06

Adjustable chimney: H 1000÷1200 mm.L 900 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 36,0 kg / gross weight 43,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 600 1200 VSTAKI01L 900 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 36,0 kg / gross weight 43,0 kg).. . . . . . . . . . 900 600 1200 VSTCCI01L 900 - USA version. - (Net weight 36,0 kg / gross weight 43,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 600 1200 VSTUKI01L 900 - USA version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 36,0 kg / gross weight 43,0 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 600 1200 VSTUCI01

L 1200 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 43,6 kg / gross weight 51,6 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 600 1200 VSTAKI02L 1200 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 43,6 kg / gross weight 51,6 kg).. . . . . . . . . 1200 600 1200 VSTCCI02L 1200 - USA version. - (Net weight 43,6 kg / gross weight 51,6 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 600 1200 VSTUKI02L 1200 - USA version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 43,6 kg / gross weight 51,6 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 600 1200 VSTUCI02

L 1500 - EUROPE version. - (Net weight 51,3 kg / gross weight 60,3 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1500 600 1200 VSTAKI03L 1500 - EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 51,3 kg / gross weight 60,3 kg).. . . . . . . . . 1500 600 1200 VSTCCI03L 1500 - USA version. - (Net weight 51,3 kg / gross weight 60,3 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1500 600 1200 VSTUKI03L 1500 - USA version - WITHOUT MOTOR. - (Net weight 51,3 kg / gross weight 60,3 kg). . . . . . . . . . . . . 1500 600 1200 VSTUCI03

H o o d s LIEVE Stainless steel hoods with telescopic chimney. Hoods WITHOUT MOTOR for European market: the motor has to be added and can be selected among these codes EHLCI0002 /4 /5. Hoods WITHOUT MOTOR for US market: the remote motor has to be ordered by Client (the connection technical chart is provided).

Page 228: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

228 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

H o o d s DD1-F FLUSH-MOUNTED totally concealed hood in stainless steel, for island or peninsula compositions. US version: hood with all technical specifications for US market (not certified). Hoods WITHOUT MOTOR for European market: the motor has to be added and can be selected among these codes EHLCI0002 /4 /5. Hoods WITHOUT MOTOR for US market: the remote motor has to be ordered by Client (the connection technical chart is provided). In case of Client’s covering panels use please order the relative assembly kit. Technical features: Controls: touch control (for ascending and descending) - electronic (for suction and lighting) + radio control. Nr. of motors: 1 - Suction: 4 speeds Anti-crashing safety device, when hood descends. Max pressure: 600 Pa Noise level: 67 dBA Max electric absorption: 145 W Max capacity: 800 m3/h Lighting: LED bar - 10 W Voltage: EUROPE 220 V - 50 Hz / USA 120 V - 60 Hz Fume outlet: ø 150 mm ( 220 x 90 mm with optional connection AKOH001 )

DD1-F - EXTERNALLY VENTED hood (WD41). • Please order separately the covering panel VDFBU*01/02, in the desired finish.• Please add the specific flush-mounted cut-out on top cod. ZNAB15 / etc.• For conversion into recirculating working please order the optional kit AKIC038 / 42.• USA version: the single pieces are UL-certified (the assembled hood is not certi-

fied).

751

0 - 5

04

R 10

123361 - 511

210

361 - 511

L P H

L 750 - For base unit L 900 mm.EUROPE version. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750 210 751 VDFAKI01EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750 210 751 VDFCCI01USA version. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750 210 751 VDFUKI01USA version - WITHOUT MOTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750 210 751 VDFUCI01

L 1050 - For base unit L 1200 mm.EUROPE version. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1050 210 751 VDFAKI02EUROPE version - WITHOUT MOTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1050 210 751 VDFCCI02USA version. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1050 210 751 VDFUKI02USA version - WITHOUT MOTOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1050 210 751 VDFUCI02

Page 229: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

22901/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

H o o d s DD1-F FLUSH-MOUNTED totally concealed hood in stainless steel, for island or peninsula compositions. US version: hood with all technical specifications for US market (not certified). Hoods WITHOUT MOTOR for European market: the motor has to be added and can be selected among these codes EHLCI0002 /4 /5. Hoods WITHOUT MOTOR for US market: the remote motor has to be ordered by Client (the connection technical chart is provided). In case of Client’s covering panels use please order the relative assembly kit.

DD1-F flush-mounted cut-out. • The price includes the cut-out for hood and the stainless steel frame (only for worktops in laminate, Lasermat, wood, stainless steel).

L P H

For worktop in Corian® - 750/1050 mm hood.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - ZNAB15For worktop in Laminate, Lasermat, wood - 750 mm hood.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - ZNAB17For worktop in Laminate, Lasermat, wood - 1050 mm hood.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - ZNAB18For worktop in stainless steel - 750 mm hood.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - ZNAB19For worktop in stainless steel - 1050 mm hood.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - ZNAB20For worktop in Durinox® - 750 mm hood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - ZNAB23For worktop in Durinox® - 1050 mm hood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - ZNAB24For worktop in Stone, Marble, Granite, Composite - 750/1050 mm hood.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - ZNAB16

DD1-F rectangular connection for air outlet, 220 x 90 mm. • Necessary for side B or C outlet.

L P H

For EU / USA version, with or without motor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - AKOH001

optional 220 x 90 mm

standard Ø 150 mm

A

C

B

DD1-F covering panel for hood in finish. • The panel is delivered glued to the hood.• The price of panel in stone, marble, granite, composite is unique and equal for all

range options (Stone A-B-C-D-E).• NOT FEASIBLE in Laminate, Lasermat and Wood: for use on worktops in these

finishes the covering panel could be in stainless steel.

R 10

750 - 1050

111

For 750 mm hood. L P H

Corian®. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750 111 6 VDFBUR01Polished stainless steel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750 111 2 VDFBUB01Matt satin stainless steel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750 111 2 VDFBUS01C.R.S. Scotch Brite stainless steel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750 111 2 VDFBUC01Durinox®. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750 111 3 VDFBUD01Stone, Marble, Granite, Composite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750 111 10 VDFBUT01Installation kit for covering panel for hood by Client. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - AKIS002

For 1050 mm hood.Corian®. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1050 111 6 VDFBUR02Polished stainless steel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1050 111 2 VDFBUB02Matt satin stainless steel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1050 111 2 VDFBUS02C.R.S. Scotch Brite stainless steel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1050 111 2 VDFBUC02Durinox®. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1050 111 3 VDFBUD02Stone, Marble, Granite, Composite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1050 111 10 VDFBUT02Installation kit for covering panel for hood by Client. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - AKIS003

Page 230: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

230 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

H o o d s DD1-F Technical details.

751

0 - 5

04

R 10

123361 - 511

210

361 - 511

*

750 - 1050

111

optional 220 x 90 mm

standard Ø 150 mm

A

C

B

EXTERNALLY VENTED hood to be installed only on specific units ( L 900 - 1200 mm ), arranged for hood fixing and housing. Electronic mechanism for ascending and descending. It can be transformed into RECIRCULATING version using the optional filter kit cod. AKIC038/42 (please see the filter chart). Inside structure made of metal sheets, painted with epoxy powders. Duct system can be made with common Ø 150 mm. ducts (220 x 90 mm. rectangular ducts with optional connection AKOH001) available on the market, not supplied by Boffi.

Hood covering panel finishes: 1 - white Corian® 2 - polished stainless steel 3 - matt satin stainless steel 4 - C.R.S. Scotch Brite stainless steel 5 - Stone, Marble, Granite, Composite. 7 - Durinox®

Duct example for EXTERNALLY VENTED hood use.

- External fume outlet. - duct for the fume outlet positioned under the units, in the plinth area. - Plinth height min. 120 mm.

Duct example for RECIRCULATING hood use.

- Fume outlet inside the kitchen. - Please order separately the filter kit AKIC038/42 (please see the filter chart) - Add always the plinth cut-out code ZZIDB01.

* = Frame in stainless steel, necessary for the hood installation on worktops in laminate, Lasermat, wood and stainless steel. It’s included in the specific flush-mounted cut-out on top. The frame is not necessary when the hoods are installed on worktops in Corian®, marble, stone, granite or composite.

Fume outlet: available, during installation, in three different directions (low, right or left). Outlet kit: as default Ø 150 mm. kit is supplied (direction A - for fume outlet downward). Please order separately the rectangular connection AKOH001 (220 x 90 mm), only If - during the installa-tion - the motor has to be rotated for having the left - B - or right - C - outlet.

min 120

Page 231: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

23101/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

PP2

H

P1 = 625min. 60

PP2P1 =

345

1

H

min. 60

900 / 1200

345405 (K14)495 (K20)625

625750 (K14)

9801175 (K14)1200 (K20)1260

PP2P1 =

345 / 405 / 495

H

min. 60

PP2

H

P1 = 625

1

min. 60

The base units with depth P1=345 mm have fixed front panels and, when the motor is turned to hob side, have to be adjacent to base units with cut-out (1) for removable back panel (to work on hood).For compositions of base units (P1 = 345 mm) + (P2 = 625 mm) > Worktop P = 980 mm.

The DD1-F hood must have the motor turned to external side in the 405 mm. deep (P1) base units of k14.For compositions of base units (P1 = 405 mm) + (P2 = 750 mm) > Worktop P = 1175 mm (Norbert Wangen K14).

Technical features of specific base units for DD1-F hoods - Island / peninsula compositions.

Specific base units Programma STANDARD (height 660 mm not feasible), APRILE, XILA, K14, K20: to be ordered separately (please see the relative chapters). Specific inside setting for DD1-F hood fixing.On all specific units for DD1-F hood the SERVO-DRIVE electrical opening device cannot be installed.

Positioning of DD1-F hood inside base units.

DESIGN INSTRUCTIONS:- For EXTERNALLY VENTED version: the plinth has to be higher than 120 mm, to allow the ducting. When an island kitchen is not installed adjacent to the wall and conse-quently the outlet cannot be positioned on the same wall, please arrange a basement for the composition, in order to contain the needed ducts. Alternatively it’s possible to use the recirculating hood.- For RECIRCULATING version: please order the optional filter kit AKIC038/42 (please see the filter chart) to convert the hood into recirculating model and add always the plinth cut-out for the filtered air expulsion, code ZZIDB0.- All hobs with max. depth of 580 mm. can be used. Hobs with very low depth (i.e. 400 mm) may cause a performance decrease due to the distance between hood (its position is fixed for technical reasons) and hob.- Base unit H 720 mm with worktop min. thick 40 mm / max. thick 110 mm.- Base unit H 790 mm with worktop min. thick 12 mm / max. thick 110 mm.- Base unit H 852 mm with worktop min. thick 12 mm / max. thick 110 mm.

The base units with depth P1=625 mm have a useful inside compartment with reduced depth, shelf (2 shelves for 790 or 852 mm. high units ) and remov-able back panel (to work on hood).For compositions of base units (P1 = 625 mm) + (P2 = 625 mm) > Worktop P = 1260 mm.

H o o d s DD1-F Technical details.

Page 232: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

232 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

H o o d s REMOTE MOTORS Remote motors for externally vented hoods, WITHOUT MOTOR. Please check always the feasibility of compatibilities different from the indicated ones.

Remote motor, EXTERNAL USE - EUROPE version. - For FLAT - GLASS hood. • Protection carter in stainless steel.• Voltage: 230 V - 50 Hz.• Max absorbed power: 190 W• Capacity: min 380 m3/h - max 1000 m3/h.• Pressure: min 280 Pa - max 630 Pa.• Compatible with hood push-button panel On-Off (1 speed).

427

440 445 170171

Ø 150

Ø 150

536480

L P H

Mod. GME. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - EHLCI0001

Remote motor, EXTERNAL USE - EUROPE version. - For CEILING - TILE - GHOST - DD1-F - .KAPPA - LIEVE - DOWNDRAFT K20 hood.

• Protection carter in stainless steel.• Voltage: 230 V - 50 Hz.• Max absorbed power: 190 W• Capacity: min 450 m3/h - middle 750 m3/h - max 950 m3/h.• Pressure: min 360 Pa - middle 530 Pa - max 580 Pa.• Noise level: min 58 dBa - middle 70 dBa - max 74 dBa.• Compatible with hood push-button panel (adjustable speed).

400

193,5

540,

6

Ø15

2

Ø 148

472472

L P H

WALL USE, VERTICALLY MOUNTEDMod. K0636CEV + cable AK2600055. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - EHLCI0004

MOUNTED ON INCLINED OR LEVEL SURFACEMod. K0636CEE + cable AK2600055. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - EHLCI0005

Remote motor, EXTERNAL USE - USA version. - For CEILING - TILE - GHOST - DD1-F - .KAPPA - LIEVE - DOWNDRAFT K20 hood.

• Protection carter in stainless steel.• Voltage: 120 V - 60 Hz.• Max absorbed power: 430 W• Capacity: min 370 m3/h - middle 780 m3/h - max 1040 m3/h.• Pressure: min 470 Pa - middle 650 Pa - max 670 Pa.• Noise level: min 55 dBa - middle 71 dBa - max 76 dBa.• Compatible with hood push-button panel (adjustable speed).• The single pieces are UL-certified (the assembled motor is not certified).

25

344

151 161

Ø15092

270

321 270

L P H

WALL USE, VERTICALLY MOUNTEDMod. K697/1 + cable AK2600055. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - EHLCI006

Page 233: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

23301/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

H o o d s REMOTE MOTORS Remote motors for externally vented hoods, WITHOUT MOTOR. Please check always the feasibility of compatibilities different from the indicated ones.

Built-in remote motor, INTERNAL USE - EUROPE version. - For CEILING - TILE - GHOST - DD1-F - .KAPPA - LIEVE - DOWNDRAFT K20 hood.

• Protection carter in metal shhet, white painted.• Voltage: 230 V - 50 Hz.• Max absorbed power: 260 W• Capacity: min 270 m3/h - middle 520 m3/h - max 700 m3/h.Pressure: min 300 Pa

- middle 430 Pa - max 460 Pa.• Noise level: min 47 dBa - middle 63 dBa - max 69 dBa.• Compatible with hood push-button panel (adjustable speed).

Ø 150

387

29Ø 150

163,5

128

306

255,8

327

367,8

369

L P H

Mod. K0639CEI + cable AK2600055. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - EHLCI0002

Built-in remote motor, INTERNAL USE - USA version. - For CEILING - TILE - GHOST - DD1-F - .KAPPA - LIEVE - DOWNDRAFT K20 hood.

• Protection carter in metal shhet, white painted.• Voltage: 120 V - 60 Hz.• Max absorbed power: 430 W• Capacity: min 370 m3/h - middle 780 m3/h - max 1040 m3/h.Pressure: min 470

Pa - middle 650 Pa - max 670 Pa.• Noise level: min 55 dBa - middle 71 dBa - max 76 dBa.• Compatible with hood push-button panel (adjustable speed).• The single pieces are UL-certified (the assembled motor is not certified).

Ø 150

387

29

Ø 150

163,5

128

306

255,8

327

367,8

369

L P H

Mod. ASK639 + cable AK2600055. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - EHLCI007

Page 234: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

234 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

A c c e s s o r i e s DRAWER ACCESSORIES - DOMESTICI series Use examples. MOVE system: the placing of the single parts constituting the accessory is very flexible, it’s possible to choose their type and position, directly on the internal drawer mat or on the optional wood bottom.

1116

1 23 45

MOVE

472

1 23 45

1116

1 23 45

472

1116

1 23 45

MOVE

472

MOVE

+

+

+

473

1200

1116

Page 235: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

23501/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

DOMESTICI - Cutlery tray L 600 mm.

• MOVE system.• For drawer L 600 mm.• Multipurpose element (compatible with accessories 1-2-3-4-5) + set of small

boxes (1 with divider, 1 without divider) + 2 clips (to fasten the single parts).• H 43 mm.

516

472

1 23 45

MOVE

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY106

DOMESTICI - Cutlery tray with knives holder L 600 mm.

• MOVE system.• For drawer L 600 mm.• Multipurpose element with knives holder (C) + set of small boxes (1 with divider,

1 without divider) + 2 clips (to fasten the single parts).• H 43 mm.

516

472

MOVE

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY107

A c c e s s o r i e s DRAWER ACCESSORIES - DOMESTICI series Complete kits, for LEGRABOX drawers. Accessories in black-dyed ash wood. For units P 625 mm.

• The DOMESTICI accessories are laid inside the drawer. • All accessories are compatible also with internal drawers. • MOVE system: the placing of the single parts constituting the accessory is very flexible, it’s possible to choose their

type and position, directly on the internal drawer mat or on the optional wood bottom.

DOMESTICI - Cutlery tray L 900 mm.

• MOVE system.• For drawer L 900 mm.• Multipurpose element (compatible with accessories 1-2-3-4-5) + 2 sets of small

boxes (2 with divider, 2 without divider) + 4 clips (to fasten the single parts).• H 43 mm.

816

472

1 23 45

MOVE

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY108

DOMESTICI - Cutlery tray with knives holder L 900 mm.

• MOVE system.• For drawer L 900 mm.• Multipurpose element with knives holder (C) + 2 sets of small boxes (2 with

divider, 2 without divider) + 4 clips (to fasten the single parts).• H 43 mm.

816

472

MOVE

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY109

Technical chart for inside useful sizes - LEGRABOX drawers and internal drawers.

450 900 1200

816516

600

366

300

47

3

47

3

47

3

47

3

47

3

1116216

= = = = =

Page 236: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

236 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

DOMESTICI - Cutlery tray L 1200 mm.

• MOVE system.• For drawer L 1200 mm.• Multipurpose element (compatible with accessories 1-2-3-4-5) + cutlery holder

element + 2 sets of small boxes (2 with divider, 2 without divider) + 4 clips (to fasten the single parts).

• H 43 mm.

1116

472

1 23 45

MOVE

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY110

DOMESTICI - Cutlery tray with knives holder L 1200 mm.

• MOVE system.• For drawer L 1200 mm.• Multipurpose element with cutlery + knives holder (C) + 2 sets of small boxes (2

with divider, 2 without divider) + 4 clips (to fasten the single parts).• H 43 mm.

1116

472

MOVE

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY111

A c c e s s o r i e s DRAWER ACCESSORIES - DOMESTICI series Complete kits, for LEGRABOX drawers. Accessories in black-dyed ash wood. For units P 625 mm.

Page 237: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

23701/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

DOMESTICI - Smooth bottom L 300 mm.

• MOVE system.• For drawer L 300 mm.• H 13 mm.

216

472

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY104

DOMESTICI - Smooth bottom L 450 mm.

• MOVE system.• For drawer L 450 mm.• H 13 mm.

366

472

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY118

DOMESTICI - Smooth bottom L 600 mm.

• MOVE system.• For drawer L 600 mm.• H 13 mm.

516

472

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY119

DOMESTICI - Smooth bottom L 900 mm.

• MOVE system.• For drawer L 900 mm.• H 13 mm.

816

472

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY120

DOMESTICI - Smooth bottom L 1200 mm.

• MOVE system.• For drawer L 1200 mm.• H 13 mm.

1116

472

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY121

A c c e s s o r i e s DRAWER ACCESSORIES - DOMESTICI series Modular elements, for LEGRABOX drawers. Accessories in black-dyed ash wood. For units P 625 mm.

Page 238: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

238 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

DOMESTICI - Multipurpose element (B) with knives holder (1). - C

• MOVE system.• H 43 mm.

150

472

43

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC029

DOMESTICI - Multipurpose element (B) with film dispenser (2). - D

• MOVE system.• H 43 mm.

150

472

43

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC030

DOMESTICI - Multipurpose element (B) with coffee pods holder (3). - E

• MOVE system.• H 43 mm.

150

472

43

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC031

DOMESTICI - Multipurpose element (B) with spice holder (4). - F

• MOVE system.• H 43 mm.

150

472

43

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC032

DOMESTICI - Multipurpose element. - B

• MOVE system.• The accessories 1-2-3-4-5 can be laid inside.• H 43 mm.

150

472

43

1 23 45

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC028

A c c e s s o r i e s DRAWER ACCESSORIES - DOMESTICI series Modular elements, for LEGRABOX drawers. Accessories in black-dyed ash wood. For units P 625 mm.

DOMESTICI - Set of small boxes. - A

• MOVE system.• Set composed of 2 cutlery trays / trays (1 with divider, 1 without divider) + 2 clips

(to fasten the single parts).• H 43 mm.

118

43

300

118

43+

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC023

+ +

+ +

Page 239: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

23901/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

DOMESTICI - Element with handles. - H

• MOVE system.• To be laid inside.• Thanks to the handles it can be used as freestanding (outside the drawer itself).• H 50 mm.

200

472

50

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC001

A c c e s s o r i e s DRAWER ACCESSORIES - DOMESTICI series Modular elements, for LEGRABOX drawers. Accessories in black-dyed ash wood. For units P 625 mm.

DOMESTICI - Multipurpose element (B) with divider (5). - G

• MOVE system.• H 43 mm.

150

472

43

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC033

DOMESTICI - Knives holder. - 1

• MOVE system.• To be laid inside the multipurpose element (B).• H 26 mm.

138

472

26

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC014

DOMESTICI - Film dispenser. - 2

• MOVE system.• To be laid inside the multipurpose element (B).• H 38 mm.

138

38

472

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC015

DOMESTICI - Chopping board for bread with handles. - L

• MOVE system.• To be laid inside.• Thanks to the handles it can be used as freestanding (outside the drawer itself).• Chopping board in smoked oak.• H 50 mm.

200

472

50

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC005

DOMESTICI - Cutlery tray element. - K

• MOVE system.• H 43 mm.

300

472

43

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC024

+

Page 240: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

240 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

DOMESTICI - Coffee pods holder. - 3

• MOVE system.• To be laid inside the multipurpose element (B).• H 31 mm.

138

31

472

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC016

DOMESTICI - Spice holder. - 4

• MOVE system.• To be laid inside the multipurpose element (B).• H 26 mm.

138

26

472

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC017

A c c e s s o r i e s DRAWER ACCESSORIES - DOMESTICI series Modular elements, for LEGRABOX drawers. Accessories in black-dyed ash wood. For units P 625 mm.

DOMESTICI - Divider. - 5

• MOVE system.• To be laid inside the multipurpose element (B).• H 38 mm.

138

472

38

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC022

Page 241: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

24101/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

DOMESTICI - Storage element L 600 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 600 mm.• 2 fixed dividers.• Compatible with R-U-V accessories.• H 139 mm.

516

472259

R U V

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY092

• The DOMESTICI accessories are laid inside the heavy-duty drawer.

DOMESTICI - Storage element L 900 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 900 mm.• 3 fixed dividers.• Compatible with R-U-V accessories.• H 139 mm.

816

472401

R U V

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY093

DOMESTICI - Storage element L 1200 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 1200 mm.• 3 fixed dividers.• Compatible with R-U-V accessories.• H 139 mm.

1116

472699

R U V

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY094

DOMESTICI - Plate rack L 600 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 600 mm.• Pre-punched bottom.• 4 flexible cross dividers.• Compatible with R-S-T-U-V accessories.• H 139 mm.

516

472

R S T U V

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY095

A c c e s s o r i e s DRAWER ACCESSORIES - DOMESTICI series Complete kits, for LEGRABOX heavy-duty drawers. Accessories in black-dyed ash wood. For units P 625 mm.

Page 242: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

242 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

DOMESTICI - Plate rack L 900 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 900 mm.• Pre-punched bottom.• 5 movable dividers.• Compatible with R-S-T-U-V accessories.• H 139 mm.

816

472

R S T U V

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY096

A c c e s s o r i e s DRAWER ACCESSORIES - DOMESTICI series Complete kits, for LEGRABOX heavy-duty drawers. Accessories in black-dyed ash wood. For units P 625 mm.

DOMESTICI - Plate rack L 1200 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 1200 mm.• Pre-punched bottom.• 7 flexible cross dividers.• Compatible with R-S-T-U-V accessories.• H 139 mm.

1116

472

R S T U V

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY097

DOMESTICI - Storage element with lid and holder for oil bottle L 900 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 900 mm.• 3 fixed dividers + lid with handle + divider kit and tray for oil bottle.• Compatible with R-U-V accessories.• H 139 mm.

816

472401

R U V

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY062

DOMESTICI - Storage element with lid and holder for oil bottle L 1200 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 1200 mm.• 3 fixed dividers + lid with handle + divider kit and tray for oil bottle.• Compatible with R-U-V accessories.• H 139 mm.

1116

472699

R U V

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY063

DOMESTICI - Storage element with holder for wine decanter L 600 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 600 mm.• Pre-punched bottom.• H 139 mm.

516

472

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY064

DOMESTICI - Storage element with holder for glasses L 600 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 600 mm.• Pre-punched bottom.• H 139 mm.

516

472

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY065

Page 243: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

24301/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

DOMESTICI - Storage element with holder for wine decanter and glasses L 900 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 900 mm.• Pre-punched bottom.• H 139 mm.

816

472

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY066

A c c e s s o r i e s DRAWER ACCESSORIES - DOMESTICI series Complete kits, for LEGRABOX heavy-duty drawers. Accessories in black-dyed ash wood. For units P 625 mm.

DOMESTICI - Storage element with holder for wine decanter and glasses L 1200 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 1200 mm.• Pre-punched bottom.• H 139 mm.

1116

472

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY067

DOMESTICI - Storage element with holder for pot lids L 600 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 600 mm.• Pre-punched bottom.• Equipped with set of buffers (anti-slip / noise-reducing).• Noise-reducing felt coating in the space for lids.• H 139 mm.

516

472

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY068

DOMESTICI - Storage element with holder for pot lids L 900 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 900 mm.• Pre-punched bottom.• Equipped with set of buffers (anti-slip / noise-reducing).• Noise-reducing felt coating in the space for lids.• H 139 mm.

816

472

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY069

DOMESTICI - Storage element with holder for pot lids L 1200 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 1200 mm.• Pre-punched bottom.• Equipped with set of buffers (anti-slip / noise-reducing).• Noise-reducing felt coating in the space for lids.• H 139 mm.

1116

472

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACY070

Page 244: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

244 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

DOMESTICI - Set of chopping boards. - R

• To be laid inside.• Set composed of 1 base, 1 chopping board for bread 400 x 300 mm, 1 chop-

ping board 400 x 300 mm, 2 chopping boards 150 x 300 mm.• Totally made of black PaperStone®.• H 305 mm.

120

472

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC018

A c c e s s o r i e s DRAWER ACCESSORIES - DOMESTICI series Additional elements, for LEGRABOX heavy-duty drawers. Accessories in black-dyed ash wood. For units P 625 mm.

DOMESTICI - Wine decanter holder. - S

• It can be placed inside accessories with pre-punched bottom .• H 120 mm.

472

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC019

DOMESTICI - Glasses holder. - T

• It can be placed inside accessories with pre-punched bottom .• H 120 mm.

472

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC020

DOMESTICI - Bottles holder with handles. - U

• To be laid inside.• Thanks to the handles it can be used as freestanding (outside the drawer itself).• H 160 mm.

232

471

160

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC006

DOMESTICI - Plate rack with handles. - V

• To be laid inside.• Thanks to the handles it can be used as freestanding (outside the drawer itself).• H 96 mm.

250

372

96

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADC007

Page 245: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

24501/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

A c c e s s o r i e s DRAWER ACCESSORIES - PREMIÈRE series Complete kits, for LEGRABOX drawers. Accessories in ash wood / white-dyed MDF. For units P 625 mm.

PREMIÈRE - Cutlery tray L 450 mm.

• For drawer L 450 mm.

472

366

45

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADJ049

• The PREMIÈRE accessories are laid inside the drawer.• All accessories are compatible also with internal drawers.

PREMIÈRE - Cutlery tray with knives holder L 600 mm.

• For drawer L 600 mm.• Compatible with C-D-E accessories.

472

516

45

CDE

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADJ050

PREMIÈRE - Cutlery tray with accessories L 900 mm.

• For drawer L 900 mm.• Knives holder, spices holder and pair of chopping boards in beechwood.

472

816

45

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADJ051

PREMIÈRE - Cutlery tray with accessories L 1200 mm.

• For drawer L 1200 mm.• Knives holder, spices holder, stainless steel film dispenser and pair of chopping

boards in beechwood.• Compatible with C-D-E accessories.

472

1116

45

CDE

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADJ052

Page 246: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

246 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

A c c e s s o r i e s DRAWER ACCESSORIES - PREMIÈRE series Modular elements, for LEGRABOX drawers. Accessories in ash wood / white-dyed MDF. For units P 625 mm.

PREMIÈRE - Base for cutlery tray L 600 mm.

• For drawer L 600 mm.• Compatible with C-D-E accessories.

472

516

45

2xC D E

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADK022

PREMIÈRE - Base for cutlery tray L 900 mm.

• For drawer L 900 mm.• Compatible with A-B-C-D-E accessories.

472

816

45

A B 2xC D E

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADK023

PREMIÈRE - Base for cutlery tray L 1200 mm.

• For drawer L 1200 mm.• Compatible with A-B-C-D-E accessories.

472

1116

45

A B C D E C D E2xC D E

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADK024

PREMIÈRE - Divider. - A

• Compatible with base for cutlery tray L 450 / 600 / 900 / 1200.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADK005

PREMIÈRE - Chopping board pair in beechwood. - B

• Compatible with base for cutlery tray L 450 / 600 / 900 / 1200.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADK006

PREMIÈRE - Knives holder. - C

• Compatible with base for cutlery tray L 600 / 900 / 1200.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADK007

Page 247: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

24701/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

A c c e s s o r i e s DRAWER ACCESSORIES - PREMIÈRE series Modular elements, for LEGRABOX drawers. Accessories in ash wood / white-dyed MDF. For units P 625 mm.

PREMIÈRE - Stainless steel spice holder. - D

• 5 glass jars.• Compatible with base for cutlery tray L 600 / 900 / 1200.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADK008

PREMIÈRE - Stainless steel film dispenser. - E

• Compatible with base for cutlery tray L 600 / 900 / 1200.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADK009

Page 248: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

248 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

PREMIÈRE - Plate rack L 600 mm.

472

516

204

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADJ031

A c c e s s o r i e s DRAWER ACCESSORIES - PREMIÈRE series Complete kits, for LEGRABOX heavy-duty drawers. Accessories in ash wood / white-dyed MDF. For units P 625 mm.

• The PREMIÈRE accessories are laid inside the heavy-duty drawer.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 600 mm.• 8 removable plate fastenings.

PREMIÈRE - Plate rack with drainboard L 600 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 600 mm.• Removable stainless steel dish draining tray.

472

516

142

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADJ032

PREMIÈRE - Plate rack L 900 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 900 mm.• 12 removable plate fastenings.

472

816

204

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADJ033

PREMIÈRE - Plate rack with drainboard L 900 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 900 mm.• Removable stainless steel dish draining tray.• 8 removable plate fastenings.

472

816

142204

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADJ053

Page 249: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

24901/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

PREMIÈRE - Plate rack L 1200 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 1200 mm.• 14 removable plate fastenings.

472

1116

204

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADJ035

A c c e s s o r i e s DRAWER ACCESSORIES - PREMIÈRE series Complete kits, for LEGRABOX heavy-duty drawers. Accessories in ash wood / white-dyed MDF. For units P 625 mm.

PREMIÈRE - Plate rack with drainboard L 1200 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 1200 mm.• Removable stainless steel dish draining tray.• 12 removable plate fastenings.

472

1116

142204

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADJ054

PREMIÈRE - Storage element L 600 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 600 mm.• Storage tray + 2 removable small containers.

472

516

229

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADJ055

PREMIÈRE - Storage element L 900 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 900 mm.• Storage tray + 2 removable small containers.• 8 removable plate fastenings.• 2 elastic strips for storage spaces customisation.

472

816

172 229

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADJ056

PREMIÈRE - Storage element L 1200 mm.

• For heavy-duty drawer L 1200 mm.• Storage tray + 2 removable small containers.• 12 removable plate fastenings.• 3 elastic strips for storage spaces customisation.

472

1116

172 229

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AADJ057

Page 250: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

250 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

EASY - Cutlery tray L 300 mm.

472

216

45

A c c e s s o r i e s DRAWER ACCESSORIES - EASY series Complete kits, for LEGRABOX drawers. Accessories in grey graphite-dyed oak. For units P 625 mm.

• The EASY accessories are laid inside the drawer.• All accessories are compatible also with internal drawers.

• For drawer L 300 mm.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACV081

EASY - Cutlery tray L 450 mm.

• For drawer L 450 mm.

472

366

45

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACV082

EASY - Cutlery tray L 600 mm.

• For drawer L 600 mm.• Compatible with accessory A.

472

516

45

123

A

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACV083

EASY - Cutlery tray with knives holder L 600 mm.

• For drawer L 600 mm.• Compatible with accessory A.

472

516

45

123

A

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACV084

Page 251: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

25101/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

EASY - Cutlery tray L 900 mm.

• For drawer L 900 mm.• Compatible with accessory A.

472

816

45

123

A

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACV085

A c c e s s o r i e s DRAWER ACCESSORIES - EASY series Complete kits, for LEGRABOX drawers. Accessories in grey graphite-dyed oak. For units P 625 mm.

EASY - Cutlery tray with knives holder L 900 mm.

• For drawer L 900 mm.• Removable chopping board in polyethylene.

472

816

45

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACV086

EASY - Cutlery tray with knives holder L 1200 mm.

• For drawer L 1200 mm.• Removable chopping board in polyethylene.• Compatible with accessory A.

472

1116

45

123 123

A A

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACV087

EASY - Sliding chopping board.

• For drawer L 600 mm.• Removable and sliding chopping board in polyethylene.• To be used upon cutlery tray, on drawer sides.• H 40 mm.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACV023

EASY - Sliding chopping board for bread.

• For drawer L 600 mm.• Removable and sliding chopping board in polyethylene.• To be used upon cutlery tray, on drawer sides.• H 40 mm.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACV025

EASY - Spice holder. - A

• To be placed inside the cutlery trays cod. AACV083 / AACV084 / AACV085 / AACV087 / AACW003 / AACW004 / AACW005.

• 4 glass jars with cover in chromium-plated metal.

121

452

16

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACV008

Page 252: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

252 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

EASY - Bottles holder L 450 mm.

472

366

45

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACV088

A c c e s s o r i e s DRAWER ACCESSORIES - EASY series Complete kits, for LEGRABOX heavy-duty drawers. Accessories in grey graphite-dyed oak. For units P 625 mm.

• The EASY accessories are laid inside the heavy-duty drawers.

• ONLY for lower heavy-duty drawer L 450 mm.

EASY - Bottles holder L 600 mm.

• ONLY for lower heavy-duty drawer L 600 mm.

472

516

45

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACV089

EASY - Plate rack L 600 mm.

• ONLY for lower heavy-duty drawer L 600 mm.• 5 removable plate fastenings.

472

516

205

45

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACV090

EASY - Plate rack L 900 mm.

• ONLY for lower heavy-duty drawer L 900 mm.• 9 removable plate fastenings.

472

816

205

45

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACV091

Page 253: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

25301/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

EASY - Plate rack L 1200 mm.

• ONLY for lower heavy-duty drawer L 1200 mm.• 15 removable plate fastenings.

472

1116

205

45

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACV092

A c c e s s o r i e s DRAWER ACCESSORIES - EASY series Complete kits, for LEGRABOX heavy-duty drawers. Accessories in grey graphite-dyed oak. For units P 625 mm.

Page 254: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

254 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

EASY - Cutlery tray L 300 mm.

480

200

45

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACW001

A c c e s s o r i e s DRAWER ACCESSORIES - EASY series Complete kits, for ALUMINIUM drawers DESIGN BOFFI. Accessories in grey graphite-dyed oak. For units P 625 mm.

• The EASY accessories are laid inside the drawer.

• For drawer L 300 mm.

EASY - Cutlery tray L 450 mm.

• For drawer L 450 mm.

480

45

350

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACW002

EASY - Cutlery tray L 600 mm.

• For drawer L 600 mm.• Compatible with accessory A.

480

500

45

123

A

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACW003

EASY - Cutlery tray with knives holder L 600 mm.

• For drawer L 600 mm.• Compatible with accessory A.

480

500

45

123

A

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACW004

Page 255: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

25501/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

EASY - Cutlery tray L 900 mm.

• For drawer L 900 mm.• Compatible with accessory A.

480

785

45

123

A

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACW005

A c c e s s o r i e s DRAWER ACCESSORIES - EASY series Complete kits, for ALUMINIUM drawers DESIGN BOFFI. Accessories in grey graphite-dyed oak. For units P 625 mm.

EASY - Cutlery tray with knives holder L 900 mm.

• For drawer L 900 mm.• Removable chopping board in polyethylene.

480

785

45

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACW006

EASY - Spice holder. - A

• To be placed inside the cutlery trays cod. AACV083 / AACV084 / AACV085 / AACV087 / AACW003 / AACW004 / AACW005.

• 4 glass jars with cover in chromium-plated metal.

121

452

16

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACV008

Page 256: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

256 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

EASY - Plate rack L 600 mm.

480

500

205

45

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACW013

A c c e s s o r i e s DRAWER ACCESSORIES - EASY series Complete kits, for ALUMINIUM heavy-duty drawers DESIGN BOFFI. Accessories in grey graphite-dyed oak. For units P 625 mm.

• The EASY accessories are laid inside the heavy-duty drawers.

• ONLY for lower heavy-duty drawer L 600 mm.• 5 removable plate fastenings.

Page 257: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

25701/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

A c c e s s o r i e s DRAWER ACCESSORIES - STORAGE SYSTEM series Technical details

450 900

L=816L=516

600

L=366

300

47

3

47

3

47

3

47

3

1200

L=1116

47

3

L=216

Technical chart for inside useful sizes. - LEGRABOX internal drawers, drawers and heavy-duty drawers.

• Aluminium corner compensators (between drawer sides and accessory).• To be glued, during the installation, with bi-adhesive on side of terminal STORAGE SYSTEM element.

20

L15/20 15/20

15

15

20

K K

Detail of corner compensators. - LEGRABOX internal drawers, drawers.

450 900

L=785L=502

600

L=352

300

48

1

48

1

48

1

48

1

L=202

1200

L=1085

48

1

Technical chart for inside useful sizes. - ALLUMINIUM DESIGN BOFFI drawers and heavy-duty drawers.

• Useful drawer depth: P 481 mm.• Accessories depth: P 471 mm.

Page 258: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

258 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

A c c e s s o r i e s DRAWER ACCESSORIES - STORAGE SYSTEM series Technical details

ABN

BN

BN

BN

BN

BN

C AHFE

ILM

450

366

450

600 900

816

900600

BN

A

300

473

473

473

473

473

473

473

216

K K

20 20366

20 20516

20 20816

20 20

300

473

21615

DG

BN

BN

BN I

LM

BN

51615

BN

EFH

EFH

BN

15

K K K K K K

K K K

Use example of the STORAGE SYSTEM accessories inside the LEGRABOX drawers.

P

O

O

O

O

900

816516

600

473

473

1200

1116

473

Q

Q

O

O

Q

Q

Use example of the STORAGE SYSTEM accessories inside the LEGRABOX heavy-duty drawers.

352

352

471

202

202

502

502

785

785

A

H

B

D

L IE

AF

MG

D D

BC C

C

481

471 481 471 481 471 481 471 481

471 481 471 481 471 481

Use example of the STORAGE SYSTEM accessories inside the ALUMINIUM DESIGN BOFFI drawers.

Page 259: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

25901/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

STORAGE SYSTEM - Ladles holder. - A

471

74

63A

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACA011

A c c e s s o r i e s DRAWER ACCESSORIES - STORAGE SYSTEM series Modular elements, for LEGRABOX drawers and for ALUMINIUM drawers DESIGN BOFFI. Accessories in melamine-coated grey-graphite oak with aluminium dividers. For units P 625 mm.

• The STORAGE SYSTEM accessories are laid inside the drawer.• All accessories are compatible also with internal drawers.• Each drawer can accommodate accessory compositions up to fill the inside useful width.

Technical chart for inside useful sizes - LEGRABOX drawers and internal drawers.

450 900 1200

816516

600

366

300

47

3

47

3

47

3

47

3

47

3

1116216

= = = = =

STORAGE SYSTEM - Ladles holder. - B

471

100

63B

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACA012

STORAGE SYSTEM - Ladles holder. - C

471

124

63C

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACA013

STORAGE SYSTEM - Cutlery tray. - D

471

200

63D

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACA014

Page 260: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

260 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

STORAGE SYSTEM - Cutlery tray. - E

471

300

63

E

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACA015

A c c e s s o r i e s DRAWER ACCESSORIES - STORAGE SYSTEM series Modular elements, for LEGRABOX drawers and for ALUMINIUM drawers DESIGN BOFFI. Accessories in melamine-coated grey-graphite oak with aluminium dividers. For units P 625 mm.

STORAGE SYSTEM - Film dispenser. - F

471

300

63

F

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACA016

STORAGE SYSTEM - Spice holder. - G

471

200

63G

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACA017

STORAGE SYSTEM - Medicine holder. - H

471300

63

H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACA018

STORAGE SYSTEM - Ladles holder. - I

471

400

63

I

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACA019

STORAGE SYSTEM - Knives holder. - L

• Knives holder in polyethylene.

471

400

63

L

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACA020

Page 261: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

26101/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

STORAGE SYSTEM - Knives holder + chopping board. - M

• Knives holder and chopping board in polyethylene.

471

400

63

M

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACA021

A c c e s s o r i e s DRAWER ACCESSORIES - STORAGE SYSTEM series Modular elements, for LEGRABOX drawers and for ALUMINIUM drawers DESIGN BOFFI. Accessories in melamine-coated grey-graphite oak with aluminium dividers. For units P 625 mm.

STORAGE SYSTEM - Storage tray. - N

471

100

63N

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACA022

STORAGE SYSTEM - Corner compensator kit. - K

• To compensate lateral spaces.

471

20

15

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AAAB044

Page 262: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

262 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

STORAGE SYSTEM - Storage container for food. - O

475

235

250

O

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACA053

A c c e s s o r i e s DRAWER ACCESSORIES - STORAGE SYSTEM series Modular elements, for LEGRABOX heavy-duty drawers and for ALUMINIUM heavy-duty drawers DESIGN BOFFI. Accessories in solid grey-graphite oak. For units P 625 mm.

• The STORAGE SYSTEM accessories are laid inside the heavy-duty drawer.• Each drawer can accommodate accessory compositions up to fill the inside useful width.

PL

STORAGE SYSTEM - Storage container for food. - P

• Flexible cross divider.

300

471

250

P

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACA054

STORAGE SYSTEM - Storage container for food. - Q

300

235

250

Q

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AACA055

Technical chart for inside useful sizes - LEGRABOX heavy-duty drawers.

450 900

816516

600

366

300

47

3

47

3

47

3

47

3

47

3

1200

1116216

Page 263: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

26301/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

AMBIALINE - Kit of cutlery trays L 600 mm.

+ +1x 1x 1x

=

300 100 118

600

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AAEZ001

A c c e s s o r i e s DRAWER ACCESSORIES - AMBIALINE series Complete kits, for LEGRABOX drawers. Accessories in stainless stee, matt balck painted. For units P 625 mm.

• The AMBIALINE accessories are laid inside the drawer and can be freely organised according to the available space.

• Inside of cutlery trays is covered with black material, soft-touch effect.• All accessories are compatible also with internal drawers.

• It consists of: 1 cutlery tray 300 x 472 mm / 1 frame 100 x 472 mm / 1 frame 118 x 472 mm.

• The single elements can be freely placed inside the drawer.

AMBIALINE - Kit of cutlery trays L 900 mm.

• It consists of: 2 cutlery trays 300 x 472 mm / 1 frame 100 x 472 mm / 1 frame 118 x 472 mm.

• The single elements can be freely placed inside the drawer.

+ +2x 1x 1x

300 100 118

=

900

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AAEZ002

AMBIALINE - Kit of cutlery trays L 1200 mm.

• It consists of: 2 cutlery trays 300 x 472 mm / 2 frames 100 x 472 mm / 1 x frame 200 x 472 mm / 1 frame 118 x 472 mm.

• The single elements can be freely placed inside the drawer.

+ + +2x 2x 1x 1x

=

1200

300 100 118 200

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AAEZ003

Technical chart for inside useful sizes - LEGRABOX drawers and internal drawers.

450 900 1200

816516

600

366

300

47

3

47

3

47

3

47

3

47

3

1116216

= = = = =

Page 264: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

264 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

AMBIALINE - Cutlery tray 300 x 472 mm.

• It can be positioned close to other Ambialine accessories.• 6 compartments.• The internal compartments are covered with a technical material, with soft-touch

effect.

472300

50

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AAEZ004

A c c e s s o r i e s DRAWER ACCESSORIES - AMBIALINE series Modular elements of cutlery trays and dividing frames, for LEGRABOX drawers. Accessories in stainless stee, matt balck painted. For units P 625 mm.

AMBIALINE - Short frame,100 x 472 mm.

• It can be positioned close to other Ambialine accessories.• 2 compartments without bottom, with removable middle divider.

472

10050

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AAEZ005

AMBIALINE - Short frame,118 x 472 mm.

• It can be positioned close to other Ambialine accessories.• 2 compartments without bottom, with removable middle divider.

472

11850

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AAEZ006

AMBIALINE - Short frame,200 x 472 mm.

• It can be positioned close to other Ambialine accessories.• 2 compartments without bottom, with removable middle divider.

472200

50

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AAEZ007

AMBIALINE - Short frame,242 x 242 mm.

• It can be positioned close to other Ambialine accessories.• 2 compartments without bottom, with removable middle divider.• With magnet for fixing to stainless steel back panel.

PL

242 242

50

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AAEZ008

AMBIALINE - Adapter for low back type M.

• Support for magnetic fixing of the accessories, to be ordered only in case of melamine-coated non-standard back panel.

PL

242

91

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AAEZ009

Page 265: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

26501/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

AMBIALINE - High frame, 218 x 372 mm.

PL

372218

110

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AAEQ001

A c c e s s o r i e s DRAWER ACCESSORIES - AMBIALINE series Modular elements of dividing frames, for LEGRABOX heavy-duty drawers. Accessories in painted metal, matt black. For units P 625 / 750 mm.

• The AMBIALINE accessories are laid inside the drawer and can be freely organised according to the available space.

• 3 compartments without bottom, with removable middle divider.• Compatible with heavy-duty drawers or pull-out doors.• With magnet for fixing to stainless steel back panel.

AMBIALINE - High frame, 242 x 242 mm.

• 2 compartments without bottom, with removable middle divider.• Compatible with heavy-duty drawers or pull-out doors.• With magnet for fixing to stainless steel back panel.

PL

242 242

110

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AAEQ002

AMBIALINE - Adapter for middle back type C.

• Support for magnetic fixing of the accessories, to be ordered only in case of melamine-coated non-standard back panel.

PL

242

177

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AAEQ003

AMBIALINE - Adapter for high back type F.

• Support for magnetic fixing of the accessories, to be ordered only in case of melamine-coated non-standard back panel.

PL

242

241

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AAEQ004

Technical chart for inside useful sizes - LEGRABOX heavy-duty drawers.

450 900

816516

600

366

300

47

3

47

3

47

3

47

3

47

3

1200

1116216

Page 266: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

266 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Dustbin kit for base units L 600 mm.

• Total capacity: 28 l.• a = 1 rear small container with dividers.• b = 1 bin H 300 mm - Capacity 18 l.• c = 1 bin H 300 mm, lid with washable filters - Capacity 10 l.

a

b c

560

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABAA010

A c c e s s o r i e s ACCESSORIES FOR WASTE COLLECTION - Dustbins for under-sink base units For hinged door. Pull-out differentiated waste collection system for under-sink base units with HINGED DOORS. Including aluminium bottom.

Dustbin kit for base units L 900 mm.

• Total capacity: 41 l.• a = 2 rear small containers with dividers.• b = 1 bin H 300 mm - Capacity 21 l.• c = 2 bins H 300 mm, 1 has lid with washable filters - Capacity 10 l.

a a

bc c

860

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABAA011

Dustbin kit for base units L 1200 mm.

• Total capacity: 68 l.• a = 2 rear small containers.• b = 2 bins H 260 mm - Capacity 26 l.• c = 2 bins H 260 mm with lids, 1 has washable filter - Capacity 8 l.

bb cc

a a

1160

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABAA012

Page 267: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

26701/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Pull-out differentiated waste collection dustbin.

• Black polypropylene.• Total capacity: 42 l.• 2 bins 21 l. - Sliding lid with opening front part for “fast usage”.• Automatic pull-out system fixed to hinged door.• Compatible with base unit L min 450 mm. Fixed on cabinet bottom.• H 433 mm.

433

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABAA038

A c c e s s o r i e s ACCESSORIES FOR WASTE COLLECTION - Dustbins for under-sink base units For hinged door. Dustbins / detergent holder, for under-sink base units with HINGED DOOR.

Pull-out differentiated waste collection dustbin.

• Polypropylene and black metal.• Total capacity: 70 l.• 2 bins 35 l. - handle and swing lid.• Totally extractable glides.• Compatible with base unit L min 450 mm. Fixed on cabinet bottom.• H 593 mm.

593

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABAA037

Pull-out dustbin.

• Stainless steel.• Total capacity: 18 l.• 1 bin.• Compatible with base unit L min 600 mm.• L 600 = dustbin not to be used with food waste disposer.• H 380 mm.

380

270430

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABAA002

Free standing dustbin.

• Stainless steel.• Total capacity: 30 l.• Pedal for lid opening.• H 590 mm.

Ø340

860

59065

AVAILABLE UNTIL STOCK LASTS

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABAA007

Pull-out detergent holder.

• Stainless steel.• To be matched with dustbin cod. ABAA002, compatible ONLY with base unit L

min 900 mm.• H 380 mm.

380

270430

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABCA012

Page 268: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

268 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Dustbin kit for base units L 600 mm. - Type D

• Total capacity: 42 l.• a = bin 21 l.

a a

300

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABDL021

A c c e s s o r i e s ACCESSORIES FOR WASTE COLLECTION - TECNOKIT T2 series - Dustbins for under-sink base units For pull-out door. Differentiated waste collection system for under-sink base units with PULL-OUT DOOR. Colour: grey.

Dustbin kit for base units L 600 mm. - Type E

• Total capacity: 29 l.• b = bin 12 l. + lid + 2 washable filters.• c = bin 17 l. + lid.• d = small container-tray 222 x 122 mm.

cb

dd

260

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABDL022

Dustbin kit for base units L 900 mm. - Type A + A

• Total capacity: 64 l.• e = bin 16 l.

300

e e e e

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABDL023

Dustbin kit for base units L 900 mm. - Type B + B

• Total capacity: 24 l.• b = bin 12 l. + lid + 2 washable filters.• f = small container-tray 330 x 150 mm.

eb

f

eb

f

260

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABDL024

Dustbin kit for base units L 900 mm. - Type C + C

• Total capacity: 44 l.• c = bin 17 l. + lid.• d = small container-tray 222 x 122 mm.

d

c

d

c

260

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABDL025

Dustbin kit for base units L 900 mm. - Type A + B

• Total capacity: 44 l.• e = bin 16 l.• b = bin 12 l. + lid + 2 washable filters.• f = small container-tray 330 x 150 mm.

eb

f

e e

260 300

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABDL026

Page 269: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

26901/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Dustbin kit for base units L 900 mm. - Type A + C

• Total capacity: 49 l.• e = bin 16 l.• c = bin 17 l. + lid.• d = small container-tray 222 x 122 mm.

e e

300

d

c

260

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABDL027

A c c e s s o r i e s ACCESSORIES FOR WASTE COLLECTION - TECNOKIT T2 series - Dustbins for under-sink base units For pull-out door. Differentiated waste collection system for under-sink base units with PULL-OUT DOOR. Colour: grey.

Dustbin kit for base units L 900 mm. - Type B + C

• Total capacity: 29 l.• b = bin 12 l. + lid + 2 washable filters.• f = small container-tray 330 x 150 mm.• c = bin 17 l. + lid.• d = small container-tray 222 x 122 mm.

d

c

260

eb

f

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABDL028

Dustbin kit for base units L 1200 mm. - Type D + D

• Total capacity: 84 l.• a = bin 21 l.

a a a a

300

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABDL032

Dustbin kit for base units L 1200 mm. - Type D + E

• Total capacity: 71 l.• a = bin 21 l.• b = bin 12 l. + lid + 2 washable filters.• c = bin 17 l. + lid.• d = small container-tray 222 x 122 mm.

a a

300

cb

dd

260

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABDL033

Dustbin kit for base units L 1200 mm. - Type E + E

• Total capacity: 58 l.• b = bin 12 l. + lid + 2 washable filters.• c = bin 17 l. + lid.• d = small container-tray 222 x 122 mm.

cb

dd

cb

dd

260

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABDL034

Page 270: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

270 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Dustbin kit for base units L 900 mm. - Type G

• Total capacity: 46 l.• b = bin 12 l. + lid + 2 washable filters.• c = bin 17 l. + lid.• d = small container-tray 222 x 122 mm.

cb c

d dd

260

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABDL035

A c c e s s o r i e s ACCESSORIES FOR WASTE COLLECTION - TECNOKIT T2 series - Dustbins for under-sink base units For lower heavy-duty drawer. Differentiated waste collection system for under-sink base units with LOWER HEAVY-DUTY DRAWER for dustbin. Colour: grey.

Dustbin kit for base units L 1200 mm. - Type I

• Total capacity: 63 l.• b = bin 12 l. + lid + 2 washable filters.• c = bin 17 l. + lid.• d = small container-tray 222 x 122 mm.

cb c c

d d dd

260

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABDL036

Page 271: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

27101/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Dustbin kit for base units L 600 mm. - Type A

• Total capacity: 32 l.• a = bin 16 l. + lid.• b = small container-tray integrated on base.

295

a ab b

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABDN011

A c c e s s o r i e s ACCESSORIES FOR WASTE COLLECTION - PREMIÈRE series -Dustbins for under-sink base units For pull-out door. Differentiated waste collection system for under-sink base units with PULL-OUT DOOR. Colour: white.

Dustbin kit for base units L 600 mm. - Type B

• Total capacity: 16 l.• a = bin 16 l. + lid.• b = small container-tray integrated on base.• c = container for detergents.

295

a cb b

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABDN012

Dustbin kit for base units L 900 mm. - Type C + C

• Total capacity: 32 l.• a = bin 16 l. + lid.• b = small container-tray integrated on base.• d = paper /magazine holder.

295

ad

bbad

bb

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABDN013

Dustbin kit for base units L 900 mm. - Type C + D

• Total capacity: 16 l.• a = bin 16 l. + lid.• b = small container-tray integrated on base.• c = container for detergents.• d = paper /magazine holder.

295

ad cbb bb

b

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABDN014

Dustbin kit for base units L 1200 mm. - Type A + A

• Total capacity: 64 l.• a = bin 16 l. + lid.• b = small container-tray integrated on base.

a ab b

295

a ab b

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABDN015

Dustbin kit for base units L 1200 mm. - Type A + B

• Total capacity: 48 l.• a = bin 16 l. + lid.• b = small container-tray integrated on base.• c = container for detergents.

a ab b

295

a cb b

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABDN016

Page 272: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

272 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

Dustbin kit for base units L 900 mm. - Type E

• Total capacity: 32 l.• a = bin 16 l. + lid.• b = small container-tray integrated on base.• c = container for detergents.• d = paper /magazine holder.

295

a cb

abb b

d

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABDN017

A c c e s s o r i e s ACCESSORIES FOR WASTE COLLECTION - PREMIÈRE series -Dustbins for under-sink base units For lower heavy-duty drawer. Differentiated waste collection system for under-sink base units with LOWER HEAVY-DUTY DRAWER for dustbin. Colour: white.

Dustbin kit for base units L 1200 mm. - Type F

• Total capacity: 48 l.• a = bin 16 l. + lid.• b = small container-tray integrated on base.• c = container for detergents.• d = paper /magazine holder.

295

a cb

ab

abb b

d

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABDN018

Page 273: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

27301/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

A c c e s s o r i e s ACCESSORIES FOR WASTE COLLECTION - Products for the differentiated waste collection Food waste disposers.

Food waste disposer. • Compatible with 3“ 1/2 sink strainer waste.• Capacity of waste disposer chamber: 980 ml.• Quit Plus soundproofing.• Automatic reversibility.• Dissipation disc and ring in stainless steel.• Pneumatic switch included.• Continuous inflow.• Weight: 8,205 kg.• In compliance with EC standards, BEAB approved.• Voltage: 230 V - 50 Hz.• Power: 0,65 Hp.

L P H

Food waste disposer mod. 65 - Insinkerator - 1971065. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - ALAK001Kit of overflow-dishwasher connection - 1975511. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - AVOH001Plug for cutlery protection - 1975075. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - AVDR001

Page 274: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

274 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

A c c e s s o r i e s VARIOUS ACCESSORIES FOR WORKTOPS.

Electrified telescopic unit for sockets. • Cover and ring in stainless steel.• Pay attention to position it far away from water (min. 900 mm).

L P H

A - Germany - Austria - Holland (VDE) - 3 sockets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - GVCE01B - France - Belgium - Poland - 3 sockets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - GVCE02C - Switzerland (10A) - 3 sockets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - GVCE03D - Denmark - 3 sockets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - GVCE04E - UK - 3 sockets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - GVCE05F - Italy (10A/16A) - 3 sockets (1A + 2F).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - GVCE09G - USA - 2 sockets.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - GVCE07H - Australia - 2 sockets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - GVCE08I - China - 3 sockets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - GVCE11

Ø 127

Ø 100

211

287

A B C D E

F G H I

ANGLE chopping board. • Food white polyethylene.• 45° sides used as handles.

L P H

White polyethylene. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420 300 30 GLAV05White polyethylene. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 250 30 GLAV06

300

250

30

420380

Open-faced countertop-mounted unit. • Tempered glass, th. 6 mm.• 45° UV-glued corners.• Back panel and lower shelves in mirrored finish, in white or black painted glass.

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600 340 600 PBHMA60N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 340 600 PBHMA90N

L340

600

Page 275: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

27501/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

A c c e s s o r i e s VARIOUS ACCESSORIES FOR WORKTOPS.

Stainless steel corner fixing device. • For wall-mounted worktops/peninsula compositions.• Thickness: 2 mm.• L max 1100 mm.• Price per linear metre.• Fixing hardware included.• Cut-out for corner fixing device, used on worktops in laminate, Lamicolor®, wood

and Corian®.

50

30

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 50 30 ATEE001

Transparent glass back-splash. • For tops, th. Min. 40 mm, P. min. 830 mm.• For worktops in laminate, Lamicolor®, wood and Corian® please add the panel

milling customisation cod. ZNAV01 (chapter Customised Solutions / Price increas-es / Maintenance).

• Aluminium profiles included.• L max 2400 mm.• Price per linear metre.

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 8 250 SOAKBB01

Seal in PVC. • Placed between worktop and back-splash / back panel and between worktop and wall.

• Coextruded transparent opaline PVC.• Price per linear metre.• A = Use between worktop and back-splash.• B = Use between worktop and wall.

A B

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - AFDV001

Page 276: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

276 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

A c c e s s o r i e s VARIOUS ACCESSORIES FOR TALL UNITS.

Pull-out shelf. • Melamine, same finish as carcass. Profiles in naturally anodised aluminium.• Equipped with totally extractable glides - capacity: 30 kg.• Customised version: L min 450 / max 1200 mm.

L P H

For tall units L 600 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600 - - ACCE001For tall units L 900 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 - - ACCE002

Customised. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - ACCE100

Fixed shelf with LED lighting and sockets. • Melamine, same finish as carcass. Profiles in naturally anodised aluminium.• It includes: 1 LED built-in spotlight + 2 electrical sockets + switching device in-

cluding a presence sensor.• Provided with voltage adapter 90-240 V / 50-60 Hz, for compatibility with US mar-

ket.

L P H

For tall units L 600 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600 - - ACCE003For tall units L 900 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 - - ACCE004

Page 277: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

27701/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

A c c e s s o r i e s WALL-MOUNTED VARIOUS ACCESSORIES Rails and accessories in stainless steel, Design Boffi

Rail. • AISI 304 stainless steel, rectangular section 30 x 10 mm.• Fixing devices included.• It can be installed on wall or on finished back panels.• CUSTOMISATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE.

L P H

L 900 mm.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900 - - GAAF01L 1200 mm.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 - - GAAF02L 1500 mm.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1500 - - GAAF03L 1800 mm.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 - - GAAF04

Hooks (package of 5 pieces). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - GBBO01

33

73

Shelf. • AISI 304 stainless steel.

L P H

L 595 mm (rail min L 1200 mm).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595 150 250 GBBP01L 490 mm (rail min L 900 mm).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490 150 250 GBBP06

490/595 150

250

Kitchen paper roll holder. • AISI 304 stainless steel.

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 150 250 GBBQ01

350 150

250

90

Knives holder. • AISI 304 stainless steel.

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 80 480 GBBR01

250 80

480

340

Page 278: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

278 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

A c c e s s o r i e s LIGHTING

LED internal lamp. • LED bar, to be placed inside cabinets with hinged or pull-out opening (drawers or pull-out doors).

• Controlled by an integrated sensor.• Voltage 24 V dc - Absorption 17 W per linear metre.• Please order separately the power kit and any extension cable kit.• Colour temperature 2700 K.• Black anodised extruded aluminium.• Visible cables to be fixed under shelf.

L P H

PULL-OUT OPENINGSingle door L 450 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - GMDD01Single door L 600 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - GMDD02Single door L 900 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - GMDD03Single door L 1200 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - GMDD06Double door L 900 mm (450+450). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - GMDD04Double door L 1200 mm (600+600). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - GMDD07

HINGED OPENINGSingle door L 450 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - GMDD08Single door L 600 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - GMDD09Double door L 750 mm (300+450 or 450+300). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - GMDD10Double door L 900 mm (450+450). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - GMDD11Double door L 1050 mm (600+450 or 450+600). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - GMDD12Double door L 1200 mm (600+600). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - GMDD13

Power kit 100÷240 V / 50÷60 Hz (for max 5 x 24 V dc). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - AVPE001Extension cable kit (for max 5 x 24 V dc). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - AVPF001

IN100÷240 V

OUT+24 V dc

IN100÷240 V

OUT+24 V dc

AVPE001

AVPE001AVPF001

Page 279: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

27901/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

A c c e s s o r i e s LIGHTING

LED lights. • A = version for wall unit without back panel, with lower or lower/upper light.• B = version for wall unit with back panel, with lower light or lower/upper light.• The LED bar can be placed in the lower or upper part of the wall unit or both.• Calculation of LED bar = L of composition - visible side panels thickness with

increased depth P - 6 mm.• For each LED system please order separately: bar, transformer, cables, connec-

tion elements as necessary and relative cut-out for end wall unit side panel with increased depth.

• 23 x 23 mm aluminium bar with LED. Input: 17 W per linear metre. Colour tem-perature: 2700 K.

• ATTENTION! : please leave a technical area accessible for service, where house the transformers.

• 1) Upper strip with wall unit hanging rail.• 2) Compensation lower strip.• 3) Aluminium bar for LED.• 4) Customised end side panel P 345 mm (total P 370).• 5) Customised end side panel P 365 mm (total P 390).

L P H

A - FOR WALL UNIT WITHOUT BACK PANELL min 150 / max 900 mm.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - GMCY11L min 901 / max 1800 mm.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - GMCY12L min 1801 / max 3000 mm.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - GMCY13

B - FOR WALL UNIT WITH BACK PANELL min 150 / max 900 mm.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - GMCW11L min 901 / max 1800 mm.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - GMCW12L min 1801 / max 3000 mm.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - GMCW13

LED bar - L min 150 / max 900 mm.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - GMCZ01LED bar - L min 901 / max 1800 mm.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - GMCZ02LED bar - L min 1801 / max 3000 mm.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - GMCZ03

Transformer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - GMBY04Polarized electrical extension cable for LED connections, L 500 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 - - GMBZ03Polarized electrical extension cable for LED connections, L 2000 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000 - - GMBZ045 multiple connection element, polarized - Power 70 W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - GMVA01

End side panel for wall unit P 345 mm (without back panel). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 345 - ZPACF01End side panel for wall unit P 365 mm (with back panel). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 365 - ZPACF02

370 (4)

2520

57

23

80

80

80

57

23

80

34525

1

2

3

A

370 (4)

57

23

80

80

34525

1

2

3

A

1

2

3

390 (5)

34545

B

2520

80

57

23

80

1

2

3

390 (5)

34545

B

3

3

Page 280: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

280 01/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

A c c e s s o r i e s LIGHTING

Built-in LED spotlight. • Low consumption, high light performance.• Body and ventilated frame in aluminium.• Tested for 50000 life hours.• Feeder voltage 100÷240 V, 50÷60 Hz - 350 mA.• Power: 6 W• Consumption 350 mA.• Ø 60 mm built-in hole.• Min. thickness: 20 mm.• Please order separately the specific cut-out cod. ZNAC02 and n.1 transformer

per each spotlight.

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - GMBX05

Transformer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - GMBY03Polarized electrical extension cable for LED connections, L 500 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 - - GMBZ03Polarized electrical extension cable for LED connections, L 2000 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000 - - GMBZ04

IP21

F

Ø 75

15 21

Built-in halogen spotlight. • Aluminium frame.• Feeder voltage 220 V, 50 Hz.• Power: 10 W.• Please order separately the specific cut-out cod. ZNAC02 and n.1 transformer

per max each 6 spotlights.

L P H

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - GMBX04

Transformer (max 6 spotlights) with cable L 2000 mm - EUROPE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - GMBY01Transformer (max 6 spotlights) with cable L 2000 mm - USA.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - - GMBY02Extension connector cord for spotlights, L 500 mm (2 pieces). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 - - GMBZ01Extension connector cord for spotlights, L 2000 mm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000 - - GMBZ02

Ø 65

Page 281: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

28101/2016

L = WidthP = DepthH = HeightPr = Price code

CE compliant - The product complies with EN 60598 standard and BT 73/23/CEE directive with its updates.

Electrical feeding of 24 V. Insulation class III.

Equipment class. Vaporized water protection level.

Equipment class II. Double insulation level. Without grounding.

NEMKO- safety certified.

Equipment suitable for direct installation on inflammable surfaces.

IP21

F

A c c e s s o r i e s LIGHTING Marks specifications

Page 282: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016
Page 283: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016
Page 284: ENG MANUALE TECNICO CUCINE 2016

Boffi SpaVia Oberdan 70 20823 Lentate sul Seveso [MB] - ItalyTel. +39.0362.5341 - Fax +39.0362.565077